]>
Commit | Line | Data |
---|---|---|
bbf6f052 | 1 | /* Convert tree expression to rtl instructions, for GNU compiler. |
06ceef4e RK |
2 | Copyright (C) 1988, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000 |
3 | Free Software Foundation, Inc. | |
bbf6f052 RK |
4 | |
5 | This file is part of GNU CC. | |
6 | ||
7 | GNU CC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify | |
8 | it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by | |
9 | the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) | |
10 | any later version. | |
11 | ||
12 | GNU CC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, | |
13 | but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of | |
14 | MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the | |
15 | GNU General Public License for more details. | |
16 | ||
17 | You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License | |
18 | along with GNU CC; see the file COPYING. If not, write to | |
940d9d63 RK |
19 | the Free Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, |
20 | Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ | |
bbf6f052 RK |
21 | |
22 | ||
23 | #include "config.h" | |
670ee920 | 24 | #include "system.h" |
ca695ac9 | 25 | #include "machmode.h" |
bbf6f052 RK |
26 | #include "rtl.h" |
27 | #include "tree.h" | |
ca695ac9 | 28 | #include "obstack.h" |
bbf6f052 | 29 | #include "flags.h" |
bf76bb5a | 30 | #include "regs.h" |
4ed67205 | 31 | #include "hard-reg-set.h" |
3d195391 | 32 | #include "except.h" |
bbf6f052 RK |
33 | #include "function.h" |
34 | #include "insn-flags.h" | |
35 | #include "insn-codes.h" | |
bbf6f052 | 36 | #include "insn-config.h" |
d6f4ec51 KG |
37 | /* Include expr.h after insn-config.h so we get HAVE_conditional_move. */ |
38 | #include "expr.h" | |
bbf6f052 RK |
39 | #include "recog.h" |
40 | #include "output.h" | |
bbf6f052 | 41 | #include "typeclass.h" |
ca55abae | 42 | #include "defaults.h" |
10f0ad3d | 43 | #include "toplev.h" |
d7db6646 | 44 | #include "ggc.h" |
b1474bb7 | 45 | #include "tm_p.h" |
bbf6f052 | 46 | |
bbf6f052 | 47 | /* Decide whether a function's arguments should be processed |
bbc8a071 RK |
48 | from first to last or from last to first. |
49 | ||
50 | They should if the stack and args grow in opposite directions, but | |
51 | only if we have push insns. */ | |
bbf6f052 | 52 | |
bbf6f052 | 53 | #ifdef PUSH_ROUNDING |
bbc8a071 | 54 | |
3319a347 | 55 | #if defined (STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD) != defined (ARGS_GROW_DOWNWARD) |
bbf6f052 RK |
56 | #define PUSH_ARGS_REVERSED /* If it's last to first */ |
57 | #endif | |
bbc8a071 | 58 | |
bbf6f052 RK |
59 | #endif |
60 | ||
61 | #ifndef STACK_PUSH_CODE | |
62 | #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD | |
63 | #define STACK_PUSH_CODE PRE_DEC | |
64 | #else | |
65 | #define STACK_PUSH_CODE PRE_INC | |
66 | #endif | |
67 | #endif | |
68 | ||
18543a22 ILT |
69 | /* Assume that case vectors are not pc-relative. */ |
70 | #ifndef CASE_VECTOR_PC_RELATIVE | |
71 | #define CASE_VECTOR_PC_RELATIVE 0 | |
72 | #endif | |
73 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
74 | /* If this is nonzero, we do not bother generating VOLATILE |
75 | around volatile memory references, and we are willing to | |
76 | output indirect addresses. If cse is to follow, we reject | |
77 | indirect addresses so a useful potential cse is generated; | |
78 | if it is used only once, instruction combination will produce | |
79 | the same indirect address eventually. */ | |
80 | int cse_not_expected; | |
81 | ||
82 | /* Nonzero to generate code for all the subroutines within an | |
83 | expression before generating the upper levels of the expression. | |
84 | Nowadays this is never zero. */ | |
85 | int do_preexpand_calls = 1; | |
86 | ||
956d6950 | 87 | /* Don't check memory usage, since code is being emitted to check a memory |
7d384cc0 KR |
88 | usage. Used when current_function_check_memory_usage is true, to avoid |
89 | infinite recursion. */ | |
956d6950 JL |
90 | static int in_check_memory_usage; |
91 | ||
14a774a9 RK |
92 | /* Chain of pending expressions for PLACEHOLDER_EXPR to replace. */ |
93 | static tree placeholder_list = 0; | |
94 | ||
4969d05d RK |
95 | /* This structure is used by move_by_pieces to describe the move to |
96 | be performed. */ | |
4969d05d RK |
97 | struct move_by_pieces |
98 | { | |
99 | rtx to; | |
100 | rtx to_addr; | |
101 | int autinc_to; | |
102 | int explicit_inc_to; | |
e9cf6a97 | 103 | int to_struct; |
c5c76735 | 104 | int to_readonly; |
4969d05d RK |
105 | rtx from; |
106 | rtx from_addr; | |
107 | int autinc_from; | |
108 | int explicit_inc_from; | |
e9cf6a97 | 109 | int from_struct; |
c5c76735 | 110 | int from_readonly; |
4969d05d RK |
111 | int len; |
112 | int offset; | |
113 | int reverse; | |
114 | }; | |
115 | ||
9de08200 RK |
116 | /* This structure is used by clear_by_pieces to describe the clear to |
117 | be performed. */ | |
118 | ||
119 | struct clear_by_pieces | |
120 | { | |
121 | rtx to; | |
122 | rtx to_addr; | |
123 | int autinc_to; | |
124 | int explicit_inc_to; | |
125 | int to_struct; | |
126 | int len; | |
127 | int offset; | |
128 | int reverse; | |
129 | }; | |
130 | ||
292b1216 | 131 | extern struct obstack permanent_obstack; |
c02bd5d9 | 132 | |
711d877c KG |
133 | static rtx get_push_address PARAMS ((int)); |
134 | ||
135 | static rtx enqueue_insn PARAMS ((rtx, rtx)); | |
729a2125 | 136 | static int move_by_pieces_ninsns PARAMS ((unsigned int, unsigned int)); |
711d877c KG |
137 | static void move_by_pieces_1 PARAMS ((rtx (*) (rtx, ...), enum machine_mode, |
138 | struct move_by_pieces *)); | |
729a2125 | 139 | static void clear_by_pieces PARAMS ((rtx, int, unsigned int)); |
711d877c KG |
140 | static void clear_by_pieces_1 PARAMS ((rtx (*) (rtx, ...), |
141 | enum machine_mode, | |
142 | struct clear_by_pieces *)); | |
143 | static int is_zeros_p PARAMS ((tree)); | |
144 | static int mostly_zeros_p PARAMS ((tree)); | |
145 | static void store_constructor_field PARAMS ((rtx, int, int, enum machine_mode, | |
729a2125 RK |
146 | tree, tree, unsigned int, int)); |
147 | static void store_constructor PARAMS ((tree, rtx, unsigned int, int, int)); | |
711d877c | 148 | static rtx store_field PARAMS ((rtx, int, int, enum machine_mode, |
729a2125 RK |
149 | tree, enum machine_mode, int, |
150 | unsigned int, int, int)); | |
e009aaf3 | 151 | static enum memory_use_mode |
711d877c KG |
152 | get_memory_usage_from_modifier PARAMS ((enum expand_modifier)); |
153 | static tree save_noncopied_parts PARAMS ((tree, tree)); | |
154 | static tree init_noncopied_parts PARAMS ((tree, tree)); | |
155 | static int safe_from_p PARAMS ((rtx, tree, int)); | |
156 | static int fixed_type_p PARAMS ((tree)); | |
157 | static rtx var_rtx PARAMS ((tree)); | |
158 | static int readonly_fields_p PARAMS ((tree)); | |
729a2125 | 159 | static rtx expand_expr_unaligned PARAMS ((tree, unsigned int *)); |
711d877c KG |
160 | static rtx expand_increment PARAMS ((tree, int, int)); |
161 | static void preexpand_calls PARAMS ((tree)); | |
162 | static void do_jump_by_parts_greater PARAMS ((tree, int, rtx, rtx)); | |
163 | static void do_jump_by_parts_equality PARAMS ((tree, rtx, rtx)); | |
164 | static void do_compare_and_jump PARAMS ((tree, enum rtx_code, enum rtx_code, rtx, rtx)); | |
165 | static rtx do_store_flag PARAMS ((tree, rtx, enum machine_mode, int)); | |
bbf6f052 | 166 | |
4fa52007 RK |
167 | /* Record for each mode whether we can move a register directly to or |
168 | from an object of that mode in memory. If we can't, we won't try | |
169 | to use that mode directly when accessing a field of that mode. */ | |
170 | ||
171 | static char direct_load[NUM_MACHINE_MODES]; | |
172 | static char direct_store[NUM_MACHINE_MODES]; | |
173 | ||
7e24ffc9 HPN |
174 | /* If a memory-to-memory move would take MOVE_RATIO or more simple |
175 | move-instruction sequences, we will do a movstr or libcall instead. */ | |
bbf6f052 RK |
176 | |
177 | #ifndef MOVE_RATIO | |
266007a7 | 178 | #if defined (HAVE_movstrqi) || defined (HAVE_movstrhi) || defined (HAVE_movstrsi) || defined (HAVE_movstrdi) || defined (HAVE_movstrti) |
bbf6f052 RK |
179 | #define MOVE_RATIO 2 |
180 | #else | |
996d9dac MM |
181 | /* If we are optimizing for space (-Os), cut down the default move ratio */ |
182 | #define MOVE_RATIO (optimize_size ? 3 : 15) | |
bbf6f052 RK |
183 | #endif |
184 | #endif | |
e87b4f3f | 185 | |
fbe1758d AM |
186 | /* This macro is used to determine whether move_by_pieces should be called |
187 | to perform a structure copy. */ | |
188 | #ifndef MOVE_BY_PIECES_P | |
189 | #define MOVE_BY_PIECES_P(SIZE, ALIGN) (move_by_pieces_ninsns \ | |
190 | (SIZE, ALIGN) < MOVE_RATIO) | |
191 | #endif | |
192 | ||
266007a7 | 193 | /* This array records the insn_code of insns to perform block moves. */ |
e6677db3 | 194 | enum insn_code movstr_optab[NUM_MACHINE_MODES]; |
266007a7 | 195 | |
9de08200 RK |
196 | /* This array records the insn_code of insns to perform block clears. */ |
197 | enum insn_code clrstr_optab[NUM_MACHINE_MODES]; | |
198 | ||
0f41302f | 199 | /* SLOW_UNALIGNED_ACCESS is non-zero if unaligned accesses are very slow. */ |
e87b4f3f RS |
200 | |
201 | #ifndef SLOW_UNALIGNED_ACCESS | |
e1565e65 | 202 | #define SLOW_UNALIGNED_ACCESS(MODE, ALIGN) STRICT_ALIGNMENT |
e87b4f3f | 203 | #endif |
bbf6f052 | 204 | \f |
4fa52007 | 205 | /* This is run once per compilation to set up which modes can be used |
266007a7 | 206 | directly in memory and to initialize the block move optab. */ |
4fa52007 RK |
207 | |
208 | void | |
209 | init_expr_once () | |
210 | { | |
211 | rtx insn, pat; | |
212 | enum machine_mode mode; | |
cff48d8f | 213 | int num_clobbers; |
9ec36da5 JL |
214 | rtx mem, mem1; |
215 | char *free_point; | |
216 | ||
217 | start_sequence (); | |
218 | ||
219 | /* Since we are on the permanent obstack, we must be sure we save this | |
220 | spot AFTER we call start_sequence, since it will reuse the rtl it | |
221 | makes. */ | |
222 | free_point = (char *) oballoc (0); | |
223 | ||
e2549997 RS |
224 | /* Try indexing by frame ptr and try by stack ptr. |
225 | It is known that on the Convex the stack ptr isn't a valid index. | |
226 | With luck, one or the other is valid on any machine. */ | |
9ec36da5 JL |
227 | mem = gen_rtx_MEM (VOIDmode, stack_pointer_rtx); |
228 | mem1 = gen_rtx_MEM (VOIDmode, frame_pointer_rtx); | |
4fa52007 | 229 | |
38a448ca | 230 | insn = emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (0, NULL_RTX, NULL_RTX)); |
4fa52007 RK |
231 | pat = PATTERN (insn); |
232 | ||
233 | for (mode = VOIDmode; (int) mode < NUM_MACHINE_MODES; | |
234 | mode = (enum machine_mode) ((int) mode + 1)) | |
235 | { | |
236 | int regno; | |
237 | rtx reg; | |
4fa52007 RK |
238 | |
239 | direct_load[(int) mode] = direct_store[(int) mode] = 0; | |
240 | PUT_MODE (mem, mode); | |
e2549997 | 241 | PUT_MODE (mem1, mode); |
4fa52007 | 242 | |
e6fe56a4 RK |
243 | /* See if there is some register that can be used in this mode and |
244 | directly loaded or stored from memory. */ | |
245 | ||
7308a047 RS |
246 | if (mode != VOIDmode && mode != BLKmode) |
247 | for (regno = 0; regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER | |
248 | && (direct_load[(int) mode] == 0 || direct_store[(int) mode] == 0); | |
249 | regno++) | |
250 | { | |
251 | if (! HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (regno, mode)) | |
252 | continue; | |
e6fe56a4 | 253 | |
38a448ca | 254 | reg = gen_rtx_REG (mode, regno); |
e6fe56a4 | 255 | |
7308a047 RS |
256 | SET_SRC (pat) = mem; |
257 | SET_DEST (pat) = reg; | |
258 | if (recog (pat, insn, &num_clobbers) >= 0) | |
259 | direct_load[(int) mode] = 1; | |
e6fe56a4 | 260 | |
e2549997 RS |
261 | SET_SRC (pat) = mem1; |
262 | SET_DEST (pat) = reg; | |
263 | if (recog (pat, insn, &num_clobbers) >= 0) | |
264 | direct_load[(int) mode] = 1; | |
265 | ||
7308a047 RS |
266 | SET_SRC (pat) = reg; |
267 | SET_DEST (pat) = mem; | |
268 | if (recog (pat, insn, &num_clobbers) >= 0) | |
269 | direct_store[(int) mode] = 1; | |
e2549997 RS |
270 | |
271 | SET_SRC (pat) = reg; | |
272 | SET_DEST (pat) = mem1; | |
273 | if (recog (pat, insn, &num_clobbers) >= 0) | |
274 | direct_store[(int) mode] = 1; | |
7308a047 | 275 | } |
4fa52007 RK |
276 | } |
277 | ||
278 | end_sequence (); | |
9ec36da5 | 279 | obfree (free_point); |
4fa52007 | 280 | } |
cff48d8f | 281 | |
bbf6f052 RK |
282 | /* This is run at the start of compiling a function. */ |
283 | ||
284 | void | |
285 | init_expr () | |
286 | { | |
01d939e8 | 287 | cfun->expr = (struct expr_status *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct expr_status)); |
bbf6f052 | 288 | |
49ad7cfa | 289 | pending_chain = 0; |
bbf6f052 | 290 | pending_stack_adjust = 0; |
c2732da3 | 291 | arg_space_so_far = 0; |
bbf6f052 | 292 | inhibit_defer_pop = 0; |
bbf6f052 | 293 | saveregs_value = 0; |
0006469d | 294 | apply_args_value = 0; |
e87b4f3f | 295 | forced_labels = 0; |
bbf6f052 RK |
296 | } |
297 | ||
fa51b01b RH |
298 | void |
299 | mark_expr_status (p) | |
300 | struct expr_status *p; | |
301 | { | |
302 | if (p == NULL) | |
303 | return; | |
304 | ||
305 | ggc_mark_rtx (p->x_saveregs_value); | |
306 | ggc_mark_rtx (p->x_apply_args_value); | |
307 | ggc_mark_rtx (p->x_forced_labels); | |
308 | } | |
309 | ||
310 | void | |
311 | free_expr_status (f) | |
312 | struct function *f; | |
313 | { | |
314 | free (f->expr); | |
315 | f->expr = NULL; | |
316 | } | |
317 | ||
49ad7cfa | 318 | /* Small sanity check that the queue is empty at the end of a function. */ |
bbf6f052 | 319 | void |
49ad7cfa | 320 | finish_expr_for_function () |
bbf6f052 | 321 | { |
49ad7cfa BS |
322 | if (pending_chain) |
323 | abort (); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
324 | } |
325 | \f | |
326 | /* Manage the queue of increment instructions to be output | |
327 | for POSTINCREMENT_EXPR expressions, etc. */ | |
328 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
329 | /* Queue up to increment (or change) VAR later. BODY says how: |
330 | BODY should be the same thing you would pass to emit_insn | |
331 | to increment right away. It will go to emit_insn later on. | |
332 | ||
333 | The value is a QUEUED expression to be used in place of VAR | |
334 | where you want to guarantee the pre-incrementation value of VAR. */ | |
335 | ||
336 | static rtx | |
337 | enqueue_insn (var, body) | |
338 | rtx var, body; | |
339 | { | |
c5c76735 JL |
340 | pending_chain = gen_rtx_QUEUED (GET_MODE (var), var, NULL_RTX, NULL_RTX, |
341 | body, pending_chain); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
342 | return pending_chain; |
343 | } | |
344 | ||
345 | /* Use protect_from_queue to convert a QUEUED expression | |
346 | into something that you can put immediately into an instruction. | |
347 | If the queued incrementation has not happened yet, | |
348 | protect_from_queue returns the variable itself. | |
349 | If the incrementation has happened, protect_from_queue returns a temp | |
350 | that contains a copy of the old value of the variable. | |
351 | ||
352 | Any time an rtx which might possibly be a QUEUED is to be put | |
353 | into an instruction, it must be passed through protect_from_queue first. | |
354 | QUEUED expressions are not meaningful in instructions. | |
355 | ||
356 | Do not pass a value through protect_from_queue and then hold | |
357 | on to it for a while before putting it in an instruction! | |
358 | If the queue is flushed in between, incorrect code will result. */ | |
359 | ||
360 | rtx | |
361 | protect_from_queue (x, modify) | |
362 | register rtx x; | |
363 | int modify; | |
364 | { | |
365 | register RTX_CODE code = GET_CODE (x); | |
366 | ||
367 | #if 0 /* A QUEUED can hang around after the queue is forced out. */ | |
368 | /* Shortcut for most common case. */ | |
369 | if (pending_chain == 0) | |
370 | return x; | |
371 | #endif | |
372 | ||
373 | if (code != QUEUED) | |
374 | { | |
e9baa644 RK |
375 | /* A special hack for read access to (MEM (QUEUED ...)) to facilitate |
376 | use of autoincrement. Make a copy of the contents of the memory | |
377 | location rather than a copy of the address, but not if the value is | |
378 | of mode BLKmode. Don't modify X in place since it might be | |
379 | shared. */ | |
bbf6f052 RK |
380 | if (code == MEM && GET_MODE (x) != BLKmode |
381 | && GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == QUEUED && !modify) | |
382 | { | |
383 | register rtx y = XEXP (x, 0); | |
38a448ca | 384 | register rtx new = gen_rtx_MEM (GET_MODE (x), QUEUED_VAR (y)); |
e9baa644 | 385 | |
e9baa644 | 386 | RTX_UNCHANGING_P (new) = RTX_UNCHANGING_P (x); |
c6df88cb | 387 | MEM_COPY_ATTRIBUTES (new, x); |
41472af8 | 388 | MEM_ALIAS_SET (new) = MEM_ALIAS_SET (x); |
e9baa644 | 389 | |
bbf6f052 RK |
390 | if (QUEUED_INSN (y)) |
391 | { | |
e9baa644 RK |
392 | register rtx temp = gen_reg_rtx (GET_MODE (new)); |
393 | emit_insn_before (gen_move_insn (temp, new), | |
bbf6f052 RK |
394 | QUEUED_INSN (y)); |
395 | return temp; | |
396 | } | |
e9baa644 | 397 | return new; |
bbf6f052 RK |
398 | } |
399 | /* Otherwise, recursively protect the subexpressions of all | |
400 | the kinds of rtx's that can contain a QUEUED. */ | |
401 | if (code == MEM) | |
3f15938e RS |
402 | { |
403 | rtx tem = protect_from_queue (XEXP (x, 0), 0); | |
404 | if (tem != XEXP (x, 0)) | |
405 | { | |
406 | x = copy_rtx (x); | |
407 | XEXP (x, 0) = tem; | |
408 | } | |
409 | } | |
bbf6f052 RK |
410 | else if (code == PLUS || code == MULT) |
411 | { | |
3f15938e RS |
412 | rtx new0 = protect_from_queue (XEXP (x, 0), 0); |
413 | rtx new1 = protect_from_queue (XEXP (x, 1), 0); | |
414 | if (new0 != XEXP (x, 0) || new1 != XEXP (x, 1)) | |
415 | { | |
416 | x = copy_rtx (x); | |
417 | XEXP (x, 0) = new0; | |
418 | XEXP (x, 1) = new1; | |
419 | } | |
bbf6f052 RK |
420 | } |
421 | return x; | |
422 | } | |
423 | /* If the increment has not happened, use the variable itself. */ | |
424 | if (QUEUED_INSN (x) == 0) | |
425 | return QUEUED_VAR (x); | |
426 | /* If the increment has happened and a pre-increment copy exists, | |
427 | use that copy. */ | |
428 | if (QUEUED_COPY (x) != 0) | |
429 | return QUEUED_COPY (x); | |
430 | /* The increment has happened but we haven't set up a pre-increment copy. | |
431 | Set one up now, and use it. */ | |
432 | QUEUED_COPY (x) = gen_reg_rtx (GET_MODE (QUEUED_VAR (x))); | |
433 | emit_insn_before (gen_move_insn (QUEUED_COPY (x), QUEUED_VAR (x)), | |
434 | QUEUED_INSN (x)); | |
435 | return QUEUED_COPY (x); | |
436 | } | |
437 | ||
438 | /* Return nonzero if X contains a QUEUED expression: | |
439 | if it contains anything that will be altered by a queued increment. | |
440 | We handle only combinations of MEM, PLUS, MINUS and MULT operators | |
441 | since memory addresses generally contain only those. */ | |
442 | ||
1f06ee8d | 443 | int |
bbf6f052 RK |
444 | queued_subexp_p (x) |
445 | rtx x; | |
446 | { | |
447 | register enum rtx_code code = GET_CODE (x); | |
448 | switch (code) | |
449 | { | |
450 | case QUEUED: | |
451 | return 1; | |
452 | case MEM: | |
453 | return queued_subexp_p (XEXP (x, 0)); | |
454 | case MULT: | |
455 | case PLUS: | |
456 | case MINUS: | |
e9a25f70 JL |
457 | return (queued_subexp_p (XEXP (x, 0)) |
458 | || queued_subexp_p (XEXP (x, 1))); | |
459 | default: | |
460 | return 0; | |
bbf6f052 | 461 | } |
bbf6f052 RK |
462 | } |
463 | ||
464 | /* Perform all the pending incrementations. */ | |
465 | ||
466 | void | |
467 | emit_queue () | |
468 | { | |
469 | register rtx p; | |
381127e8 | 470 | while ((p = pending_chain)) |
bbf6f052 | 471 | { |
41b083c4 R |
472 | rtx body = QUEUED_BODY (p); |
473 | ||
474 | if (GET_CODE (body) == SEQUENCE) | |
475 | { | |
476 | QUEUED_INSN (p) = XVECEXP (QUEUED_BODY (p), 0, 0); | |
477 | emit_insn (QUEUED_BODY (p)); | |
478 | } | |
479 | else | |
480 | QUEUED_INSN (p) = emit_insn (QUEUED_BODY (p)); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
481 | pending_chain = QUEUED_NEXT (p); |
482 | } | |
483 | } | |
bbf6f052 RK |
484 | \f |
485 | /* Copy data from FROM to TO, where the machine modes are not the same. | |
486 | Both modes may be integer, or both may be floating. | |
487 | UNSIGNEDP should be nonzero if FROM is an unsigned type. | |
488 | This causes zero-extension instead of sign-extension. */ | |
489 | ||
490 | void | |
491 | convert_move (to, from, unsignedp) | |
492 | register rtx to, from; | |
493 | int unsignedp; | |
494 | { | |
495 | enum machine_mode to_mode = GET_MODE (to); | |
496 | enum machine_mode from_mode = GET_MODE (from); | |
497 | int to_real = GET_MODE_CLASS (to_mode) == MODE_FLOAT; | |
498 | int from_real = GET_MODE_CLASS (from_mode) == MODE_FLOAT; | |
499 | enum insn_code code; | |
500 | rtx libcall; | |
501 | ||
502 | /* rtx code for making an equivalent value. */ | |
503 | enum rtx_code equiv_code = (unsignedp ? ZERO_EXTEND : SIGN_EXTEND); | |
504 | ||
505 | to = protect_from_queue (to, 1); | |
506 | from = protect_from_queue (from, 0); | |
507 | ||
508 | if (to_real != from_real) | |
509 | abort (); | |
510 | ||
1499e0a8 RK |
511 | /* If FROM is a SUBREG that indicates that we have already done at least |
512 | the required extension, strip it. We don't handle such SUBREGs as | |
513 | TO here. */ | |
514 | ||
515 | if (GET_CODE (from) == SUBREG && SUBREG_PROMOTED_VAR_P (from) | |
516 | && (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (from))) | |
517 | >= GET_MODE_SIZE (to_mode)) | |
518 | && SUBREG_PROMOTED_UNSIGNED_P (from) == unsignedp) | |
519 | from = gen_lowpart (to_mode, from), from_mode = to_mode; | |
520 | ||
521 | if (GET_CODE (to) == SUBREG && SUBREG_PROMOTED_VAR_P (to)) | |
522 | abort (); | |
523 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
524 | if (to_mode == from_mode |
525 | || (from_mode == VOIDmode && CONSTANT_P (from))) | |
526 | { | |
527 | emit_move_insn (to, from); | |
528 | return; | |
529 | } | |
530 | ||
531 | if (to_real) | |
532 | { | |
81d79e2c RS |
533 | rtx value; |
534 | ||
2b01c326 | 535 | if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (from_mode) < GET_MODE_BITSIZE (to_mode)) |
b424402e | 536 | { |
2b01c326 RK |
537 | /* Try converting directly if the insn is supported. */ |
538 | if ((code = can_extend_p (to_mode, from_mode, 0)) | |
539 | != CODE_FOR_nothing) | |
540 | { | |
541 | emit_unop_insn (code, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
542 | return; | |
543 | } | |
bbf6f052 | 544 | } |
2b01c326 | 545 | |
b424402e RS |
546 | #ifdef HAVE_trunchfqf2 |
547 | if (HAVE_trunchfqf2 && from_mode == HFmode && to_mode == QFmode) | |
548 | { | |
549 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_trunchfqf2, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
550 | return; | |
551 | } | |
552 | #endif | |
704af6a1 JL |
553 | #ifdef HAVE_trunctqfqf2 |
554 | if (HAVE_trunctqfqf2 && from_mode == TQFmode && to_mode == QFmode) | |
555 | { | |
556 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_trunctqfqf2, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
557 | return; | |
558 | } | |
559 | #endif | |
b424402e RS |
560 | #ifdef HAVE_truncsfqf2 |
561 | if (HAVE_truncsfqf2 && from_mode == SFmode && to_mode == QFmode) | |
562 | { | |
563 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_truncsfqf2, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
564 | return; | |
565 | } | |
566 | #endif | |
567 | #ifdef HAVE_truncdfqf2 | |
568 | if (HAVE_truncdfqf2 && from_mode == DFmode && to_mode == QFmode) | |
569 | { | |
570 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_truncdfqf2, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
571 | return; | |
572 | } | |
573 | #endif | |
574 | #ifdef HAVE_truncxfqf2 | |
575 | if (HAVE_truncxfqf2 && from_mode == XFmode && to_mode == QFmode) | |
576 | { | |
577 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_truncxfqf2, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
578 | return; | |
579 | } | |
580 | #endif | |
581 | #ifdef HAVE_trunctfqf2 | |
582 | if (HAVE_trunctfqf2 && from_mode == TFmode && to_mode == QFmode) | |
583 | { | |
584 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_trunctfqf2, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
585 | return; | |
586 | } | |
587 | #endif | |
03747aa3 RK |
588 | |
589 | #ifdef HAVE_trunctqfhf2 | |
590 | if (HAVE_trunctqfhf2 && from_mode == TQFmode && to_mode == HFmode) | |
591 | { | |
592 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_trunctqfhf2, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
593 | return; | |
594 | } | |
595 | #endif | |
b424402e RS |
596 | #ifdef HAVE_truncsfhf2 |
597 | if (HAVE_truncsfhf2 && from_mode == SFmode && to_mode == HFmode) | |
598 | { | |
599 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_truncsfhf2, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
600 | return; | |
601 | } | |
602 | #endif | |
603 | #ifdef HAVE_truncdfhf2 | |
604 | if (HAVE_truncdfhf2 && from_mode == DFmode && to_mode == HFmode) | |
605 | { | |
606 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_truncdfhf2, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
607 | return; | |
608 | } | |
609 | #endif | |
610 | #ifdef HAVE_truncxfhf2 | |
611 | if (HAVE_truncxfhf2 && from_mode == XFmode && to_mode == HFmode) | |
612 | { | |
613 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_truncxfhf2, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
614 | return; | |
615 | } | |
616 | #endif | |
617 | #ifdef HAVE_trunctfhf2 | |
618 | if (HAVE_trunctfhf2 && from_mode == TFmode && to_mode == HFmode) | |
619 | { | |
620 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_trunctfhf2, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
621 | return; | |
622 | } | |
623 | #endif | |
2b01c326 RK |
624 | |
625 | #ifdef HAVE_truncsftqf2 | |
626 | if (HAVE_truncsftqf2 && from_mode == SFmode && to_mode == TQFmode) | |
627 | { | |
628 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_truncsftqf2, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
629 | return; | |
630 | } | |
631 | #endif | |
632 | #ifdef HAVE_truncdftqf2 | |
633 | if (HAVE_truncdftqf2 && from_mode == DFmode && to_mode == TQFmode) | |
634 | { | |
635 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_truncdftqf2, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
636 | return; | |
637 | } | |
638 | #endif | |
639 | #ifdef HAVE_truncxftqf2 | |
640 | if (HAVE_truncxftqf2 && from_mode == XFmode && to_mode == TQFmode) | |
641 | { | |
642 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_truncxftqf2, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
643 | return; | |
644 | } | |
645 | #endif | |
646 | #ifdef HAVE_trunctftqf2 | |
647 | if (HAVE_trunctftqf2 && from_mode == TFmode && to_mode == TQFmode) | |
648 | { | |
649 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_trunctftqf2, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
650 | return; | |
651 | } | |
652 | #endif | |
653 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
654 | #ifdef HAVE_truncdfsf2 |
655 | if (HAVE_truncdfsf2 && from_mode == DFmode && to_mode == SFmode) | |
656 | { | |
657 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_truncdfsf2, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
658 | return; | |
659 | } | |
660 | #endif | |
b092b471 JW |
661 | #ifdef HAVE_truncxfsf2 |
662 | if (HAVE_truncxfsf2 && from_mode == XFmode && to_mode == SFmode) | |
663 | { | |
664 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_truncxfsf2, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
665 | return; | |
666 | } | |
667 | #endif | |
bbf6f052 RK |
668 | #ifdef HAVE_trunctfsf2 |
669 | if (HAVE_trunctfsf2 && from_mode == TFmode && to_mode == SFmode) | |
670 | { | |
671 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_trunctfsf2, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
672 | return; | |
673 | } | |
674 | #endif | |
b092b471 JW |
675 | #ifdef HAVE_truncxfdf2 |
676 | if (HAVE_truncxfdf2 && from_mode == XFmode && to_mode == DFmode) | |
677 | { | |
678 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_truncxfdf2, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
679 | return; | |
680 | } | |
681 | #endif | |
bbf6f052 RK |
682 | #ifdef HAVE_trunctfdf2 |
683 | if (HAVE_trunctfdf2 && from_mode == TFmode && to_mode == DFmode) | |
684 | { | |
685 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_trunctfdf2, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
686 | return; | |
687 | } | |
688 | #endif | |
689 | ||
b092b471 JW |
690 | libcall = (rtx) 0; |
691 | switch (from_mode) | |
692 | { | |
693 | case SFmode: | |
694 | switch (to_mode) | |
695 | { | |
696 | case DFmode: | |
697 | libcall = extendsfdf2_libfunc; | |
698 | break; | |
699 | ||
700 | case XFmode: | |
701 | libcall = extendsfxf2_libfunc; | |
702 | break; | |
703 | ||
704 | case TFmode: | |
705 | libcall = extendsftf2_libfunc; | |
706 | break; | |
e9a25f70 JL |
707 | |
708 | default: | |
709 | break; | |
b092b471 JW |
710 | } |
711 | break; | |
712 | ||
713 | case DFmode: | |
714 | switch (to_mode) | |
715 | { | |
716 | case SFmode: | |
717 | libcall = truncdfsf2_libfunc; | |
718 | break; | |
719 | ||
720 | case XFmode: | |
721 | libcall = extenddfxf2_libfunc; | |
722 | break; | |
723 | ||
724 | case TFmode: | |
725 | libcall = extenddftf2_libfunc; | |
726 | break; | |
e9a25f70 JL |
727 | |
728 | default: | |
729 | break; | |
b092b471 JW |
730 | } |
731 | break; | |
732 | ||
733 | case XFmode: | |
734 | switch (to_mode) | |
735 | { | |
736 | case SFmode: | |
737 | libcall = truncxfsf2_libfunc; | |
738 | break; | |
739 | ||
740 | case DFmode: | |
741 | libcall = truncxfdf2_libfunc; | |
742 | break; | |
e9a25f70 JL |
743 | |
744 | default: | |
745 | break; | |
b092b471 JW |
746 | } |
747 | break; | |
748 | ||
749 | case TFmode: | |
750 | switch (to_mode) | |
751 | { | |
752 | case SFmode: | |
753 | libcall = trunctfsf2_libfunc; | |
754 | break; | |
755 | ||
756 | case DFmode: | |
757 | libcall = trunctfdf2_libfunc; | |
758 | break; | |
e9a25f70 JL |
759 | |
760 | default: | |
761 | break; | |
b092b471 JW |
762 | } |
763 | break; | |
e9a25f70 JL |
764 | |
765 | default: | |
766 | break; | |
b092b471 JW |
767 | } |
768 | ||
769 | if (libcall == (rtx) 0) | |
770 | /* This conversion is not implemented yet. */ | |
bbf6f052 RK |
771 | abort (); |
772 | ||
81d79e2c RS |
773 | value = emit_library_call_value (libcall, NULL_RTX, 1, to_mode, |
774 | 1, from, from_mode); | |
775 | emit_move_insn (to, value); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
776 | return; |
777 | } | |
778 | ||
779 | /* Now both modes are integers. */ | |
780 | ||
781 | /* Handle expanding beyond a word. */ | |
782 | if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (from_mode) < GET_MODE_BITSIZE (to_mode) | |
783 | && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (to_mode) > BITS_PER_WORD) | |
784 | { | |
785 | rtx insns; | |
786 | rtx lowpart; | |
787 | rtx fill_value; | |
788 | rtx lowfrom; | |
789 | int i; | |
790 | enum machine_mode lowpart_mode; | |
791 | int nwords = CEIL (GET_MODE_SIZE (to_mode), UNITS_PER_WORD); | |
792 | ||
793 | /* Try converting directly if the insn is supported. */ | |
794 | if ((code = can_extend_p (to_mode, from_mode, unsignedp)) | |
795 | != CODE_FOR_nothing) | |
796 | { | |
cd1b4b44 RK |
797 | /* If FROM is a SUBREG, put it into a register. Do this |
798 | so that we always generate the same set of insns for | |
799 | better cse'ing; if an intermediate assignment occurred, | |
800 | we won't be doing the operation directly on the SUBREG. */ | |
801 | if (optimize > 0 && GET_CODE (from) == SUBREG) | |
802 | from = force_reg (from_mode, from); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
803 | emit_unop_insn (code, to, from, equiv_code); |
804 | return; | |
805 | } | |
806 | /* Next, try converting via full word. */ | |
807 | else if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (from_mode) < BITS_PER_WORD | |
808 | && ((code = can_extend_p (to_mode, word_mode, unsignedp)) | |
809 | != CODE_FOR_nothing)) | |
810 | { | |
a81fee56 | 811 | if (GET_CODE (to) == REG) |
38a448ca | 812 | emit_insn (gen_rtx_CLOBBER (VOIDmode, to)); |
bbf6f052 RK |
813 | convert_move (gen_lowpart (word_mode, to), from, unsignedp); |
814 | emit_unop_insn (code, to, | |
815 | gen_lowpart (word_mode, to), equiv_code); | |
816 | return; | |
817 | } | |
818 | ||
819 | /* No special multiword conversion insn; do it by hand. */ | |
820 | start_sequence (); | |
821 | ||
5c5033c3 RK |
822 | /* Since we will turn this into a no conflict block, we must ensure |
823 | that the source does not overlap the target. */ | |
824 | ||
825 | if (reg_overlap_mentioned_p (to, from)) | |
826 | from = force_reg (from_mode, from); | |
827 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
828 | /* Get a copy of FROM widened to a word, if necessary. */ |
829 | if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (from_mode) < BITS_PER_WORD) | |
830 | lowpart_mode = word_mode; | |
831 | else | |
832 | lowpart_mode = from_mode; | |
833 | ||
834 | lowfrom = convert_to_mode (lowpart_mode, from, unsignedp); | |
835 | ||
836 | lowpart = gen_lowpart (lowpart_mode, to); | |
837 | emit_move_insn (lowpart, lowfrom); | |
838 | ||
839 | /* Compute the value to put in each remaining word. */ | |
840 | if (unsignedp) | |
841 | fill_value = const0_rtx; | |
842 | else | |
843 | { | |
844 | #ifdef HAVE_slt | |
845 | if (HAVE_slt | |
a995e389 | 846 | && insn_data[(int) CODE_FOR_slt].operand[0].mode == word_mode |
bbf6f052 RK |
847 | && STORE_FLAG_VALUE == -1) |
848 | { | |
906c4e36 RK |
849 | emit_cmp_insn (lowfrom, const0_rtx, NE, NULL_RTX, |
850 | lowpart_mode, 0, 0); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
851 | fill_value = gen_reg_rtx (word_mode); |
852 | emit_insn (gen_slt (fill_value)); | |
853 | } | |
854 | else | |
855 | #endif | |
856 | { | |
857 | fill_value | |
858 | = expand_shift (RSHIFT_EXPR, lowpart_mode, lowfrom, | |
859 | size_int (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (lowpart_mode) - 1), | |
906c4e36 | 860 | NULL_RTX, 0); |
bbf6f052 RK |
861 | fill_value = convert_to_mode (word_mode, fill_value, 1); |
862 | } | |
863 | } | |
864 | ||
865 | /* Fill the remaining words. */ | |
866 | for (i = GET_MODE_SIZE (lowpart_mode) / UNITS_PER_WORD; i < nwords; i++) | |
867 | { | |
868 | int index = (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN ? nwords - i - 1 : i); | |
869 | rtx subword = operand_subword (to, index, 1, to_mode); | |
870 | ||
871 | if (subword == 0) | |
872 | abort (); | |
873 | ||
874 | if (fill_value != subword) | |
875 | emit_move_insn (subword, fill_value); | |
876 | } | |
877 | ||
878 | insns = get_insns (); | |
879 | end_sequence (); | |
880 | ||
906c4e36 | 881 | emit_no_conflict_block (insns, to, from, NULL_RTX, |
38a448ca | 882 | gen_rtx_fmt_e (equiv_code, to_mode, copy_rtx (from))); |
bbf6f052 RK |
883 | return; |
884 | } | |
885 | ||
d3c64ee3 RS |
886 | /* Truncating multi-word to a word or less. */ |
887 | if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (from_mode) > BITS_PER_WORD | |
888 | && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (to_mode) <= BITS_PER_WORD) | |
bbf6f052 | 889 | { |
431a6eca JW |
890 | if (!((GET_CODE (from) == MEM |
891 | && ! MEM_VOLATILE_P (from) | |
892 | && direct_load[(int) to_mode] | |
893 | && ! mode_dependent_address_p (XEXP (from, 0))) | |
894 | || GET_CODE (from) == REG | |
895 | || GET_CODE (from) == SUBREG)) | |
896 | from = force_reg (from_mode, from); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
897 | convert_move (to, gen_lowpart (word_mode, from), 0); |
898 | return; | |
899 | } | |
900 | ||
901 | /* Handle pointer conversion */ /* SPEE 900220 */ | |
e5e809f4 JL |
902 | if (to_mode == PQImode) |
903 | { | |
904 | if (from_mode != QImode) | |
905 | from = convert_to_mode (QImode, from, unsignedp); | |
906 | ||
907 | #ifdef HAVE_truncqipqi2 | |
908 | if (HAVE_truncqipqi2) | |
909 | { | |
910 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_truncqipqi2, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
911 | return; | |
912 | } | |
913 | #endif /* HAVE_truncqipqi2 */ | |
914 | abort (); | |
915 | } | |
916 | ||
917 | if (from_mode == PQImode) | |
918 | { | |
919 | if (to_mode != QImode) | |
920 | { | |
921 | from = convert_to_mode (QImode, from, unsignedp); | |
922 | from_mode = QImode; | |
923 | } | |
924 | else | |
925 | { | |
926 | #ifdef HAVE_extendpqiqi2 | |
927 | if (HAVE_extendpqiqi2) | |
928 | { | |
929 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_extendpqiqi2, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
930 | return; | |
931 | } | |
932 | #endif /* HAVE_extendpqiqi2 */ | |
933 | abort (); | |
934 | } | |
935 | } | |
936 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
937 | if (to_mode == PSImode) |
938 | { | |
939 | if (from_mode != SImode) | |
940 | from = convert_to_mode (SImode, from, unsignedp); | |
941 | ||
1f584163 DE |
942 | #ifdef HAVE_truncsipsi2 |
943 | if (HAVE_truncsipsi2) | |
bbf6f052 | 944 | { |
1f584163 | 945 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_truncsipsi2, to, from, UNKNOWN); |
bbf6f052 RK |
946 | return; |
947 | } | |
1f584163 | 948 | #endif /* HAVE_truncsipsi2 */ |
bbf6f052 RK |
949 | abort (); |
950 | } | |
951 | ||
952 | if (from_mode == PSImode) | |
953 | { | |
954 | if (to_mode != SImode) | |
955 | { | |
956 | from = convert_to_mode (SImode, from, unsignedp); | |
957 | from_mode = SImode; | |
958 | } | |
959 | else | |
960 | { | |
1f584163 DE |
961 | #ifdef HAVE_extendpsisi2 |
962 | if (HAVE_extendpsisi2) | |
bbf6f052 | 963 | { |
1f584163 | 964 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_extendpsisi2, to, from, UNKNOWN); |
bbf6f052 RK |
965 | return; |
966 | } | |
1f584163 | 967 | #endif /* HAVE_extendpsisi2 */ |
bbf6f052 RK |
968 | abort (); |
969 | } | |
970 | } | |
971 | ||
0407367d RK |
972 | if (to_mode == PDImode) |
973 | { | |
974 | if (from_mode != DImode) | |
975 | from = convert_to_mode (DImode, from, unsignedp); | |
976 | ||
977 | #ifdef HAVE_truncdipdi2 | |
978 | if (HAVE_truncdipdi2) | |
979 | { | |
980 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_truncdipdi2, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
981 | return; | |
982 | } | |
983 | #endif /* HAVE_truncdipdi2 */ | |
984 | abort (); | |
985 | } | |
986 | ||
987 | if (from_mode == PDImode) | |
988 | { | |
989 | if (to_mode != DImode) | |
990 | { | |
991 | from = convert_to_mode (DImode, from, unsignedp); | |
992 | from_mode = DImode; | |
993 | } | |
994 | else | |
995 | { | |
996 | #ifdef HAVE_extendpdidi2 | |
997 | if (HAVE_extendpdidi2) | |
998 | { | |
999 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_extendpdidi2, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
1000 | return; | |
1001 | } | |
1002 | #endif /* HAVE_extendpdidi2 */ | |
1003 | abort (); | |
1004 | } | |
1005 | } | |
1006 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
1007 | /* Now follow all the conversions between integers |
1008 | no more than a word long. */ | |
1009 | ||
1010 | /* For truncation, usually we can just refer to FROM in a narrower mode. */ | |
1011 | if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (to_mode) < GET_MODE_BITSIZE (from_mode) | |
1012 | && TRULY_NOOP_TRUNCATION (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (to_mode), | |
d3c64ee3 | 1013 | GET_MODE_BITSIZE (from_mode))) |
bbf6f052 | 1014 | { |
d3c64ee3 RS |
1015 | if (!((GET_CODE (from) == MEM |
1016 | && ! MEM_VOLATILE_P (from) | |
1017 | && direct_load[(int) to_mode] | |
1018 | && ! mode_dependent_address_p (XEXP (from, 0))) | |
1019 | || GET_CODE (from) == REG | |
1020 | || GET_CODE (from) == SUBREG)) | |
1021 | from = force_reg (from_mode, from); | |
34aa3599 RK |
1022 | if (GET_CODE (from) == REG && REGNO (from) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER |
1023 | && ! HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (REGNO (from), to_mode)) | |
1024 | from = copy_to_reg (from); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
1025 | emit_move_insn (to, gen_lowpart (to_mode, from)); |
1026 | return; | |
1027 | } | |
1028 | ||
d3c64ee3 | 1029 | /* Handle extension. */ |
bbf6f052 RK |
1030 | if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (to_mode) > GET_MODE_BITSIZE (from_mode)) |
1031 | { | |
1032 | /* Convert directly if that works. */ | |
1033 | if ((code = can_extend_p (to_mode, from_mode, unsignedp)) | |
1034 | != CODE_FOR_nothing) | |
1035 | { | |
1036 | emit_unop_insn (code, to, from, equiv_code); | |
1037 | return; | |
1038 | } | |
1039 | else | |
1040 | { | |
1041 | enum machine_mode intermediate; | |
2b28d92e NC |
1042 | rtx tmp; |
1043 | tree shift_amount; | |
bbf6f052 RK |
1044 | |
1045 | /* Search for a mode to convert via. */ | |
1046 | for (intermediate = from_mode; intermediate != VOIDmode; | |
1047 | intermediate = GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (intermediate)) | |
930b4e39 RK |
1048 | if (((can_extend_p (to_mode, intermediate, unsignedp) |
1049 | != CODE_FOR_nothing) | |
1050 | || (GET_MODE_SIZE (to_mode) < GET_MODE_SIZE (intermediate) | |
d60eaeff JL |
1051 | && TRULY_NOOP_TRUNCATION (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (to_mode), |
1052 | GET_MODE_BITSIZE (intermediate)))) | |
bbf6f052 RK |
1053 | && (can_extend_p (intermediate, from_mode, unsignedp) |
1054 | != CODE_FOR_nothing)) | |
1055 | { | |
1056 | convert_move (to, convert_to_mode (intermediate, from, | |
1057 | unsignedp), unsignedp); | |
1058 | return; | |
1059 | } | |
1060 | ||
2b28d92e NC |
1061 | /* No suitable intermediate mode. |
1062 | Generate what we need with shifts. */ | |
1063 | shift_amount = build_int_2 (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (to_mode) | |
1064 | - GET_MODE_BITSIZE (from_mode), 0); | |
1065 | from = gen_lowpart (to_mode, force_reg (from_mode, from)); | |
1066 | tmp = expand_shift (LSHIFT_EXPR, to_mode, from, shift_amount, | |
1067 | to, unsignedp); | |
1068 | tmp = expand_shift (RSHIFT_EXPR, to_mode, tmp, shift_amount, | |
1069 | to, unsignedp); | |
1070 | if (tmp != to) | |
1071 | emit_move_insn (to, tmp); | |
1072 | return; | |
bbf6f052 RK |
1073 | } |
1074 | } | |
1075 | ||
1076 | /* Support special truncate insns for certain modes. */ | |
1077 | ||
1078 | if (from_mode == DImode && to_mode == SImode) | |
1079 | { | |
1080 | #ifdef HAVE_truncdisi2 | |
1081 | if (HAVE_truncdisi2) | |
1082 | { | |
1083 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_truncdisi2, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
1084 | return; | |
1085 | } | |
1086 | #endif | |
1087 | convert_move (to, force_reg (from_mode, from), unsignedp); | |
1088 | return; | |
1089 | } | |
1090 | ||
1091 | if (from_mode == DImode && to_mode == HImode) | |
1092 | { | |
1093 | #ifdef HAVE_truncdihi2 | |
1094 | if (HAVE_truncdihi2) | |
1095 | { | |
1096 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_truncdihi2, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
1097 | return; | |
1098 | } | |
1099 | #endif | |
1100 | convert_move (to, force_reg (from_mode, from), unsignedp); | |
1101 | return; | |
1102 | } | |
1103 | ||
1104 | if (from_mode == DImode && to_mode == QImode) | |
1105 | { | |
1106 | #ifdef HAVE_truncdiqi2 | |
1107 | if (HAVE_truncdiqi2) | |
1108 | { | |
1109 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_truncdiqi2, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
1110 | return; | |
1111 | } | |
1112 | #endif | |
1113 | convert_move (to, force_reg (from_mode, from), unsignedp); | |
1114 | return; | |
1115 | } | |
1116 | ||
1117 | if (from_mode == SImode && to_mode == HImode) | |
1118 | { | |
1119 | #ifdef HAVE_truncsihi2 | |
1120 | if (HAVE_truncsihi2) | |
1121 | { | |
1122 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_truncsihi2, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
1123 | return; | |
1124 | } | |
1125 | #endif | |
1126 | convert_move (to, force_reg (from_mode, from), unsignedp); | |
1127 | return; | |
1128 | } | |
1129 | ||
1130 | if (from_mode == SImode && to_mode == QImode) | |
1131 | { | |
1132 | #ifdef HAVE_truncsiqi2 | |
1133 | if (HAVE_truncsiqi2) | |
1134 | { | |
1135 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_truncsiqi2, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
1136 | return; | |
1137 | } | |
1138 | #endif | |
1139 | convert_move (to, force_reg (from_mode, from), unsignedp); | |
1140 | return; | |
1141 | } | |
1142 | ||
1143 | if (from_mode == HImode && to_mode == QImode) | |
1144 | { | |
1145 | #ifdef HAVE_trunchiqi2 | |
1146 | if (HAVE_trunchiqi2) | |
1147 | { | |
1148 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_trunchiqi2, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
1149 | return; | |
1150 | } | |
1151 | #endif | |
1152 | convert_move (to, force_reg (from_mode, from), unsignedp); | |
1153 | return; | |
1154 | } | |
1155 | ||
b9bcad65 RK |
1156 | if (from_mode == TImode && to_mode == DImode) |
1157 | { | |
1158 | #ifdef HAVE_trunctidi2 | |
1159 | if (HAVE_trunctidi2) | |
1160 | { | |
1161 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_trunctidi2, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
1162 | return; | |
1163 | } | |
1164 | #endif | |
1165 | convert_move (to, force_reg (from_mode, from), unsignedp); | |
1166 | return; | |
1167 | } | |
1168 | ||
1169 | if (from_mode == TImode && to_mode == SImode) | |
1170 | { | |
1171 | #ifdef HAVE_trunctisi2 | |
1172 | if (HAVE_trunctisi2) | |
1173 | { | |
1174 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_trunctisi2, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
1175 | return; | |
1176 | } | |
1177 | #endif | |
1178 | convert_move (to, force_reg (from_mode, from), unsignedp); | |
1179 | return; | |
1180 | } | |
1181 | ||
1182 | if (from_mode == TImode && to_mode == HImode) | |
1183 | { | |
1184 | #ifdef HAVE_trunctihi2 | |
1185 | if (HAVE_trunctihi2) | |
1186 | { | |
1187 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_trunctihi2, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
1188 | return; | |
1189 | } | |
1190 | #endif | |
1191 | convert_move (to, force_reg (from_mode, from), unsignedp); | |
1192 | return; | |
1193 | } | |
1194 | ||
1195 | if (from_mode == TImode && to_mode == QImode) | |
1196 | { | |
1197 | #ifdef HAVE_trunctiqi2 | |
1198 | if (HAVE_trunctiqi2) | |
1199 | { | |
1200 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_trunctiqi2, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
1201 | return; | |
1202 | } | |
1203 | #endif | |
1204 | convert_move (to, force_reg (from_mode, from), unsignedp); | |
1205 | return; | |
1206 | } | |
1207 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
1208 | /* Handle truncation of volatile memrefs, and so on; |
1209 | the things that couldn't be truncated directly, | |
1210 | and for which there was no special instruction. */ | |
1211 | if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (to_mode) < GET_MODE_BITSIZE (from_mode)) | |
1212 | { | |
1213 | rtx temp = force_reg (to_mode, gen_lowpart (to_mode, from)); | |
1214 | emit_move_insn (to, temp); | |
1215 | return; | |
1216 | } | |
1217 | ||
1218 | /* Mode combination is not recognized. */ | |
1219 | abort (); | |
1220 | } | |
1221 | ||
1222 | /* Return an rtx for a value that would result | |
1223 | from converting X to mode MODE. | |
1224 | Both X and MODE may be floating, or both integer. | |
1225 | UNSIGNEDP is nonzero if X is an unsigned value. | |
1226 | This can be done by referring to a part of X in place | |
5d901c31 RS |
1227 | or by copying to a new temporary with conversion. |
1228 | ||
1229 | This function *must not* call protect_from_queue | |
1230 | except when putting X into an insn (in which case convert_move does it). */ | |
bbf6f052 RK |
1231 | |
1232 | rtx | |
1233 | convert_to_mode (mode, x, unsignedp) | |
1234 | enum machine_mode mode; | |
1235 | rtx x; | |
1236 | int unsignedp; | |
5ffe63ed RS |
1237 | { |
1238 | return convert_modes (mode, VOIDmode, x, unsignedp); | |
1239 | } | |
1240 | ||
1241 | /* Return an rtx for a value that would result | |
1242 | from converting X from mode OLDMODE to mode MODE. | |
1243 | Both modes may be floating, or both integer. | |
1244 | UNSIGNEDP is nonzero if X is an unsigned value. | |
1245 | ||
1246 | This can be done by referring to a part of X in place | |
1247 | or by copying to a new temporary with conversion. | |
1248 | ||
1249 | You can give VOIDmode for OLDMODE, if you are sure X has a nonvoid mode. | |
1250 | ||
1251 | This function *must not* call protect_from_queue | |
1252 | except when putting X into an insn (in which case convert_move does it). */ | |
1253 | ||
1254 | rtx | |
1255 | convert_modes (mode, oldmode, x, unsignedp) | |
1256 | enum machine_mode mode, oldmode; | |
1257 | rtx x; | |
1258 | int unsignedp; | |
bbf6f052 RK |
1259 | { |
1260 | register rtx temp; | |
5ffe63ed | 1261 | |
1499e0a8 RK |
1262 | /* If FROM is a SUBREG that indicates that we have already done at least |
1263 | the required extension, strip it. */ | |
1264 | ||
1265 | if (GET_CODE (x) == SUBREG && SUBREG_PROMOTED_VAR_P (x) | |
1266 | && GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (x))) >= GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) | |
1267 | && SUBREG_PROMOTED_UNSIGNED_P (x) == unsignedp) | |
1268 | x = gen_lowpart (mode, x); | |
bbf6f052 | 1269 | |
64791b18 RK |
1270 | if (GET_MODE (x) != VOIDmode) |
1271 | oldmode = GET_MODE (x); | |
1272 | ||
5ffe63ed | 1273 | if (mode == oldmode) |
bbf6f052 RK |
1274 | return x; |
1275 | ||
1276 | /* There is one case that we must handle specially: If we are converting | |
906c4e36 | 1277 | a CONST_INT into a mode whose size is twice HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT and |
bbf6f052 RK |
1278 | we are to interpret the constant as unsigned, gen_lowpart will do |
1279 | the wrong if the constant appears negative. What we want to do is | |
1280 | make the high-order word of the constant zero, not all ones. */ | |
1281 | ||
1282 | if (unsignedp && GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT | |
906c4e36 | 1283 | && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) == 2 * HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT |
bbf6f052 | 1284 | && GET_CODE (x) == CONST_INT && INTVAL (x) < 0) |
96ff8a16 ILT |
1285 | { |
1286 | HOST_WIDE_INT val = INTVAL (x); | |
1287 | ||
1288 | if (oldmode != VOIDmode | |
1289 | && HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT > GET_MODE_BITSIZE (oldmode)) | |
1290 | { | |
1291 | int width = GET_MODE_BITSIZE (oldmode); | |
1292 | ||
1293 | /* We need to zero extend VAL. */ | |
1294 | val &= ((HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 << width) - 1; | |
1295 | } | |
1296 | ||
1297 | return immed_double_const (val, (HOST_WIDE_INT) 0, mode); | |
1298 | } | |
bbf6f052 RK |
1299 | |
1300 | /* We can do this with a gen_lowpart if both desired and current modes | |
1301 | are integer, and this is either a constant integer, a register, or a | |
ba2e110c RK |
1302 | non-volatile MEM. Except for the constant case where MODE is no |
1303 | wider than HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT, we must be narrowing the operand. */ | |
bbf6f052 | 1304 | |
ba2e110c RK |
1305 | if ((GET_CODE (x) == CONST_INT |
1306 | && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT) | |
bbf6f052 | 1307 | || (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT |
5ffe63ed | 1308 | && GET_MODE_CLASS (oldmode) == MODE_INT |
bbf6f052 | 1309 | && (GET_CODE (x) == CONST_DOUBLE |
5ffe63ed | 1310 | || (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) <= GET_MODE_SIZE (oldmode) |
d57c66da JW |
1311 | && ((GET_CODE (x) == MEM && ! MEM_VOLATILE_P (x) |
1312 | && direct_load[(int) mode]) | |
2bf29316 JW |
1313 | || (GET_CODE (x) == REG |
1314 | && TRULY_NOOP_TRUNCATION (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode), | |
1315 | GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (x))))))))) | |
ba2e110c RK |
1316 | { |
1317 | /* ?? If we don't know OLDMODE, we have to assume here that | |
1318 | X does not need sign- or zero-extension. This may not be | |
1319 | the case, but it's the best we can do. */ | |
1320 | if (GET_CODE (x) == CONST_INT && oldmode != VOIDmode | |
1321 | && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) > GET_MODE_SIZE (oldmode)) | |
1322 | { | |
1323 | HOST_WIDE_INT val = INTVAL (x); | |
1324 | int width = GET_MODE_BITSIZE (oldmode); | |
1325 | ||
1326 | /* We must sign or zero-extend in this case. Start by | |
1327 | zero-extending, then sign extend if we need to. */ | |
1328 | val &= ((HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 << width) - 1; | |
1329 | if (! unsignedp | |
1330 | && (val & ((HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 << (width - 1)))) | |
1331 | val |= (HOST_WIDE_INT) (-1) << width; | |
1332 | ||
1333 | return GEN_INT (val); | |
1334 | } | |
1335 | ||
1336 | return gen_lowpart (mode, x); | |
1337 | } | |
bbf6f052 RK |
1338 | |
1339 | temp = gen_reg_rtx (mode); | |
1340 | convert_move (temp, x, unsignedp); | |
1341 | return temp; | |
1342 | } | |
1343 | \f | |
fbe1758d AM |
1344 | |
1345 | /* This macro is used to determine what the largest unit size that | |
1346 | move_by_pieces can use is. */ | |
1347 | ||
1348 | /* MOVE_MAX_PIECES is the number of bytes at a time which we can | |
1349 | move efficiently, as opposed to MOVE_MAX which is the maximum | |
1350 | number of bhytes we can move with a single instruction. */ | |
1351 | ||
1352 | #ifndef MOVE_MAX_PIECES | |
1353 | #define MOVE_MAX_PIECES MOVE_MAX | |
1354 | #endif | |
1355 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
1356 | /* Generate several move instructions to copy LEN bytes |
1357 | from block FROM to block TO. (These are MEM rtx's with BLKmode). | |
1358 | The caller must pass FROM and TO | |
1359 | through protect_from_queue before calling. | |
1360 | ALIGN (in bytes) is maximum alignment we can assume. */ | |
1361 | ||
2e245dac | 1362 | void |
bbf6f052 RK |
1363 | move_by_pieces (to, from, len, align) |
1364 | rtx to, from; | |
729a2125 RK |
1365 | int len; |
1366 | unsigned int align; | |
bbf6f052 RK |
1367 | { |
1368 | struct move_by_pieces data; | |
1369 | rtx to_addr = XEXP (to, 0), from_addr = XEXP (from, 0); | |
fbe1758d AM |
1370 | int max_size = MOVE_MAX_PIECES + 1; |
1371 | enum machine_mode mode = VOIDmode, tmode; | |
1372 | enum insn_code icode; | |
bbf6f052 RK |
1373 | |
1374 | data.offset = 0; | |
1375 | data.to_addr = to_addr; | |
1376 | data.from_addr = from_addr; | |
1377 | data.to = to; | |
1378 | data.from = from; | |
1379 | data.autinc_to | |
1380 | = (GET_CODE (to_addr) == PRE_INC || GET_CODE (to_addr) == PRE_DEC | |
1381 | || GET_CODE (to_addr) == POST_INC || GET_CODE (to_addr) == POST_DEC); | |
1382 | data.autinc_from | |
1383 | = (GET_CODE (from_addr) == PRE_INC || GET_CODE (from_addr) == PRE_DEC | |
1384 | || GET_CODE (from_addr) == POST_INC | |
1385 | || GET_CODE (from_addr) == POST_DEC); | |
1386 | ||
1387 | data.explicit_inc_from = 0; | |
1388 | data.explicit_inc_to = 0; | |
1389 | data.reverse | |
1390 | = (GET_CODE (to_addr) == PRE_DEC || GET_CODE (to_addr) == POST_DEC); | |
1391 | if (data.reverse) data.offset = len; | |
1392 | data.len = len; | |
1393 | ||
e9cf6a97 JW |
1394 | data.to_struct = MEM_IN_STRUCT_P (to); |
1395 | data.from_struct = MEM_IN_STRUCT_P (from); | |
c5c76735 JL |
1396 | data.to_readonly = RTX_UNCHANGING_P (to); |
1397 | data.from_readonly = RTX_UNCHANGING_P (from); | |
e9cf6a97 | 1398 | |
bbf6f052 RK |
1399 | /* If copying requires more than two move insns, |
1400 | copy addresses to registers (to make displacements shorter) | |
1401 | and use post-increment if available. */ | |
1402 | if (!(data.autinc_from && data.autinc_to) | |
1403 | && move_by_pieces_ninsns (len, align) > 2) | |
1404 | { | |
fbe1758d AM |
1405 | /* Find the mode of the largest move... */ |
1406 | for (tmode = GET_CLASS_NARROWEST_MODE (MODE_INT); | |
1407 | tmode != VOIDmode; tmode = GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (tmode)) | |
1408 | if (GET_MODE_SIZE (tmode) < max_size) | |
1409 | mode = tmode; | |
1410 | ||
1411 | if (USE_LOAD_PRE_DECREMENT (mode) && data.reverse && ! data.autinc_from) | |
bbf6f052 RK |
1412 | { |
1413 | data.from_addr = copy_addr_to_reg (plus_constant (from_addr, len)); | |
1414 | data.autinc_from = 1; | |
1415 | data.explicit_inc_from = -1; | |
1416 | } | |
fbe1758d | 1417 | if (USE_LOAD_POST_INCREMENT (mode) && ! data.autinc_from) |
bbf6f052 RK |
1418 | { |
1419 | data.from_addr = copy_addr_to_reg (from_addr); | |
1420 | data.autinc_from = 1; | |
1421 | data.explicit_inc_from = 1; | |
1422 | } | |
bbf6f052 RK |
1423 | if (!data.autinc_from && CONSTANT_P (from_addr)) |
1424 | data.from_addr = copy_addr_to_reg (from_addr); | |
fbe1758d | 1425 | if (USE_STORE_PRE_DECREMENT (mode) && data.reverse && ! data.autinc_to) |
bbf6f052 RK |
1426 | { |
1427 | data.to_addr = copy_addr_to_reg (plus_constant (to_addr, len)); | |
1428 | data.autinc_to = 1; | |
1429 | data.explicit_inc_to = -1; | |
1430 | } | |
fbe1758d | 1431 | if (USE_STORE_POST_INCREMENT (mode) && ! data.reverse && ! data.autinc_to) |
bbf6f052 RK |
1432 | { |
1433 | data.to_addr = copy_addr_to_reg (to_addr); | |
1434 | data.autinc_to = 1; | |
1435 | data.explicit_inc_to = 1; | |
1436 | } | |
bbf6f052 RK |
1437 | if (!data.autinc_to && CONSTANT_P (to_addr)) |
1438 | data.to_addr = copy_addr_to_reg (to_addr); | |
1439 | } | |
1440 | ||
e1565e65 | 1441 | if (! SLOW_UNALIGNED_ACCESS (word_mode, align) |
e87b4f3f | 1442 | || align > MOVE_MAX || align >= BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT / BITS_PER_UNIT) |
bbf6f052 | 1443 | align = MOVE_MAX; |
bbf6f052 RK |
1444 | |
1445 | /* First move what we can in the largest integer mode, then go to | |
1446 | successively smaller modes. */ | |
1447 | ||
1448 | while (max_size > 1) | |
1449 | { | |
e7c33f54 RK |
1450 | for (tmode = GET_CLASS_NARROWEST_MODE (MODE_INT); |
1451 | tmode != VOIDmode; tmode = GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (tmode)) | |
1452 | if (GET_MODE_SIZE (tmode) < max_size) | |
bbf6f052 RK |
1453 | mode = tmode; |
1454 | ||
1455 | if (mode == VOIDmode) | |
1456 | break; | |
1457 | ||
1458 | icode = mov_optab->handlers[(int) mode].insn_code; | |
1459 | if (icode != CODE_FOR_nothing | |
1460 | && align >= MIN (BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT / BITS_PER_UNIT, | |
729a2125 | 1461 | (unsigned int) GET_MODE_SIZE (mode))) |
bbf6f052 RK |
1462 | move_by_pieces_1 (GEN_FCN (icode), mode, &data); |
1463 | ||
1464 | max_size = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode); | |
1465 | } | |
1466 | ||
1467 | /* The code above should have handled everything. */ | |
2a8e278c | 1468 | if (data.len > 0) |
bbf6f052 RK |
1469 | abort (); |
1470 | } | |
1471 | ||
1472 | /* Return number of insns required to move L bytes by pieces. | |
1473 | ALIGN (in bytes) is maximum alignment we can assume. */ | |
1474 | ||
1475 | static int | |
1476 | move_by_pieces_ninsns (l, align) | |
1477 | unsigned int l; | |
729a2125 | 1478 | unsigned int align; |
bbf6f052 RK |
1479 | { |
1480 | register int n_insns = 0; | |
e87b4f3f | 1481 | int max_size = MOVE_MAX + 1; |
bbf6f052 | 1482 | |
e1565e65 | 1483 | if (! SLOW_UNALIGNED_ACCESS (word_mode, align) |
e87b4f3f | 1484 | || align > MOVE_MAX || align >= BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT / BITS_PER_UNIT) |
bbf6f052 | 1485 | align = MOVE_MAX; |
bbf6f052 RK |
1486 | |
1487 | while (max_size > 1) | |
1488 | { | |
1489 | enum machine_mode mode = VOIDmode, tmode; | |
1490 | enum insn_code icode; | |
1491 | ||
e7c33f54 RK |
1492 | for (tmode = GET_CLASS_NARROWEST_MODE (MODE_INT); |
1493 | tmode != VOIDmode; tmode = GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (tmode)) | |
1494 | if (GET_MODE_SIZE (tmode) < max_size) | |
bbf6f052 RK |
1495 | mode = tmode; |
1496 | ||
1497 | if (mode == VOIDmode) | |
1498 | break; | |
1499 | ||
1500 | icode = mov_optab->handlers[(int) mode].insn_code; | |
1501 | if (icode != CODE_FOR_nothing | |
729a2125 | 1502 | && align >= GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (mode) / BITS_PER_UNIT) |
bbf6f052 RK |
1503 | n_insns += l / GET_MODE_SIZE (mode), l %= GET_MODE_SIZE (mode); |
1504 | ||
1505 | max_size = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode); | |
1506 | } | |
1507 | ||
1508 | return n_insns; | |
1509 | } | |
1510 | ||
1511 | /* Subroutine of move_by_pieces. Move as many bytes as appropriate | |
1512 | with move instructions for mode MODE. GENFUN is the gen_... function | |
1513 | to make a move insn for that mode. DATA has all the other info. */ | |
1514 | ||
1515 | static void | |
1516 | move_by_pieces_1 (genfun, mode, data) | |
711d877c | 1517 | rtx (*genfun) PARAMS ((rtx, ...)); |
bbf6f052 RK |
1518 | enum machine_mode mode; |
1519 | struct move_by_pieces *data; | |
1520 | { | |
1521 | register int size = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode); | |
1522 | register rtx to1, from1; | |
1523 | ||
1524 | while (data->len >= size) | |
1525 | { | |
1526 | if (data->reverse) data->offset -= size; | |
1527 | ||
1528 | to1 = (data->autinc_to | |
38a448ca | 1529 | ? gen_rtx_MEM (mode, data->to_addr) |
effbcc6a RK |
1530 | : copy_rtx (change_address (data->to, mode, |
1531 | plus_constant (data->to_addr, | |
1532 | data->offset)))); | |
e9cf6a97 | 1533 | MEM_IN_STRUCT_P (to1) = data->to_struct; |
c5c76735 | 1534 | RTX_UNCHANGING_P (to1) = data->to_readonly; |
effbcc6a | 1535 | |
db3cf6fb MS |
1536 | from1 |
1537 | = (data->autinc_from | |
38a448ca | 1538 | ? gen_rtx_MEM (mode, data->from_addr) |
db3cf6fb MS |
1539 | : copy_rtx (change_address (data->from, mode, |
1540 | plus_constant (data->from_addr, | |
1541 | data->offset)))); | |
e9cf6a97 | 1542 | MEM_IN_STRUCT_P (from1) = data->from_struct; |
c5c76735 | 1543 | RTX_UNCHANGING_P (from1) = data->from_readonly; |
bbf6f052 | 1544 | |
940da324 | 1545 | if (HAVE_PRE_DECREMENT && data->explicit_inc_to < 0) |
906c4e36 | 1546 | emit_insn (gen_add2_insn (data->to_addr, GEN_INT (-size))); |
940da324 | 1547 | if (HAVE_PRE_DECREMENT && data->explicit_inc_from < 0) |
906c4e36 | 1548 | emit_insn (gen_add2_insn (data->from_addr, GEN_INT (-size))); |
bbf6f052 RK |
1549 | |
1550 | emit_insn ((*genfun) (to1, from1)); | |
940da324 | 1551 | if (HAVE_POST_INCREMENT && data->explicit_inc_to > 0) |
906c4e36 | 1552 | emit_insn (gen_add2_insn (data->to_addr, GEN_INT (size))); |
940da324 | 1553 | if (HAVE_POST_INCREMENT && data->explicit_inc_from > 0) |
906c4e36 | 1554 | emit_insn (gen_add2_insn (data->from_addr, GEN_INT (size))); |
bbf6f052 RK |
1555 | |
1556 | if (! data->reverse) data->offset += size; | |
1557 | ||
1558 | data->len -= size; | |
1559 | } | |
1560 | } | |
1561 | \f | |
1562 | /* Emit code to move a block Y to a block X. | |
1563 | This may be done with string-move instructions, | |
1564 | with multiple scalar move instructions, or with a library call. | |
1565 | ||
1566 | Both X and Y must be MEM rtx's (perhaps inside VOLATILE) | |
1567 | with mode BLKmode. | |
1568 | SIZE is an rtx that says how long they are. | |
1569 | ALIGN is the maximum alignment we can assume they have, | |
e9a25f70 | 1570 | measured in bytes. |
bbf6f052 | 1571 | |
e9a25f70 JL |
1572 | Return the address of the new block, if memcpy is called and returns it, |
1573 | 0 otherwise. */ | |
1574 | ||
1575 | rtx | |
bbf6f052 RK |
1576 | emit_block_move (x, y, size, align) |
1577 | rtx x, y; | |
1578 | rtx size; | |
729a2125 | 1579 | unsigned int align; |
bbf6f052 | 1580 | { |
e9a25f70 | 1581 | rtx retval = 0; |
52cf7115 JL |
1582 | #ifdef TARGET_MEM_FUNCTIONS |
1583 | static tree fn; | |
1584 | tree call_expr, arg_list; | |
1585 | #endif | |
e9a25f70 | 1586 | |
bbf6f052 RK |
1587 | if (GET_MODE (x) != BLKmode) |
1588 | abort (); | |
1589 | ||
1590 | if (GET_MODE (y) != BLKmode) | |
1591 | abort (); | |
1592 | ||
1593 | x = protect_from_queue (x, 1); | |
1594 | y = protect_from_queue (y, 0); | |
5d901c31 | 1595 | size = protect_from_queue (size, 0); |
bbf6f052 RK |
1596 | |
1597 | if (GET_CODE (x) != MEM) | |
1598 | abort (); | |
1599 | if (GET_CODE (y) != MEM) | |
1600 | abort (); | |
1601 | if (size == 0) | |
1602 | abort (); | |
1603 | ||
fbe1758d | 1604 | if (GET_CODE (size) == CONST_INT && MOVE_BY_PIECES_P (INTVAL (size), align)) |
bbf6f052 RK |
1605 | move_by_pieces (x, y, INTVAL (size), align); |
1606 | else | |
1607 | { | |
1608 | /* Try the most limited insn first, because there's no point | |
1609 | including more than one in the machine description unless | |
1610 | the more limited one has some advantage. */ | |
266007a7 | 1611 | |
0bba3f6f | 1612 | rtx opalign = GEN_INT (align); |
266007a7 RK |
1613 | enum machine_mode mode; |
1614 | ||
1615 | for (mode = GET_CLASS_NARROWEST_MODE (MODE_INT); mode != VOIDmode; | |
1616 | mode = GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (mode)) | |
bbf6f052 | 1617 | { |
266007a7 | 1618 | enum insn_code code = movstr_optab[(int) mode]; |
a995e389 | 1619 | insn_operand_predicate_fn pred; |
266007a7 RK |
1620 | |
1621 | if (code != CODE_FOR_nothing | |
803090c4 RK |
1622 | /* We don't need MODE to be narrower than BITS_PER_HOST_WIDE_INT |
1623 | here because if SIZE is less than the mode mask, as it is | |
8008b228 | 1624 | returned by the macro, it will definitely be less than the |
803090c4 | 1625 | actual mode mask. */ |
8ca00751 RK |
1626 | && ((GET_CODE (size) == CONST_INT |
1627 | && ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) INTVAL (size) | |
e5e809f4 | 1628 | <= (GET_MODE_MASK (mode) >> 1))) |
8ca00751 | 1629 | || GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) >= BITS_PER_WORD) |
a995e389 RH |
1630 | && ((pred = insn_data[(int) code].operand[0].predicate) == 0 |
1631 | || (*pred) (x, BLKmode)) | |
1632 | && ((pred = insn_data[(int) code].operand[1].predicate) == 0 | |
1633 | || (*pred) (y, BLKmode)) | |
1634 | && ((pred = insn_data[(int) code].operand[3].predicate) == 0 | |
1635 | || (*pred) (opalign, VOIDmode))) | |
bbf6f052 | 1636 | { |
1ba1e2a8 | 1637 | rtx op2; |
266007a7 RK |
1638 | rtx last = get_last_insn (); |
1639 | rtx pat; | |
1640 | ||
1ba1e2a8 | 1641 | op2 = convert_to_mode (mode, size, 1); |
a995e389 RH |
1642 | pred = insn_data[(int) code].operand[2].predicate; |
1643 | if (pred != 0 && ! (*pred) (op2, mode)) | |
266007a7 RK |
1644 | op2 = copy_to_mode_reg (mode, op2); |
1645 | ||
1646 | pat = GEN_FCN ((int) code) (x, y, op2, opalign); | |
1647 | if (pat) | |
1648 | { | |
1649 | emit_insn (pat); | |
e9a25f70 | 1650 | return 0; |
266007a7 RK |
1651 | } |
1652 | else | |
1653 | delete_insns_since (last); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
1654 | } |
1655 | } | |
bbf6f052 | 1656 | |
4bc973ae JL |
1657 | /* X, Y, or SIZE may have been passed through protect_from_queue. |
1658 | ||
1659 | It is unsafe to save the value generated by protect_from_queue | |
1660 | and reuse it later. Consider what happens if emit_queue is | |
1661 | called before the return value from protect_from_queue is used. | |
1662 | ||
1663 | Expansion of the CALL_EXPR below will call emit_queue before | |
1664 | we are finished emitting RTL for argument setup. So if we are | |
1665 | not careful we could get the wrong value for an argument. | |
1666 | ||
1667 | To avoid this problem we go ahead and emit code to copy X, Y & | |
1668 | SIZE into new pseudos. We can then place those new pseudos | |
1669 | into an RTL_EXPR and use them later, even after a call to | |
1670 | emit_queue. | |
1671 | ||
1672 | Note this is not strictly needed for library calls since they | |
1673 | do not call emit_queue before loading their arguments. However, | |
1674 | we may need to have library calls call emit_queue in the future | |
1675 | since failing to do so could cause problems for targets which | |
1676 | define SMALL_REGISTER_CLASSES and pass arguments in registers. */ | |
1677 | x = copy_to_mode_reg (Pmode, XEXP (x, 0)); | |
1678 | y = copy_to_mode_reg (Pmode, XEXP (y, 0)); | |
1679 | ||
1680 | #ifdef TARGET_MEM_FUNCTIONS | |
1681 | size = copy_to_mode_reg (TYPE_MODE (sizetype), size); | |
1682 | #else | |
1683 | size = convert_to_mode (TYPE_MODE (integer_type_node), size, | |
1684 | TREE_UNSIGNED (integer_type_node)); | |
f3dc586a | 1685 | size = copy_to_mode_reg (TYPE_MODE (integer_type_node), size); |
4bc973ae JL |
1686 | #endif |
1687 | ||
bbf6f052 | 1688 | #ifdef TARGET_MEM_FUNCTIONS |
52cf7115 JL |
1689 | /* It is incorrect to use the libcall calling conventions to call |
1690 | memcpy in this context. | |
1691 | ||
1692 | This could be a user call to memcpy and the user may wish to | |
1693 | examine the return value from memcpy. | |
1694 | ||
1695 | For targets where libcalls and normal calls have different conventions | |
1696 | for returning pointers, we could end up generating incorrect code. | |
1697 | ||
1698 | So instead of using a libcall sequence we build up a suitable | |
1699 | CALL_EXPR and expand the call in the normal fashion. */ | |
1700 | if (fn == NULL_TREE) | |
1701 | { | |
1702 | tree fntype; | |
1703 | ||
1704 | /* This was copied from except.c, I don't know if all this is | |
1705 | necessary in this context or not. */ | |
1706 | fn = get_identifier ("memcpy"); | |
1707 | push_obstacks_nochange (); | |
1708 | end_temporary_allocation (); | |
1709 | fntype = build_pointer_type (void_type_node); | |
1710 | fntype = build_function_type (fntype, NULL_TREE); | |
1711 | fn = build_decl (FUNCTION_DECL, fn, fntype); | |
d7db6646 | 1712 | ggc_add_tree_root (&fn, 1); |
52cf7115 JL |
1713 | DECL_EXTERNAL (fn) = 1; |
1714 | TREE_PUBLIC (fn) = 1; | |
1715 | DECL_ARTIFICIAL (fn) = 1; | |
1716 | make_decl_rtl (fn, NULL_PTR, 1); | |
1717 | assemble_external (fn); | |
1718 | pop_obstacks (); | |
1719 | } | |
1720 | ||
1721 | /* We need to make an argument list for the function call. | |
1722 | ||
1723 | memcpy has three arguments, the first two are void * addresses and | |
1724 | the last is a size_t byte count for the copy. */ | |
1725 | arg_list | |
1726 | = build_tree_list (NULL_TREE, | |
4bc973ae | 1727 | make_tree (build_pointer_type (void_type_node), x)); |
52cf7115 JL |
1728 | TREE_CHAIN (arg_list) |
1729 | = build_tree_list (NULL_TREE, | |
4bc973ae | 1730 | make_tree (build_pointer_type (void_type_node), y)); |
52cf7115 JL |
1731 | TREE_CHAIN (TREE_CHAIN (arg_list)) |
1732 | = build_tree_list (NULL_TREE, make_tree (sizetype, size)); | |
1733 | TREE_CHAIN (TREE_CHAIN (TREE_CHAIN (arg_list))) = NULL_TREE; | |
1734 | ||
1735 | /* Now we have to build up the CALL_EXPR itself. */ | |
1736 | call_expr = build1 (ADDR_EXPR, build_pointer_type (TREE_TYPE (fn)), fn); | |
1737 | call_expr = build (CALL_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (fn)), | |
1738 | call_expr, arg_list, NULL_TREE); | |
1739 | TREE_SIDE_EFFECTS (call_expr) = 1; | |
1740 | ||
1741 | retval = expand_expr (call_expr, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); | |
bbf6f052 | 1742 | #else |
d562e42e | 1743 | emit_library_call (bcopy_libfunc, 0, |
fe7bbd2a | 1744 | VOIDmode, 3, y, Pmode, x, Pmode, |
3b6f75e2 JW |
1745 | convert_to_mode (TYPE_MODE (integer_type_node), size, |
1746 | TREE_UNSIGNED (integer_type_node)), | |
1747 | TYPE_MODE (integer_type_node)); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
1748 | #endif |
1749 | } | |
e9a25f70 JL |
1750 | |
1751 | return retval; | |
bbf6f052 RK |
1752 | } |
1753 | \f | |
1754 | /* Copy all or part of a value X into registers starting at REGNO. | |
1755 | The number of registers to be filled is NREGS. */ | |
1756 | ||
1757 | void | |
1758 | move_block_to_reg (regno, x, nregs, mode) | |
1759 | int regno; | |
1760 | rtx x; | |
1761 | int nregs; | |
1762 | enum machine_mode mode; | |
1763 | { | |
1764 | int i; | |
381127e8 RL |
1765 | #ifdef HAVE_load_multiple |
1766 | rtx pat; | |
1767 | rtx last; | |
1768 | #endif | |
bbf6f052 | 1769 | |
72bb9717 RK |
1770 | if (nregs == 0) |
1771 | return; | |
1772 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
1773 | if (CONSTANT_P (x) && ! LEGITIMATE_CONSTANT_P (x)) |
1774 | x = validize_mem (force_const_mem (mode, x)); | |
1775 | ||
1776 | /* See if the machine can do this with a load multiple insn. */ | |
1777 | #ifdef HAVE_load_multiple | |
c3a02afe | 1778 | if (HAVE_load_multiple) |
bbf6f052 | 1779 | { |
c3a02afe | 1780 | last = get_last_insn (); |
38a448ca | 1781 | pat = gen_load_multiple (gen_rtx_REG (word_mode, regno), x, |
c3a02afe RK |
1782 | GEN_INT (nregs)); |
1783 | if (pat) | |
1784 | { | |
1785 | emit_insn (pat); | |
1786 | return; | |
1787 | } | |
1788 | else | |
1789 | delete_insns_since (last); | |
bbf6f052 | 1790 | } |
bbf6f052 RK |
1791 | #endif |
1792 | ||
1793 | for (i = 0; i < nregs; i++) | |
38a448ca | 1794 | emit_move_insn (gen_rtx_REG (word_mode, regno + i), |
bbf6f052 RK |
1795 | operand_subword_force (x, i, mode)); |
1796 | } | |
1797 | ||
1798 | /* Copy all or part of a BLKmode value X out of registers starting at REGNO. | |
0040593d JW |
1799 | The number of registers to be filled is NREGS. SIZE indicates the number |
1800 | of bytes in the object X. */ | |
1801 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
1802 | |
1803 | void | |
0040593d | 1804 | move_block_from_reg (regno, x, nregs, size) |
bbf6f052 RK |
1805 | int regno; |
1806 | rtx x; | |
1807 | int nregs; | |
0040593d | 1808 | int size; |
bbf6f052 RK |
1809 | { |
1810 | int i; | |
381127e8 RL |
1811 | #ifdef HAVE_store_multiple |
1812 | rtx pat; | |
1813 | rtx last; | |
1814 | #endif | |
58a32c5c | 1815 | enum machine_mode mode; |
bbf6f052 | 1816 | |
58a32c5c DE |
1817 | /* If SIZE is that of a mode no bigger than a word, just use that |
1818 | mode's store operation. */ | |
1819 | if (size <= UNITS_PER_WORD | |
1820 | && (mode = mode_for_size (size * BITS_PER_UNIT, MODE_INT, 0)) != BLKmode) | |
1821 | { | |
1822 | emit_move_insn (change_address (x, mode, NULL), | |
38a448ca | 1823 | gen_rtx_REG (mode, regno)); |
58a32c5c DE |
1824 | return; |
1825 | } | |
1826 | ||
0040593d | 1827 | /* Blocks smaller than a word on a BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN machine must be aligned |
58a32c5c DE |
1828 | to the left before storing to memory. Note that the previous test |
1829 | doesn't handle all cases (e.g. SIZE == 3). */ | |
0040593d JW |
1830 | if (size < UNITS_PER_WORD && BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN) |
1831 | { | |
1832 | rtx tem = operand_subword (x, 0, 1, BLKmode); | |
1833 | rtx shift; | |
1834 | ||
1835 | if (tem == 0) | |
1836 | abort (); | |
1837 | ||
1838 | shift = expand_shift (LSHIFT_EXPR, word_mode, | |
38a448ca | 1839 | gen_rtx_REG (word_mode, regno), |
0040593d JW |
1840 | build_int_2 ((UNITS_PER_WORD - size) |
1841 | * BITS_PER_UNIT, 0), NULL_RTX, 0); | |
1842 | emit_move_insn (tem, shift); | |
1843 | return; | |
1844 | } | |
1845 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
1846 | /* See if the machine can do this with a store multiple insn. */ |
1847 | #ifdef HAVE_store_multiple | |
c3a02afe | 1848 | if (HAVE_store_multiple) |
bbf6f052 | 1849 | { |
c3a02afe | 1850 | last = get_last_insn (); |
38a448ca | 1851 | pat = gen_store_multiple (x, gen_rtx_REG (word_mode, regno), |
c3a02afe RK |
1852 | GEN_INT (nregs)); |
1853 | if (pat) | |
1854 | { | |
1855 | emit_insn (pat); | |
1856 | return; | |
1857 | } | |
1858 | else | |
1859 | delete_insns_since (last); | |
bbf6f052 | 1860 | } |
bbf6f052 RK |
1861 | #endif |
1862 | ||
1863 | for (i = 0; i < nregs; i++) | |
1864 | { | |
1865 | rtx tem = operand_subword (x, i, 1, BLKmode); | |
1866 | ||
1867 | if (tem == 0) | |
1868 | abort (); | |
1869 | ||
38a448ca | 1870 | emit_move_insn (tem, gen_rtx_REG (word_mode, regno + i)); |
bbf6f052 RK |
1871 | } |
1872 | } | |
1873 | ||
aac5cc16 RH |
1874 | /* Emit code to move a block SRC to a block DST, where DST is non-consecutive |
1875 | registers represented by a PARALLEL. SSIZE represents the total size of | |
1876 | block SRC in bytes, or -1 if not known. ALIGN is the known alignment of | |
1877 | SRC in bits. */ | |
1878 | /* ??? If SSIZE % UNITS_PER_WORD != 0, we make the blatent assumption that | |
1879 | the balance will be in what would be the low-order memory addresses, i.e. | |
1880 | left justified for big endian, right justified for little endian. This | |
1881 | happens to be true for the targets currently using this support. If this | |
1882 | ever changes, a new target macro along the lines of FUNCTION_ARG_PADDING | |
1883 | would be needed. */ | |
fffa9c1d JW |
1884 | |
1885 | void | |
aac5cc16 RH |
1886 | emit_group_load (dst, orig_src, ssize, align) |
1887 | rtx dst, orig_src; | |
729a2125 RK |
1888 | unsigned int align; |
1889 | int ssize; | |
fffa9c1d | 1890 | { |
aac5cc16 RH |
1891 | rtx *tmps, src; |
1892 | int start, i; | |
fffa9c1d | 1893 | |
aac5cc16 | 1894 | if (GET_CODE (dst) != PARALLEL) |
fffa9c1d JW |
1895 | abort (); |
1896 | ||
1897 | /* Check for a NULL entry, used to indicate that the parameter goes | |
1898 | both on the stack and in registers. */ | |
aac5cc16 RH |
1899 | if (XEXP (XVECEXP (dst, 0, 0), 0)) |
1900 | start = 0; | |
fffa9c1d | 1901 | else |
aac5cc16 RH |
1902 | start = 1; |
1903 | ||
1904 | tmps = (rtx *) alloca (sizeof(rtx) * XVECLEN (dst, 0)); | |
1905 | ||
1906 | /* If we won't be loading directly from memory, protect the real source | |
1907 | from strange tricks we might play. */ | |
1908 | src = orig_src; | |
1909 | if (GET_CODE (src) != MEM) | |
1910 | { | |
8b725198 JJ |
1911 | if (GET_CODE (src) == VOIDmode) |
1912 | src = gen_reg_rtx (GET_MODE (dst)); | |
1913 | else | |
1914 | src = gen_reg_rtx (GET_MODE (orig_src)); | |
aac5cc16 RH |
1915 | emit_move_insn (src, orig_src); |
1916 | } | |
1917 | ||
1918 | /* Process the pieces. */ | |
1919 | for (i = start; i < XVECLEN (dst, 0); i++) | |
1920 | { | |
1921 | enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (XVECEXP (dst, 0, i), 0)); | |
1922 | int bytepos = INTVAL (XEXP (XVECEXP (dst, 0, i), 1)); | |
1923 | int bytelen = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode); | |
1924 | int shift = 0; | |
1925 | ||
1926 | /* Handle trailing fragments that run over the size of the struct. */ | |
1927 | if (ssize >= 0 && bytepos + bytelen > ssize) | |
1928 | { | |
1929 | shift = (bytelen - (ssize - bytepos)) * BITS_PER_UNIT; | |
1930 | bytelen = ssize - bytepos; | |
1931 | if (bytelen <= 0) | |
729a2125 | 1932 | abort (); |
aac5cc16 RH |
1933 | } |
1934 | ||
1935 | /* Optimize the access just a bit. */ | |
1936 | if (GET_CODE (src) == MEM | |
729a2125 RK |
1937 | && align * BITS_PER_UNIT >= GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (mode) |
1938 | && bytepos * BITS_PER_UNIT % GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (mode) == 0 | |
aac5cc16 RH |
1939 | && bytelen == GET_MODE_SIZE (mode)) |
1940 | { | |
1941 | tmps[i] = gen_reg_rtx (mode); | |
1942 | emit_move_insn (tmps[i], | |
1943 | change_address (src, mode, | |
1944 | plus_constant (XEXP (src, 0), | |
1945 | bytepos))); | |
fffa9c1d | 1946 | } |
7c4a6db0 JW |
1947 | else if (GET_CODE (src) == CONCAT) |
1948 | { | |
1949 | if (bytepos == 0 | |
1950 | && bytelen == GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (src, 0)))) | |
1951 | tmps[i] = XEXP (src, 0); | |
1952 | else if (bytepos == GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (src, 0))) | |
1953 | && bytelen == GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (src, 1)))) | |
1954 | tmps[i] = XEXP (src, 1); | |
1955 | else | |
1956 | abort (); | |
1957 | } | |
fffa9c1d | 1958 | else |
aac5cc16 RH |
1959 | { |
1960 | tmps[i] = extract_bit_field (src, bytelen*BITS_PER_UNIT, | |
1961 | bytepos*BITS_PER_UNIT, 1, NULL_RTX, | |
1962 | mode, mode, align, ssize); | |
1963 | } | |
fffa9c1d | 1964 | |
aac5cc16 RH |
1965 | if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN && shift) |
1966 | { | |
1967 | expand_binop (mode, ashl_optab, tmps[i], GEN_INT (shift), | |
1968 | tmps[i], 0, OPTAB_WIDEN); | |
1969 | } | |
fffa9c1d | 1970 | } |
aac5cc16 RH |
1971 | emit_queue(); |
1972 | ||
1973 | /* Copy the extracted pieces into the proper (probable) hard regs. */ | |
1974 | for (i = start; i < XVECLEN (dst, 0); i++) | |
1975 | emit_move_insn (XEXP (XVECEXP (dst, 0, i), 0), tmps[i]); | |
fffa9c1d JW |
1976 | } |
1977 | ||
aac5cc16 RH |
1978 | /* Emit code to move a block SRC to a block DST, where SRC is non-consecutive |
1979 | registers represented by a PARALLEL. SSIZE represents the total size of | |
1980 | block DST, or -1 if not known. ALIGN is the known alignment of DST. */ | |
fffa9c1d JW |
1981 | |
1982 | void | |
aac5cc16 RH |
1983 | emit_group_store (orig_dst, src, ssize, align) |
1984 | rtx orig_dst, src; | |
729a2125 RK |
1985 | int ssize; |
1986 | unsigned int align; | |
fffa9c1d | 1987 | { |
aac5cc16 RH |
1988 | rtx *tmps, dst; |
1989 | int start, i; | |
fffa9c1d | 1990 | |
aac5cc16 | 1991 | if (GET_CODE (src) != PARALLEL) |
fffa9c1d JW |
1992 | abort (); |
1993 | ||
1994 | /* Check for a NULL entry, used to indicate that the parameter goes | |
1995 | both on the stack and in registers. */ | |
aac5cc16 RH |
1996 | if (XEXP (XVECEXP (src, 0, 0), 0)) |
1997 | start = 0; | |
fffa9c1d | 1998 | else |
aac5cc16 RH |
1999 | start = 1; |
2000 | ||
2001 | tmps = (rtx *) alloca (sizeof(rtx) * XVECLEN (src, 0)); | |
fffa9c1d | 2002 | |
aac5cc16 RH |
2003 | /* Copy the (probable) hard regs into pseudos. */ |
2004 | for (i = start; i < XVECLEN (src, 0); i++) | |
fffa9c1d | 2005 | { |
aac5cc16 RH |
2006 | rtx reg = XEXP (XVECEXP (src, 0, i), 0); |
2007 | tmps[i] = gen_reg_rtx (GET_MODE (reg)); | |
2008 | emit_move_insn (tmps[i], reg); | |
2009 | } | |
2010 | emit_queue(); | |
fffa9c1d | 2011 | |
aac5cc16 RH |
2012 | /* If we won't be storing directly into memory, protect the real destination |
2013 | from strange tricks we might play. */ | |
2014 | dst = orig_dst; | |
10a9f2be JW |
2015 | if (GET_CODE (dst) == PARALLEL) |
2016 | { | |
2017 | rtx temp; | |
2018 | ||
2019 | /* We can get a PARALLEL dst if there is a conditional expression in | |
2020 | a return statement. In that case, the dst and src are the same, | |
2021 | so no action is necessary. */ | |
2022 | if (rtx_equal_p (dst, src)) | |
2023 | return; | |
2024 | ||
2025 | /* It is unclear if we can ever reach here, but we may as well handle | |
2026 | it. Allocate a temporary, and split this into a store/load to/from | |
2027 | the temporary. */ | |
2028 | ||
2029 | temp = assign_stack_temp (GET_MODE (dst), ssize, 0); | |
2030 | emit_group_store (temp, src, ssize, align); | |
2031 | emit_group_load (dst, temp, ssize, align); | |
2032 | return; | |
2033 | } | |
2034 | else if (GET_CODE (dst) != MEM) | |
aac5cc16 RH |
2035 | { |
2036 | dst = gen_reg_rtx (GET_MODE (orig_dst)); | |
2037 | /* Make life a bit easier for combine. */ | |
2038 | emit_move_insn (dst, const0_rtx); | |
2039 | } | |
2040 | else if (! MEM_IN_STRUCT_P (dst)) | |
2041 | { | |
2042 | /* store_bit_field requires that memory operations have | |
2043 | mem_in_struct_p set; we might not. */ | |
fffa9c1d | 2044 | |
aac5cc16 | 2045 | dst = copy_rtx (orig_dst); |
c6df88cb | 2046 | MEM_SET_IN_STRUCT_P (dst, 1); |
aac5cc16 RH |
2047 | } |
2048 | ||
2049 | /* Process the pieces. */ | |
2050 | for (i = start; i < XVECLEN (src, 0); i++) | |
2051 | { | |
2052 | int bytepos = INTVAL (XEXP (XVECEXP (src, 0, i), 1)); | |
2053 | enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (tmps[i]); | |
2054 | int bytelen = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode); | |
2055 | ||
2056 | /* Handle trailing fragments that run over the size of the struct. */ | |
2057 | if (ssize >= 0 && bytepos + bytelen > ssize) | |
71bc0330 | 2058 | { |
aac5cc16 RH |
2059 | if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN) |
2060 | { | |
2061 | int shift = (bytelen - (ssize - bytepos)) * BITS_PER_UNIT; | |
2062 | expand_binop (mode, ashr_optab, tmps[i], GEN_INT (shift), | |
2063 | tmps[i], 0, OPTAB_WIDEN); | |
2064 | } | |
2065 | bytelen = ssize - bytepos; | |
71bc0330 | 2066 | } |
fffa9c1d | 2067 | |
aac5cc16 RH |
2068 | /* Optimize the access just a bit. */ |
2069 | if (GET_CODE (dst) == MEM | |
729a2125 RK |
2070 | && align * BITS_PER_UNIT >= GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (mode) |
2071 | && bytepos * BITS_PER_UNIT % GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (mode) == 0 | |
aac5cc16 | 2072 | && bytelen == GET_MODE_SIZE (mode)) |
729a2125 RK |
2073 | emit_move_insn (change_address (dst, mode, |
2074 | plus_constant (XEXP (dst, 0), | |
2075 | bytepos)), | |
2076 | tmps[i]); | |
aac5cc16 | 2077 | else |
729a2125 | 2078 | store_bit_field (dst, bytelen * BITS_PER_UNIT, bytepos * BITS_PER_UNIT, |
aac5cc16 | 2079 | mode, tmps[i], align, ssize); |
fffa9c1d | 2080 | } |
729a2125 | 2081 | |
aac5cc16 RH |
2082 | emit_queue(); |
2083 | ||
2084 | /* Copy from the pseudo into the (probable) hard reg. */ | |
2085 | if (GET_CODE (dst) == REG) | |
2086 | emit_move_insn (orig_dst, dst); | |
fffa9c1d JW |
2087 | } |
2088 | ||
c36fce9a GRK |
2089 | /* Generate code to copy a BLKmode object of TYPE out of a |
2090 | set of registers starting with SRCREG into TGTBLK. If TGTBLK | |
2091 | is null, a stack temporary is created. TGTBLK is returned. | |
2092 | ||
2093 | The primary purpose of this routine is to handle functions | |
2094 | that return BLKmode structures in registers. Some machines | |
2095 | (the PA for example) want to return all small structures | |
729a2125 | 2096 | in registers regardless of the structure's alignment. */ |
c36fce9a GRK |
2097 | |
2098 | rtx | |
729a2125 | 2099 | copy_blkmode_from_reg (tgtblk,srcreg,type) |
c36fce9a GRK |
2100 | rtx tgtblk; |
2101 | rtx srcreg; | |
2102 | tree type; | |
2103 | { | |
2104 | int bytes = int_size_in_bytes (type); | |
2105 | rtx src = NULL, dst = NULL; | |
729a2125 | 2106 | int bitsize = MIN (TYPE_ALIGN (type), BITS_PER_WORD); |
c36fce9a GRK |
2107 | int bitpos, xbitpos, big_endian_correction = 0; |
2108 | ||
2109 | if (tgtblk == 0) | |
2110 | { | |
2111 | tgtblk = assign_stack_temp (BLKmode, bytes, 0); | |
c6df88cb | 2112 | MEM_SET_IN_STRUCT_P (tgtblk, AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (type)); |
c36fce9a GRK |
2113 | preserve_temp_slots (tgtblk); |
2114 | } | |
2115 | ||
2116 | /* This code assumes srcreg is at least a full word. If it isn't, | |
2117 | copy it into a new pseudo which is a full word. */ | |
2118 | if (GET_MODE (srcreg) != BLKmode | |
2119 | && GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (srcreg)) < UNITS_PER_WORD) | |
2120 | srcreg = convert_to_mode (word_mode, srcreg, | |
2121 | TREE_UNSIGNED (type)); | |
2122 | ||
2123 | /* Structures whose size is not a multiple of a word are aligned | |
2124 | to the least significant byte (to the right). On a BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN | |
2125 | machine, this means we must skip the empty high order bytes when | |
2126 | calculating the bit offset. */ | |
2127 | if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN && bytes % UNITS_PER_WORD) | |
2128 | big_endian_correction = (BITS_PER_WORD - ((bytes % UNITS_PER_WORD) | |
2129 | * BITS_PER_UNIT)); | |
2130 | ||
2131 | /* Copy the structure BITSIZE bites at a time. | |
2132 | ||
2133 | We could probably emit more efficient code for machines | |
2134 | which do not use strict alignment, but it doesn't seem | |
2135 | worth the effort at the current time. */ | |
2136 | for (bitpos = 0, xbitpos = big_endian_correction; | |
2137 | bitpos < bytes * BITS_PER_UNIT; | |
2138 | bitpos += bitsize, xbitpos += bitsize) | |
2139 | { | |
2140 | ||
2141 | /* We need a new source operand each time xbitpos is on a | |
2142 | word boundary and when xbitpos == big_endian_correction | |
2143 | (the first time through). */ | |
2144 | if (xbitpos % BITS_PER_WORD == 0 | |
2145 | || xbitpos == big_endian_correction) | |
2146 | src = operand_subword_force (srcreg, | |
2147 | xbitpos / BITS_PER_WORD, | |
2148 | BLKmode); | |
2149 | ||
2150 | /* We need a new destination operand each time bitpos is on | |
2151 | a word boundary. */ | |
2152 | if (bitpos % BITS_PER_WORD == 0) | |
2153 | dst = operand_subword (tgtblk, bitpos / BITS_PER_WORD, 1, BLKmode); | |
2154 | ||
2155 | /* Use xbitpos for the source extraction (right justified) and | |
2156 | xbitpos for the destination store (left justified). */ | |
2157 | store_bit_field (dst, bitsize, bitpos % BITS_PER_WORD, word_mode, | |
2158 | extract_bit_field (src, bitsize, | |
2159 | xbitpos % BITS_PER_WORD, 1, | |
2160 | NULL_RTX, word_mode, | |
2161 | word_mode, | |
2162 | bitsize / BITS_PER_UNIT, | |
2163 | BITS_PER_WORD), | |
2164 | bitsize / BITS_PER_UNIT, BITS_PER_WORD); | |
2165 | } | |
2166 | return tgtblk; | |
2167 | } | |
2168 | ||
2169 | ||
94b25f81 RK |
2170 | /* Add a USE expression for REG to the (possibly empty) list pointed |
2171 | to by CALL_FUSAGE. REG must denote a hard register. */ | |
bbf6f052 RK |
2172 | |
2173 | void | |
b3f8cf4a RK |
2174 | use_reg (call_fusage, reg) |
2175 | rtx *call_fusage, reg; | |
2176 | { | |
0304dfbb DE |
2177 | if (GET_CODE (reg) != REG |
2178 | || REGNO (reg) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER) | |
b3f8cf4a RK |
2179 | abort(); |
2180 | ||
2181 | *call_fusage | |
38a448ca RH |
2182 | = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (VOIDmode, |
2183 | gen_rtx_USE (VOIDmode, reg), *call_fusage); | |
b3f8cf4a RK |
2184 | } |
2185 | ||
94b25f81 RK |
2186 | /* Add USE expressions to *CALL_FUSAGE for each of NREGS consecutive regs, |
2187 | starting at REGNO. All of these registers must be hard registers. */ | |
b3f8cf4a RK |
2188 | |
2189 | void | |
0304dfbb DE |
2190 | use_regs (call_fusage, regno, nregs) |
2191 | rtx *call_fusage; | |
bbf6f052 RK |
2192 | int regno; |
2193 | int nregs; | |
2194 | { | |
0304dfbb | 2195 | int i; |
bbf6f052 | 2196 | |
0304dfbb DE |
2197 | if (regno + nregs > FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER) |
2198 | abort (); | |
2199 | ||
2200 | for (i = 0; i < nregs; i++) | |
38a448ca | 2201 | use_reg (call_fusage, gen_rtx_REG (reg_raw_mode[regno + i], regno + i)); |
bbf6f052 | 2202 | } |
fffa9c1d JW |
2203 | |
2204 | /* Add USE expressions to *CALL_FUSAGE for each REG contained in the | |
2205 | PARALLEL REGS. This is for calls that pass values in multiple | |
2206 | non-contiguous locations. The Irix 6 ABI has examples of this. */ | |
2207 | ||
2208 | void | |
2209 | use_group_regs (call_fusage, regs) | |
2210 | rtx *call_fusage; | |
2211 | rtx regs; | |
2212 | { | |
2213 | int i; | |
2214 | ||
6bd35f86 DE |
2215 | for (i = 0; i < XVECLEN (regs, 0); i++) |
2216 | { | |
2217 | rtx reg = XEXP (XVECEXP (regs, 0, i), 0); | |
fffa9c1d | 2218 | |
6bd35f86 DE |
2219 | /* A NULL entry means the parameter goes both on the stack and in |
2220 | registers. This can also be a MEM for targets that pass values | |
2221 | partially on the stack and partially in registers. */ | |
e9a25f70 | 2222 | if (reg != 0 && GET_CODE (reg) == REG) |
6bd35f86 DE |
2223 | use_reg (call_fusage, reg); |
2224 | } | |
fffa9c1d | 2225 | } |
bbf6f052 | 2226 | \f |
9de08200 RK |
2227 | /* Generate several move instructions to clear LEN bytes of block TO. |
2228 | (A MEM rtx with BLKmode). The caller must pass TO through | |
2229 | protect_from_queue before calling. ALIGN (in bytes) is maximum alignment | |
2230 | we can assume. */ | |
2231 | ||
2232 | static void | |
2233 | clear_by_pieces (to, len, align) | |
2234 | rtx to; | |
729a2125 RK |
2235 | int len; |
2236 | unsigned int align; | |
9de08200 RK |
2237 | { |
2238 | struct clear_by_pieces data; | |
2239 | rtx to_addr = XEXP (to, 0); | |
fbe1758d AM |
2240 | int max_size = MOVE_MAX_PIECES + 1; |
2241 | enum machine_mode mode = VOIDmode, tmode; | |
2242 | enum insn_code icode; | |
9de08200 RK |
2243 | |
2244 | data.offset = 0; | |
2245 | data.to_addr = to_addr; | |
2246 | data.to = to; | |
2247 | data.autinc_to | |
2248 | = (GET_CODE (to_addr) == PRE_INC || GET_CODE (to_addr) == PRE_DEC | |
2249 | || GET_CODE (to_addr) == POST_INC || GET_CODE (to_addr) == POST_DEC); | |
2250 | ||
2251 | data.explicit_inc_to = 0; | |
2252 | data.reverse | |
2253 | = (GET_CODE (to_addr) == PRE_DEC || GET_CODE (to_addr) == POST_DEC); | |
2254 | if (data.reverse) data.offset = len; | |
2255 | data.len = len; | |
2256 | ||
2257 | data.to_struct = MEM_IN_STRUCT_P (to); | |
2258 | ||
2259 | /* If copying requires more than two move insns, | |
2260 | copy addresses to registers (to make displacements shorter) | |
2261 | and use post-increment if available. */ | |
2262 | if (!data.autinc_to | |
2263 | && move_by_pieces_ninsns (len, align) > 2) | |
2264 | { | |
fbe1758d AM |
2265 | /* Determine the main mode we'll be using */ |
2266 | for (tmode = GET_CLASS_NARROWEST_MODE (MODE_INT); | |
2267 | tmode != VOIDmode; tmode = GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (tmode)) | |
2268 | if (GET_MODE_SIZE (tmode) < max_size) | |
2269 | mode = tmode; | |
2270 | ||
2271 | if (USE_STORE_PRE_DECREMENT (mode) && data.reverse && ! data.autinc_to) | |
9de08200 RK |
2272 | { |
2273 | data.to_addr = copy_addr_to_reg (plus_constant (to_addr, len)); | |
2274 | data.autinc_to = 1; | |
2275 | data.explicit_inc_to = -1; | |
2276 | } | |
fbe1758d | 2277 | if (USE_STORE_POST_INCREMENT (mode) && ! data.reverse && ! data.autinc_to) |
9de08200 RK |
2278 | { |
2279 | data.to_addr = copy_addr_to_reg (to_addr); | |
2280 | data.autinc_to = 1; | |
2281 | data.explicit_inc_to = 1; | |
2282 | } | |
9de08200 RK |
2283 | if (!data.autinc_to && CONSTANT_P (to_addr)) |
2284 | data.to_addr = copy_addr_to_reg (to_addr); | |
2285 | } | |
2286 | ||
e1565e65 | 2287 | if (! SLOW_UNALIGNED_ACCESS (word_mode, align) |
9de08200 RK |
2288 | || align > MOVE_MAX || align >= BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT / BITS_PER_UNIT) |
2289 | align = MOVE_MAX; | |
2290 | ||
2291 | /* First move what we can in the largest integer mode, then go to | |
2292 | successively smaller modes. */ | |
2293 | ||
2294 | while (max_size > 1) | |
2295 | { | |
9de08200 RK |
2296 | for (tmode = GET_CLASS_NARROWEST_MODE (MODE_INT); |
2297 | tmode != VOIDmode; tmode = GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (tmode)) | |
2298 | if (GET_MODE_SIZE (tmode) < max_size) | |
2299 | mode = tmode; | |
2300 | ||
2301 | if (mode == VOIDmode) | |
2302 | break; | |
2303 | ||
2304 | icode = mov_optab->handlers[(int) mode].insn_code; | |
2305 | if (icode != CODE_FOR_nothing | |
729a2125 | 2306 | && align >= GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (mode) / BITS_PER_UNIT) |
9de08200 RK |
2307 | clear_by_pieces_1 (GEN_FCN (icode), mode, &data); |
2308 | ||
2309 | max_size = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode); | |
2310 | } | |
2311 | ||
2312 | /* The code above should have handled everything. */ | |
2313 | if (data.len != 0) | |
2314 | abort (); | |
2315 | } | |
2316 | ||
2317 | /* Subroutine of clear_by_pieces. Clear as many bytes as appropriate | |
2318 | with move instructions for mode MODE. GENFUN is the gen_... function | |
2319 | to make a move insn for that mode. DATA has all the other info. */ | |
2320 | ||
2321 | static void | |
2322 | clear_by_pieces_1 (genfun, mode, data) | |
711d877c | 2323 | rtx (*genfun) PARAMS ((rtx, ...)); |
9de08200 RK |
2324 | enum machine_mode mode; |
2325 | struct clear_by_pieces *data; | |
2326 | { | |
2327 | register int size = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode); | |
2328 | register rtx to1; | |
2329 | ||
2330 | while (data->len >= size) | |
2331 | { | |
2332 | if (data->reverse) data->offset -= size; | |
2333 | ||
2334 | to1 = (data->autinc_to | |
38a448ca | 2335 | ? gen_rtx_MEM (mode, data->to_addr) |
effbcc6a RK |
2336 | : copy_rtx (change_address (data->to, mode, |
2337 | plus_constant (data->to_addr, | |
2338 | data->offset)))); | |
9de08200 RK |
2339 | MEM_IN_STRUCT_P (to1) = data->to_struct; |
2340 | ||
940da324 | 2341 | if (HAVE_PRE_DECREMENT && data->explicit_inc_to < 0) |
9de08200 | 2342 | emit_insn (gen_add2_insn (data->to_addr, GEN_INT (-size))); |
9de08200 RK |
2343 | |
2344 | emit_insn ((*genfun) (to1, const0_rtx)); | |
940da324 | 2345 | if (HAVE_POST_INCREMENT && data->explicit_inc_to > 0) |
9de08200 | 2346 | emit_insn (gen_add2_insn (data->to_addr, GEN_INT (size))); |
9de08200 RK |
2347 | |
2348 | if (! data->reverse) data->offset += size; | |
2349 | ||
2350 | data->len -= size; | |
2351 | } | |
2352 | } | |
2353 | \f | |
bbf6f052 | 2354 | /* Write zeros through the storage of OBJECT. |
9de08200 | 2355 | If OBJECT has BLKmode, SIZE is its length in bytes and ALIGN is |
e9a25f70 | 2356 | the maximum alignment we can is has, measured in bytes. |
bbf6f052 | 2357 | |
e9a25f70 JL |
2358 | If we call a function that returns the length of the block, return it. */ |
2359 | ||
2360 | rtx | |
9de08200 | 2361 | clear_storage (object, size, align) |
bbf6f052 | 2362 | rtx object; |
4c08eef0 | 2363 | rtx size; |
729a2125 | 2364 | unsigned int align; |
bbf6f052 | 2365 | { |
52cf7115 JL |
2366 | #ifdef TARGET_MEM_FUNCTIONS |
2367 | static tree fn; | |
2368 | tree call_expr, arg_list; | |
2369 | #endif | |
e9a25f70 JL |
2370 | rtx retval = 0; |
2371 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
2372 | if (GET_MODE (object) == BLKmode) |
2373 | { | |
9de08200 RK |
2374 | object = protect_from_queue (object, 1); |
2375 | size = protect_from_queue (size, 0); | |
2376 | ||
2377 | if (GET_CODE (size) == CONST_INT | |
fbe1758d | 2378 | && MOVE_BY_PIECES_P (INTVAL (size), align)) |
9de08200 RK |
2379 | clear_by_pieces (object, INTVAL (size), align); |
2380 | ||
2381 | else | |
2382 | { | |
2383 | /* Try the most limited insn first, because there's no point | |
2384 | including more than one in the machine description unless | |
2385 | the more limited one has some advantage. */ | |
2386 | ||
2387 | rtx opalign = GEN_INT (align); | |
2388 | enum machine_mode mode; | |
2389 | ||
2390 | for (mode = GET_CLASS_NARROWEST_MODE (MODE_INT); mode != VOIDmode; | |
2391 | mode = GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (mode)) | |
2392 | { | |
2393 | enum insn_code code = clrstr_optab[(int) mode]; | |
a995e389 | 2394 | insn_operand_predicate_fn pred; |
9de08200 RK |
2395 | |
2396 | if (code != CODE_FOR_nothing | |
2397 | /* We don't need MODE to be narrower than | |
2398 | BITS_PER_HOST_WIDE_INT here because if SIZE is less than | |
2399 | the mode mask, as it is returned by the macro, it will | |
2400 | definitely be less than the actual mode mask. */ | |
2401 | && ((GET_CODE (size) == CONST_INT | |
2402 | && ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) INTVAL (size) | |
e5e809f4 | 2403 | <= (GET_MODE_MASK (mode) >> 1))) |
9de08200 | 2404 | || GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) >= BITS_PER_WORD) |
a995e389 RH |
2405 | && ((pred = insn_data[(int) code].operand[0].predicate) == 0 |
2406 | || (*pred) (object, BLKmode)) | |
2407 | && ((pred = insn_data[(int) code].operand[2].predicate) == 0 | |
2408 | || (*pred) (opalign, VOIDmode))) | |
9de08200 RK |
2409 | { |
2410 | rtx op1; | |
2411 | rtx last = get_last_insn (); | |
2412 | rtx pat; | |
2413 | ||
2414 | op1 = convert_to_mode (mode, size, 1); | |
a995e389 RH |
2415 | pred = insn_data[(int) code].operand[1].predicate; |
2416 | if (pred != 0 && ! (*pred) (op1, mode)) | |
9de08200 RK |
2417 | op1 = copy_to_mode_reg (mode, op1); |
2418 | ||
2419 | pat = GEN_FCN ((int) code) (object, op1, opalign); | |
2420 | if (pat) | |
2421 | { | |
2422 | emit_insn (pat); | |
e9a25f70 | 2423 | return 0; |
9de08200 RK |
2424 | } |
2425 | else | |
2426 | delete_insns_since (last); | |
2427 | } | |
2428 | } | |
2429 | ||
4bc973ae | 2430 | /* OBJECT or SIZE may have been passed through protect_from_queue. |
9de08200 | 2431 | |
4bc973ae JL |
2432 | It is unsafe to save the value generated by protect_from_queue |
2433 | and reuse it later. Consider what happens if emit_queue is | |
2434 | called before the return value from protect_from_queue is used. | |
52cf7115 | 2435 | |
4bc973ae JL |
2436 | Expansion of the CALL_EXPR below will call emit_queue before |
2437 | we are finished emitting RTL for argument setup. So if we are | |
2438 | not careful we could get the wrong value for an argument. | |
52cf7115 | 2439 | |
4bc973ae JL |
2440 | To avoid this problem we go ahead and emit code to copy OBJECT |
2441 | and SIZE into new pseudos. We can then place those new pseudos | |
2442 | into an RTL_EXPR and use them later, even after a call to | |
2443 | emit_queue. | |
52cf7115 | 2444 | |
4bc973ae JL |
2445 | Note this is not strictly needed for library calls since they |
2446 | do not call emit_queue before loading their arguments. However, | |
2447 | we may need to have library calls call emit_queue in the future | |
2448 | since failing to do so could cause problems for targets which | |
2449 | define SMALL_REGISTER_CLASSES and pass arguments in registers. */ | |
2450 | object = copy_to_mode_reg (Pmode, XEXP (object, 0)); | |
52cf7115 | 2451 | |
4bc973ae JL |
2452 | #ifdef TARGET_MEM_FUNCTIONS |
2453 | size = copy_to_mode_reg (TYPE_MODE (sizetype), size); | |
2454 | #else | |
2455 | size = convert_to_mode (TYPE_MODE (integer_type_node), size, | |
2456 | TREE_UNSIGNED (integer_type_node)); | |
f3dc586a | 2457 | size = copy_to_mode_reg (TYPE_MODE (integer_type_node), size); |
4bc973ae | 2458 | #endif |
52cf7115 | 2459 | |
52cf7115 | 2460 | |
4bc973ae JL |
2461 | #ifdef TARGET_MEM_FUNCTIONS |
2462 | /* It is incorrect to use the libcall calling conventions to call | |
2463 | memset in this context. | |
52cf7115 | 2464 | |
4bc973ae JL |
2465 | This could be a user call to memset and the user may wish to |
2466 | examine the return value from memset. | |
52cf7115 | 2467 | |
4bc973ae JL |
2468 | For targets where libcalls and normal calls have different |
2469 | conventions for returning pointers, we could end up generating | |
2470 | incorrect code. | |
2471 | ||
2472 | So instead of using a libcall sequence we build up a suitable | |
2473 | CALL_EXPR and expand the call in the normal fashion. */ | |
2474 | if (fn == NULL_TREE) | |
2475 | { | |
2476 | tree fntype; | |
2477 | ||
2478 | /* This was copied from except.c, I don't know if all this is | |
2479 | necessary in this context or not. */ | |
2480 | fn = get_identifier ("memset"); | |
2481 | push_obstacks_nochange (); | |
2482 | end_temporary_allocation (); | |
2483 | fntype = build_pointer_type (void_type_node); | |
2484 | fntype = build_function_type (fntype, NULL_TREE); | |
2485 | fn = build_decl (FUNCTION_DECL, fn, fntype); | |
d7db6646 | 2486 | ggc_add_tree_root (&fn, 1); |
4bc973ae JL |
2487 | DECL_EXTERNAL (fn) = 1; |
2488 | TREE_PUBLIC (fn) = 1; | |
2489 | DECL_ARTIFICIAL (fn) = 1; | |
2490 | make_decl_rtl (fn, NULL_PTR, 1); | |
2491 | assemble_external (fn); | |
2492 | pop_obstacks (); | |
2493 | } | |
2494 | ||
2495 | /* We need to make an argument list for the function call. | |
2496 | ||
2497 | memset has three arguments, the first is a void * addresses, the | |
2498 | second a integer with the initialization value, the last is a | |
2499 | size_t byte count for the copy. */ | |
2500 | arg_list | |
2501 | = build_tree_list (NULL_TREE, | |
2502 | make_tree (build_pointer_type (void_type_node), | |
2503 | object)); | |
2504 | TREE_CHAIN (arg_list) | |
2505 | = build_tree_list (NULL_TREE, | |
2506 | make_tree (integer_type_node, const0_rtx)); | |
2507 | TREE_CHAIN (TREE_CHAIN (arg_list)) | |
2508 | = build_tree_list (NULL_TREE, make_tree (sizetype, size)); | |
2509 | TREE_CHAIN (TREE_CHAIN (TREE_CHAIN (arg_list))) = NULL_TREE; | |
2510 | ||
2511 | /* Now we have to build up the CALL_EXPR itself. */ | |
2512 | call_expr = build1 (ADDR_EXPR, | |
2513 | build_pointer_type (TREE_TYPE (fn)), fn); | |
2514 | call_expr = build (CALL_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (fn)), | |
2515 | call_expr, arg_list, NULL_TREE); | |
2516 | TREE_SIDE_EFFECTS (call_expr) = 1; | |
2517 | ||
2518 | retval = expand_expr (call_expr, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); | |
bbf6f052 | 2519 | #else |
9de08200 | 2520 | emit_library_call (bzero_libfunc, 0, |
fe7bbd2a | 2521 | VOIDmode, 2, object, Pmode, size, |
9de08200 | 2522 | TYPE_MODE (integer_type_node)); |
bbf6f052 | 2523 | #endif |
9de08200 | 2524 | } |
bbf6f052 RK |
2525 | } |
2526 | else | |
66ed0683 | 2527 | emit_move_insn (object, CONST0_RTX (GET_MODE (object))); |
e9a25f70 JL |
2528 | |
2529 | return retval; | |
bbf6f052 RK |
2530 | } |
2531 | ||
2532 | /* Generate code to copy Y into X. | |
2533 | Both Y and X must have the same mode, except that | |
2534 | Y can be a constant with VOIDmode. | |
2535 | This mode cannot be BLKmode; use emit_block_move for that. | |
2536 | ||
2537 | Return the last instruction emitted. */ | |
2538 | ||
2539 | rtx | |
2540 | emit_move_insn (x, y) | |
2541 | rtx x, y; | |
2542 | { | |
2543 | enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (x); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
2544 | |
2545 | x = protect_from_queue (x, 1); | |
2546 | y = protect_from_queue (y, 0); | |
2547 | ||
2548 | if (mode == BLKmode || (GET_MODE (y) != mode && GET_MODE (y) != VOIDmode)) | |
2549 | abort (); | |
2550 | ||
ee5332b8 RH |
2551 | /* Never force constant_p_rtx to memory. */ |
2552 | if (GET_CODE (y) == CONSTANT_P_RTX) | |
2553 | ; | |
2554 | else if (CONSTANT_P (y) && ! LEGITIMATE_CONSTANT_P (y)) | |
bbf6f052 RK |
2555 | y = force_const_mem (mode, y); |
2556 | ||
2557 | /* If X or Y are memory references, verify that their addresses are valid | |
2558 | for the machine. */ | |
2559 | if (GET_CODE (x) == MEM | |
2560 | && ((! memory_address_p (GET_MODE (x), XEXP (x, 0)) | |
2561 | && ! push_operand (x, GET_MODE (x))) | |
2562 | || (flag_force_addr | |
2563 | && CONSTANT_ADDRESS_P (XEXP (x, 0))))) | |
2564 | x = change_address (x, VOIDmode, XEXP (x, 0)); | |
2565 | ||
2566 | if (GET_CODE (y) == MEM | |
2567 | && (! memory_address_p (GET_MODE (y), XEXP (y, 0)) | |
2568 | || (flag_force_addr | |
2569 | && CONSTANT_ADDRESS_P (XEXP (y, 0))))) | |
2570 | y = change_address (y, VOIDmode, XEXP (y, 0)); | |
2571 | ||
2572 | if (mode == BLKmode) | |
2573 | abort (); | |
2574 | ||
261c4230 RS |
2575 | return emit_move_insn_1 (x, y); |
2576 | } | |
2577 | ||
2578 | /* Low level part of emit_move_insn. | |
2579 | Called just like emit_move_insn, but assumes X and Y | |
2580 | are basically valid. */ | |
2581 | ||
2582 | rtx | |
2583 | emit_move_insn_1 (x, y) | |
2584 | rtx x, y; | |
2585 | { | |
2586 | enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (x); | |
2587 | enum machine_mode submode; | |
2588 | enum mode_class class = GET_MODE_CLASS (mode); | |
2589 | int i; | |
2590 | ||
76bbe028 ZW |
2591 | if (mode >= MAX_MACHINE_MODE) |
2592 | abort (); | |
2593 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
2594 | if (mov_optab->handlers[(int) mode].insn_code != CODE_FOR_nothing) |
2595 | return | |
2596 | emit_insn (GEN_FCN (mov_optab->handlers[(int) mode].insn_code) (x, y)); | |
2597 | ||
89742723 | 2598 | /* Expand complex moves by moving real part and imag part, if possible. */ |
7308a047 | 2599 | else if ((class == MODE_COMPLEX_FLOAT || class == MODE_COMPLEX_INT) |
d0c76654 RK |
2600 | && BLKmode != (submode = mode_for_size ((GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode) |
2601 | * BITS_PER_UNIT), | |
2602 | (class == MODE_COMPLEX_INT | |
2603 | ? MODE_INT : MODE_FLOAT), | |
2604 | 0)) | |
7308a047 RS |
2605 | && (mov_optab->handlers[(int) submode].insn_code |
2606 | != CODE_FOR_nothing)) | |
2607 | { | |
2608 | /* Don't split destination if it is a stack push. */ | |
2609 | int stack = push_operand (x, GET_MODE (x)); | |
7308a047 | 2610 | |
7308a047 RS |
2611 | /* If this is a stack, push the highpart first, so it |
2612 | will be in the argument order. | |
2613 | ||
2614 | In that case, change_address is used only to convert | |
2615 | the mode, not to change the address. */ | |
c937357e RS |
2616 | if (stack) |
2617 | { | |
e33c0d66 RS |
2618 | /* Note that the real part always precedes the imag part in memory |
2619 | regardless of machine's endianness. */ | |
c937357e RS |
2620 | #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD |
2621 | emit_insn (GEN_FCN (mov_optab->handlers[(int) submode].insn_code) | |
38a448ca | 2622 | (gen_rtx_MEM (submode, (XEXP (x, 0))), |
e33c0d66 | 2623 | gen_imagpart (submode, y))); |
c937357e | 2624 | emit_insn (GEN_FCN (mov_optab->handlers[(int) submode].insn_code) |
38a448ca | 2625 | (gen_rtx_MEM (submode, (XEXP (x, 0))), |
e33c0d66 | 2626 | gen_realpart (submode, y))); |
c937357e RS |
2627 | #else |
2628 | emit_insn (GEN_FCN (mov_optab->handlers[(int) submode].insn_code) | |
38a448ca | 2629 | (gen_rtx_MEM (submode, (XEXP (x, 0))), |
e33c0d66 | 2630 | gen_realpart (submode, y))); |
c937357e | 2631 | emit_insn (GEN_FCN (mov_optab->handlers[(int) submode].insn_code) |
38a448ca | 2632 | (gen_rtx_MEM (submode, (XEXP (x, 0))), |
e33c0d66 | 2633 | gen_imagpart (submode, y))); |
c937357e RS |
2634 | #endif |
2635 | } | |
2636 | else | |
2637 | { | |
235ae7be DM |
2638 | rtx realpart_x, realpart_y; |
2639 | rtx imagpart_x, imagpart_y; | |
2640 | ||
405f63da MM |
2641 | /* If this is a complex value with each part being smaller than a |
2642 | word, the usual calling sequence will likely pack the pieces into | |
2643 | a single register. Unfortunately, SUBREG of hard registers only | |
2644 | deals in terms of words, so we have a problem converting input | |
2645 | arguments to the CONCAT of two registers that is used elsewhere | |
2646 | for complex values. If this is before reload, we can copy it into | |
2647 | memory and reload. FIXME, we should see about using extract and | |
2648 | insert on integer registers, but complex short and complex char | |
2649 | variables should be rarely used. */ | |
2650 | if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) < 2*BITS_PER_WORD | |
2651 | && (reload_in_progress | reload_completed) == 0) | |
2652 | { | |
2653 | int packed_dest_p = (REG_P (x) && REGNO (x) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER); | |
2654 | int packed_src_p = (REG_P (y) && REGNO (y) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER); | |
2655 | ||
2656 | if (packed_dest_p || packed_src_p) | |
2657 | { | |
2658 | enum mode_class reg_class = ((class == MODE_COMPLEX_FLOAT) | |
2659 | ? MODE_FLOAT : MODE_INT); | |
2660 | ||
2661 | enum machine_mode reg_mode = | |
2662 | mode_for_size (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode), reg_class, 1); | |
2663 | ||
2664 | if (reg_mode != BLKmode) | |
2665 | { | |
2666 | rtx mem = assign_stack_temp (reg_mode, | |
2667 | GET_MODE_SIZE (mode), 0); | |
2668 | ||
2669 | rtx cmem = change_address (mem, mode, NULL_RTX); | |
2670 | ||
01d939e8 | 2671 | cfun->cannot_inline = "function uses short complex types"; |
405f63da MM |
2672 | |
2673 | if (packed_dest_p) | |
2674 | { | |
2675 | rtx sreg = gen_rtx_SUBREG (reg_mode, x, 0); | |
2676 | emit_move_insn_1 (cmem, y); | |
2677 | return emit_move_insn_1 (sreg, mem); | |
2678 | } | |
2679 | else | |
2680 | { | |
2681 | rtx sreg = gen_rtx_SUBREG (reg_mode, y, 0); | |
2682 | emit_move_insn_1 (mem, sreg); | |
2683 | return emit_move_insn_1 (x, cmem); | |
2684 | } | |
2685 | } | |
2686 | } | |
2687 | } | |
2688 | ||
235ae7be DM |
2689 | realpart_x = gen_realpart (submode, x); |
2690 | realpart_y = gen_realpart (submode, y); | |
2691 | imagpart_x = gen_imagpart (submode, x); | |
2692 | imagpart_y = gen_imagpart (submode, y); | |
2693 | ||
2694 | /* Show the output dies here. This is necessary for SUBREGs | |
2695 | of pseudos since we cannot track their lifetimes correctly; | |
c14c6529 RH |
2696 | hard regs shouldn't appear here except as return values. |
2697 | We never want to emit such a clobber after reload. */ | |
2698 | if (x != y | |
235ae7be DM |
2699 | && ! (reload_in_progress || reload_completed) |
2700 | && (GET_CODE (realpart_x) == SUBREG | |
2701 | || GET_CODE (imagpart_x) == SUBREG)) | |
b2e7e6fb | 2702 | { |
c14c6529 | 2703 | emit_insn (gen_rtx_CLOBBER (VOIDmode, x)); |
b2e7e6fb | 2704 | } |
2638126a | 2705 | |
c937357e | 2706 | emit_insn (GEN_FCN (mov_optab->handlers[(int) submode].insn_code) |
235ae7be | 2707 | (realpart_x, realpart_y)); |
c937357e | 2708 | emit_insn (GEN_FCN (mov_optab->handlers[(int) submode].insn_code) |
235ae7be | 2709 | (imagpart_x, imagpart_y)); |
c937357e | 2710 | } |
7308a047 | 2711 | |
7a1ab50a | 2712 | return get_last_insn (); |
7308a047 RS |
2713 | } |
2714 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
2715 | /* This will handle any multi-word mode that lacks a move_insn pattern. |
2716 | However, you will get better code if you define such patterns, | |
2717 | even if they must turn into multiple assembler instructions. */ | |
a4320483 | 2718 | else if (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) > UNITS_PER_WORD) |
bbf6f052 RK |
2719 | { |
2720 | rtx last_insn = 0; | |
235ae7be DM |
2721 | rtx seq; |
2722 | int need_clobber; | |
6551fa4d | 2723 | |
a98c9f1a RK |
2724 | #ifdef PUSH_ROUNDING |
2725 | ||
2726 | /* If X is a push on the stack, do the push now and replace | |
2727 | X with a reference to the stack pointer. */ | |
2728 | if (push_operand (x, GET_MODE (x))) | |
2729 | { | |
2730 | anti_adjust_stack (GEN_INT (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x)))); | |
2731 | x = change_address (x, VOIDmode, stack_pointer_rtx); | |
2732 | } | |
2733 | #endif | |
2734 | ||
235ae7be | 2735 | start_sequence (); |
15a7a8ec | 2736 | |
235ae7be | 2737 | need_clobber = 0; |
bbf6f052 RK |
2738 | for (i = 0; |
2739 | i < (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) + (UNITS_PER_WORD - 1)) / UNITS_PER_WORD; | |
2740 | i++) | |
2741 | { | |
2742 | rtx xpart = operand_subword (x, i, 1, mode); | |
2743 | rtx ypart = operand_subword (y, i, 1, mode); | |
2744 | ||
2745 | /* If we can't get a part of Y, put Y into memory if it is a | |
2746 | constant. Otherwise, force it into a register. If we still | |
2747 | can't get a part of Y, abort. */ | |
2748 | if (ypart == 0 && CONSTANT_P (y)) | |
2749 | { | |
2750 | y = force_const_mem (mode, y); | |
2751 | ypart = operand_subword (y, i, 1, mode); | |
2752 | } | |
2753 | else if (ypart == 0) | |
2754 | ypart = operand_subword_force (y, i, mode); | |
2755 | ||
2756 | if (xpart == 0 || ypart == 0) | |
2757 | abort (); | |
2758 | ||
235ae7be DM |
2759 | need_clobber |= (GET_CODE (xpart) == SUBREG); |
2760 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
2761 | last_insn = emit_move_insn (xpart, ypart); |
2762 | } | |
6551fa4d | 2763 | |
235ae7be DM |
2764 | seq = gen_sequence (); |
2765 | end_sequence (); | |
2766 | ||
2767 | /* Show the output dies here. This is necessary for SUBREGs | |
2768 | of pseudos since we cannot track their lifetimes correctly; | |
2769 | hard regs shouldn't appear here except as return values. | |
2770 | We never want to emit such a clobber after reload. */ | |
2771 | if (x != y | |
2772 | && ! (reload_in_progress || reload_completed) | |
2773 | && need_clobber != 0) | |
2774 | { | |
2775 | emit_insn (gen_rtx_CLOBBER (VOIDmode, x)); | |
2776 | } | |
2777 | ||
2778 | emit_insn (seq); | |
2779 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
2780 | return last_insn; |
2781 | } | |
2782 | else | |
2783 | abort (); | |
2784 | } | |
2785 | \f | |
2786 | /* Pushing data onto the stack. */ | |
2787 | ||
2788 | /* Push a block of length SIZE (perhaps variable) | |
2789 | and return an rtx to address the beginning of the block. | |
2790 | Note that it is not possible for the value returned to be a QUEUED. | |
2791 | The value may be virtual_outgoing_args_rtx. | |
2792 | ||
2793 | EXTRA is the number of bytes of padding to push in addition to SIZE. | |
2794 | BELOW nonzero means this padding comes at low addresses; | |
2795 | otherwise, the padding comes at high addresses. */ | |
2796 | ||
2797 | rtx | |
2798 | push_block (size, extra, below) | |
2799 | rtx size; | |
2800 | int extra, below; | |
2801 | { | |
2802 | register rtx temp; | |
88f63c77 RK |
2803 | |
2804 | size = convert_modes (Pmode, ptr_mode, size, 1); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
2805 | if (CONSTANT_P (size)) |
2806 | anti_adjust_stack (plus_constant (size, extra)); | |
2807 | else if (GET_CODE (size) == REG && extra == 0) | |
2808 | anti_adjust_stack (size); | |
2809 | else | |
2810 | { | |
2811 | rtx temp = copy_to_mode_reg (Pmode, size); | |
2812 | if (extra != 0) | |
906c4e36 | 2813 | temp = expand_binop (Pmode, add_optab, temp, GEN_INT (extra), |
bbf6f052 RK |
2814 | temp, 0, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN); |
2815 | anti_adjust_stack (temp); | |
2816 | } | |
2817 | ||
e1a9b2ab HB |
2818 | #if defined (STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD) \ |
2819 | || (defined (ARGS_GROW_DOWNWARD) \ | |
2820 | && !defined (ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS)) | |
2821 | ||
2822 | /* Return the lowest stack address when STACK or ARGS grow downward and | |
2823 | we are not aaccumulating outgoing arguments (the c4x port uses such | |
2824 | conventions). */ | |
bbf6f052 RK |
2825 | temp = virtual_outgoing_args_rtx; |
2826 | if (extra != 0 && below) | |
2827 | temp = plus_constant (temp, extra); | |
2828 | #else | |
2829 | if (GET_CODE (size) == CONST_INT) | |
2830 | temp = plus_constant (virtual_outgoing_args_rtx, | |
2831 | - INTVAL (size) - (below ? 0 : extra)); | |
2832 | else if (extra != 0 && !below) | |
38a448ca | 2833 | temp = gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode, virtual_outgoing_args_rtx, |
bbf6f052 RK |
2834 | negate_rtx (Pmode, plus_constant (size, extra))); |
2835 | else | |
38a448ca | 2836 | temp = gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode, virtual_outgoing_args_rtx, |
c5c76735 | 2837 | negate_rtx (Pmode, size)); |
bbf6f052 RK |
2838 | #endif |
2839 | ||
2840 | return memory_address (GET_CLASS_NARROWEST_MODE (MODE_INT), temp); | |
2841 | } | |
2842 | ||
87e38d84 | 2843 | rtx |
bbf6f052 RK |
2844 | gen_push_operand () |
2845 | { | |
38a448ca | 2846 | return gen_rtx_fmt_e (STACK_PUSH_CODE, Pmode, stack_pointer_rtx); |
bbf6f052 RK |
2847 | } |
2848 | ||
921b3427 RK |
2849 | /* Return an rtx for the address of the beginning of a as-if-it-was-pushed |
2850 | block of SIZE bytes. */ | |
2851 | ||
2852 | static rtx | |
2853 | get_push_address (size) | |
2854 | int size; | |
2855 | { | |
2856 | register rtx temp; | |
2857 | ||
2858 | if (STACK_PUSH_CODE == POST_DEC) | |
38a448ca | 2859 | temp = gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode, stack_pointer_rtx, GEN_INT (size)); |
921b3427 | 2860 | else if (STACK_PUSH_CODE == POST_INC) |
38a448ca | 2861 | temp = gen_rtx_MINUS (Pmode, stack_pointer_rtx, GEN_INT (size)); |
921b3427 RK |
2862 | else |
2863 | temp = stack_pointer_rtx; | |
2864 | ||
c85f7c16 | 2865 | return copy_to_reg (temp); |
921b3427 RK |
2866 | } |
2867 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
2868 | /* Generate code to push X onto the stack, assuming it has mode MODE and |
2869 | type TYPE. | |
2870 | MODE is redundant except when X is a CONST_INT (since they don't | |
2871 | carry mode info). | |
2872 | SIZE is an rtx for the size of data to be copied (in bytes), | |
2873 | needed only if X is BLKmode. | |
2874 | ||
2875 | ALIGN (in bytes) is maximum alignment we can assume. | |
2876 | ||
cd048831 RK |
2877 | If PARTIAL and REG are both nonzero, then copy that many of the first |
2878 | words of X into registers starting with REG, and push the rest of X. | |
bbf6f052 RK |
2879 | The amount of space pushed is decreased by PARTIAL words, |
2880 | rounded *down* to a multiple of PARM_BOUNDARY. | |
2881 | REG must be a hard register in this case. | |
cd048831 RK |
2882 | If REG is zero but PARTIAL is not, take any all others actions for an |
2883 | argument partially in registers, but do not actually load any | |
2884 | registers. | |
bbf6f052 RK |
2885 | |
2886 | EXTRA is the amount in bytes of extra space to leave next to this arg. | |
6dc42e49 | 2887 | This is ignored if an argument block has already been allocated. |
bbf6f052 RK |
2888 | |
2889 | On a machine that lacks real push insns, ARGS_ADDR is the address of | |
2890 | the bottom of the argument block for this call. We use indexing off there | |
2891 | to store the arg. On machines with push insns, ARGS_ADDR is 0 when a | |
2892 | argument block has not been preallocated. | |
2893 | ||
e5e809f4 JL |
2894 | ARGS_SO_FAR is the size of args previously pushed for this call. |
2895 | ||
2896 | REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE is nonzero if functions require stack space | |
2897 | for arguments passed in registers. If nonzero, it will be the number | |
2898 | of bytes required. */ | |
bbf6f052 RK |
2899 | |
2900 | void | |
2901 | emit_push_insn (x, mode, type, size, align, partial, reg, extra, | |
4fc026cd CM |
2902 | args_addr, args_so_far, reg_parm_stack_space, |
2903 | alignment_pad) | |
bbf6f052 RK |
2904 | register rtx x; |
2905 | enum machine_mode mode; | |
2906 | tree type; | |
2907 | rtx size; | |
729a2125 | 2908 | unsigned int align; |
bbf6f052 RK |
2909 | int partial; |
2910 | rtx reg; | |
2911 | int extra; | |
2912 | rtx args_addr; | |
2913 | rtx args_so_far; | |
e5e809f4 | 2914 | int reg_parm_stack_space; |
4fc026cd | 2915 | rtx alignment_pad; |
bbf6f052 RK |
2916 | { |
2917 | rtx xinner; | |
2918 | enum direction stack_direction | |
2919 | #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD | |
2920 | = downward; | |
2921 | #else | |
2922 | = upward; | |
2923 | #endif | |
2924 | ||
2925 | /* Decide where to pad the argument: `downward' for below, | |
2926 | `upward' for above, or `none' for don't pad it. | |
2927 | Default is below for small data on big-endian machines; else above. */ | |
2928 | enum direction where_pad = FUNCTION_ARG_PADDING (mode, type); | |
2929 | ||
2930 | /* Invert direction if stack is post-update. */ | |
2931 | if (STACK_PUSH_CODE == POST_INC || STACK_PUSH_CODE == POST_DEC) | |
2932 | if (where_pad != none) | |
2933 | where_pad = (where_pad == downward ? upward : downward); | |
2934 | ||
2935 | xinner = x = protect_from_queue (x, 0); | |
2936 | ||
2937 | if (mode == BLKmode) | |
2938 | { | |
2939 | /* Copy a block into the stack, entirely or partially. */ | |
2940 | ||
2941 | register rtx temp; | |
2942 | int used = partial * UNITS_PER_WORD; | |
2943 | int offset = used % (PARM_BOUNDARY / BITS_PER_UNIT); | |
2944 | int skip; | |
2945 | ||
2946 | if (size == 0) | |
2947 | abort (); | |
2948 | ||
2949 | used -= offset; | |
2950 | ||
2951 | /* USED is now the # of bytes we need not copy to the stack | |
2952 | because registers will take care of them. */ | |
2953 | ||
2954 | if (partial != 0) | |
2955 | xinner = change_address (xinner, BLKmode, | |
2956 | plus_constant (XEXP (xinner, 0), used)); | |
2957 | ||
2958 | /* If the partial register-part of the arg counts in its stack size, | |
2959 | skip the part of stack space corresponding to the registers. | |
2960 | Otherwise, start copying to the beginning of the stack space, | |
2961 | by setting SKIP to 0. */ | |
e5e809f4 | 2962 | skip = (reg_parm_stack_space == 0) ? 0 : used; |
bbf6f052 RK |
2963 | |
2964 | #ifdef PUSH_ROUNDING | |
2965 | /* Do it with several push insns if that doesn't take lots of insns | |
2966 | and if there is no difficulty with push insns that skip bytes | |
2967 | on the stack for alignment purposes. */ | |
2968 | if (args_addr == 0 | |
2969 | && GET_CODE (size) == CONST_INT | |
2970 | && skip == 0 | |
15914757 | 2971 | && (MOVE_BY_PIECES_P ((unsigned) INTVAL (size) - used, align)) |
bbf6f052 RK |
2972 | /* Here we avoid the case of a structure whose weak alignment |
2973 | forces many pushes of a small amount of data, | |
2974 | and such small pushes do rounding that causes trouble. */ | |
e1565e65 | 2975 | && ((! SLOW_UNALIGNED_ACCESS (word_mode, align)) |
e87b4f3f | 2976 | || align >= BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT / BITS_PER_UNIT |
bbf6f052 | 2977 | || PUSH_ROUNDING (align) == align) |
bbf6f052 RK |
2978 | && PUSH_ROUNDING (INTVAL (size)) == INTVAL (size)) |
2979 | { | |
2980 | /* Push padding now if padding above and stack grows down, | |
2981 | or if padding below and stack grows up. | |
2982 | But if space already allocated, this has already been done. */ | |
2983 | if (extra && args_addr == 0 | |
2984 | && where_pad != none && where_pad != stack_direction) | |
906c4e36 | 2985 | anti_adjust_stack (GEN_INT (extra)); |
bbf6f052 | 2986 | |
38a448ca | 2987 | move_by_pieces (gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode, gen_push_operand ()), xinner, |
bbf6f052 | 2988 | INTVAL (size) - used, align); |
921b3427 | 2989 | |
7d384cc0 | 2990 | if (current_function_check_memory_usage && ! in_check_memory_usage) |
921b3427 RK |
2991 | { |
2992 | rtx temp; | |
2993 | ||
956d6950 | 2994 | in_check_memory_usage = 1; |
921b3427 | 2995 | temp = get_push_address (INTVAL(size) - used); |
c85f7c16 | 2996 | if (GET_CODE (x) == MEM && type && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (type)) |
921b3427 | 2997 | emit_library_call (chkr_copy_bitmap_libfunc, 1, VOIDmode, 3, |
6a9c4aed MK |
2998 | temp, Pmode, |
2999 | XEXP (xinner, 0), Pmode, | |
921b3427 RK |
3000 | GEN_INT (INTVAL(size) - used), |
3001 | TYPE_MODE (sizetype)); | |
3002 | else | |
3003 | emit_library_call (chkr_set_right_libfunc, 1, VOIDmode, 3, | |
6a9c4aed | 3004 | temp, Pmode, |
921b3427 RK |
3005 | GEN_INT (INTVAL(size) - used), |
3006 | TYPE_MODE (sizetype), | |
956d6950 JL |
3007 | GEN_INT (MEMORY_USE_RW), |
3008 | TYPE_MODE (integer_type_node)); | |
3009 | in_check_memory_usage = 0; | |
921b3427 | 3010 | } |
bbf6f052 RK |
3011 | } |
3012 | else | |
3013 | #endif /* PUSH_ROUNDING */ | |
3014 | { | |
3015 | /* Otherwise make space on the stack and copy the data | |
3016 | to the address of that space. */ | |
3017 | ||
3018 | /* Deduct words put into registers from the size we must copy. */ | |
3019 | if (partial != 0) | |
3020 | { | |
3021 | if (GET_CODE (size) == CONST_INT) | |
906c4e36 | 3022 | size = GEN_INT (INTVAL (size) - used); |
bbf6f052 RK |
3023 | else |
3024 | size = expand_binop (GET_MODE (size), sub_optab, size, | |
906c4e36 RK |
3025 | GEN_INT (used), NULL_RTX, 0, |
3026 | OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
3027 | } |
3028 | ||
3029 | /* Get the address of the stack space. | |
3030 | In this case, we do not deal with EXTRA separately. | |
3031 | A single stack adjust will do. */ | |
3032 | if (! args_addr) | |
3033 | { | |
3034 | temp = push_block (size, extra, where_pad == downward); | |
3035 | extra = 0; | |
3036 | } | |
3037 | else if (GET_CODE (args_so_far) == CONST_INT) | |
3038 | temp = memory_address (BLKmode, | |
3039 | plus_constant (args_addr, | |
3040 | skip + INTVAL (args_so_far))); | |
3041 | else | |
3042 | temp = memory_address (BLKmode, | |
38a448ca RH |
3043 | plus_constant (gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode, |
3044 | args_addr, | |
3045 | args_so_far), | |
bbf6f052 | 3046 | skip)); |
7d384cc0 | 3047 | if (current_function_check_memory_usage && ! in_check_memory_usage) |
921b3427 RK |
3048 | { |
3049 | rtx target; | |
3050 | ||
956d6950 | 3051 | in_check_memory_usage = 1; |
921b3427 | 3052 | target = copy_to_reg (temp); |
c85f7c16 | 3053 | if (GET_CODE (x) == MEM && type && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (type)) |
921b3427 | 3054 | emit_library_call (chkr_copy_bitmap_libfunc, 1, VOIDmode, 3, |
6a9c4aed MK |
3055 | target, Pmode, |
3056 | XEXP (xinner, 0), Pmode, | |
921b3427 RK |
3057 | size, TYPE_MODE (sizetype)); |
3058 | else | |
3059 | emit_library_call (chkr_set_right_libfunc, 1, VOIDmode, 3, | |
6a9c4aed | 3060 | target, Pmode, |
921b3427 | 3061 | size, TYPE_MODE (sizetype), |
956d6950 JL |
3062 | GEN_INT (MEMORY_USE_RW), |
3063 | TYPE_MODE (integer_type_node)); | |
3064 | in_check_memory_usage = 0; | |
921b3427 | 3065 | } |
bbf6f052 RK |
3066 | |
3067 | /* TEMP is the address of the block. Copy the data there. */ | |
3068 | if (GET_CODE (size) == CONST_INT | |
729a2125 | 3069 | && MOVE_BY_PIECES_P ((unsigned) INTVAL (size), align)) |
bbf6f052 | 3070 | { |
38a448ca | 3071 | move_by_pieces (gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode, temp), xinner, |
bbf6f052 RK |
3072 | INTVAL (size), align); |
3073 | goto ret; | |
3074 | } | |
e5e809f4 | 3075 | else |
bbf6f052 | 3076 | { |
e5e809f4 JL |
3077 | rtx opalign = GEN_INT (align); |
3078 | enum machine_mode mode; | |
9e6a5703 | 3079 | rtx target = gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode, temp); |
e5e809f4 JL |
3080 | |
3081 | for (mode = GET_CLASS_NARROWEST_MODE (MODE_INT); | |
3082 | mode != VOIDmode; | |
3083 | mode = GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (mode)) | |
c841050e | 3084 | { |
e5e809f4 | 3085 | enum insn_code code = movstr_optab[(int) mode]; |
a995e389 | 3086 | insn_operand_predicate_fn pred; |
e5e809f4 JL |
3087 | |
3088 | if (code != CODE_FOR_nothing | |
3089 | && ((GET_CODE (size) == CONST_INT | |
3090 | && ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) INTVAL (size) | |
3091 | <= (GET_MODE_MASK (mode) >> 1))) | |
3092 | || GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) >= BITS_PER_WORD) | |
a995e389 RH |
3093 | && (!(pred = insn_data[(int) code].operand[0].predicate) |
3094 | || ((*pred) (target, BLKmode))) | |
3095 | && (!(pred = insn_data[(int) code].operand[1].predicate) | |
3096 | || ((*pred) (xinner, BLKmode))) | |
3097 | && (!(pred = insn_data[(int) code].operand[3].predicate) | |
3098 | || ((*pred) (opalign, VOIDmode)))) | |
e5e809f4 JL |
3099 | { |
3100 | rtx op2 = convert_to_mode (mode, size, 1); | |
3101 | rtx last = get_last_insn (); | |
3102 | rtx pat; | |
3103 | ||
a995e389 RH |
3104 | pred = insn_data[(int) code].operand[2].predicate; |
3105 | if (pred != 0 && ! (*pred) (op2, mode)) | |
e5e809f4 JL |
3106 | op2 = copy_to_mode_reg (mode, op2); |
3107 | ||
3108 | pat = GEN_FCN ((int) code) (target, xinner, | |
3109 | op2, opalign); | |
3110 | if (pat) | |
3111 | { | |
3112 | emit_insn (pat); | |
3113 | goto ret; | |
3114 | } | |
3115 | else | |
3116 | delete_insns_since (last); | |
3117 | } | |
c841050e | 3118 | } |
bbf6f052 | 3119 | } |
bbf6f052 RK |
3120 | |
3121 | #ifndef ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS | |
3122 | /* If the source is referenced relative to the stack pointer, | |
3123 | copy it to another register to stabilize it. We do not need | |
3124 | to do this if we know that we won't be changing sp. */ | |
3125 | ||
3126 | if (reg_mentioned_p (virtual_stack_dynamic_rtx, temp) | |
3127 | || reg_mentioned_p (virtual_outgoing_args_rtx, temp)) | |
3128 | temp = copy_to_reg (temp); | |
3129 | #endif | |
3130 | ||
3131 | /* Make inhibit_defer_pop nonzero around the library call | |
3132 | to force it to pop the bcopy-arguments right away. */ | |
3133 | NO_DEFER_POP; | |
3134 | #ifdef TARGET_MEM_FUNCTIONS | |
d562e42e | 3135 | emit_library_call (memcpy_libfunc, 0, |
bbf6f052 | 3136 | VOIDmode, 3, temp, Pmode, XEXP (xinner, 0), Pmode, |
0fa83258 RK |
3137 | convert_to_mode (TYPE_MODE (sizetype), |
3138 | size, TREE_UNSIGNED (sizetype)), | |
26ba80fc | 3139 | TYPE_MODE (sizetype)); |
bbf6f052 | 3140 | #else |
d562e42e | 3141 | emit_library_call (bcopy_libfunc, 0, |
bbf6f052 | 3142 | VOIDmode, 3, XEXP (xinner, 0), Pmode, temp, Pmode, |
3b6f75e2 JW |
3143 | convert_to_mode (TYPE_MODE (integer_type_node), |
3144 | size, | |
3145 | TREE_UNSIGNED (integer_type_node)), | |
3146 | TYPE_MODE (integer_type_node)); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
3147 | #endif |
3148 | OK_DEFER_POP; | |
3149 | } | |
3150 | } | |
3151 | else if (partial > 0) | |
3152 | { | |
3153 | /* Scalar partly in registers. */ | |
3154 | ||
3155 | int size = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) / UNITS_PER_WORD; | |
3156 | int i; | |
3157 | int not_stack; | |
3158 | /* # words of start of argument | |
3159 | that we must make space for but need not store. */ | |
3160 | int offset = partial % (PARM_BOUNDARY / BITS_PER_WORD); | |
3161 | int args_offset = INTVAL (args_so_far); | |
3162 | int skip; | |
3163 | ||
3164 | /* Push padding now if padding above and stack grows down, | |
3165 | or if padding below and stack grows up. | |
3166 | But if space already allocated, this has already been done. */ | |
3167 | if (extra && args_addr == 0 | |
3168 | && where_pad != none && where_pad != stack_direction) | |
906c4e36 | 3169 | anti_adjust_stack (GEN_INT (extra)); |
bbf6f052 RK |
3170 | |
3171 | /* If we make space by pushing it, we might as well push | |
3172 | the real data. Otherwise, we can leave OFFSET nonzero | |
3173 | and leave the space uninitialized. */ | |
3174 | if (args_addr == 0) | |
3175 | offset = 0; | |
3176 | ||
3177 | /* Now NOT_STACK gets the number of words that we don't need to | |
3178 | allocate on the stack. */ | |
3179 | not_stack = partial - offset; | |
3180 | ||
3181 | /* If the partial register-part of the arg counts in its stack size, | |
3182 | skip the part of stack space corresponding to the registers. | |
3183 | Otherwise, start copying to the beginning of the stack space, | |
3184 | by setting SKIP to 0. */ | |
e5e809f4 | 3185 | skip = (reg_parm_stack_space == 0) ? 0 : not_stack; |
bbf6f052 RK |
3186 | |
3187 | if (CONSTANT_P (x) && ! LEGITIMATE_CONSTANT_P (x)) | |
3188 | x = validize_mem (force_const_mem (mode, x)); | |
3189 | ||
3190 | /* If X is a hard register in a non-integer mode, copy it into a pseudo; | |
3191 | SUBREGs of such registers are not allowed. */ | |
3192 | if ((GET_CODE (x) == REG && REGNO (x) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER | |
3193 | && GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (x)) != MODE_INT)) | |
3194 | x = copy_to_reg (x); | |
3195 | ||
3196 | /* Loop over all the words allocated on the stack for this arg. */ | |
3197 | /* We can do it by words, because any scalar bigger than a word | |
3198 | has a size a multiple of a word. */ | |
3199 | #ifndef PUSH_ARGS_REVERSED | |
3200 | for (i = not_stack; i < size; i++) | |
3201 | #else | |
3202 | for (i = size - 1; i >= not_stack; i--) | |
3203 | #endif | |
3204 | if (i >= not_stack + offset) | |
3205 | emit_push_insn (operand_subword_force (x, i, mode), | |
906c4e36 RK |
3206 | word_mode, NULL_TREE, NULL_RTX, align, 0, NULL_RTX, |
3207 | 0, args_addr, | |
3208 | GEN_INT (args_offset + ((i - not_stack + skip) | |
e5e809f4 | 3209 | * UNITS_PER_WORD)), |
4fc026cd | 3210 | reg_parm_stack_space, alignment_pad); |
bbf6f052 RK |
3211 | } |
3212 | else | |
3213 | { | |
3214 | rtx addr; | |
921b3427 | 3215 | rtx target = NULL_RTX; |
bbf6f052 RK |
3216 | |
3217 | /* Push padding now if padding above and stack grows down, | |
3218 | or if padding below and stack grows up. | |
3219 | But if space already allocated, this has already been done. */ | |
3220 | if (extra && args_addr == 0 | |
3221 | && where_pad != none && where_pad != stack_direction) | |
906c4e36 | 3222 | anti_adjust_stack (GEN_INT (extra)); |
bbf6f052 RK |
3223 | |
3224 | #ifdef PUSH_ROUNDING | |
3225 | if (args_addr == 0) | |
3226 | addr = gen_push_operand (); | |
3227 | else | |
3228 | #endif | |
921b3427 RK |
3229 | { |
3230 | if (GET_CODE (args_so_far) == CONST_INT) | |
3231 | addr | |
3232 | = memory_address (mode, | |
3233 | plus_constant (args_addr, | |
3234 | INTVAL (args_so_far))); | |
3235 | else | |
38a448ca RH |
3236 | addr = memory_address (mode, gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode, args_addr, |
3237 | args_so_far)); | |
921b3427 RK |
3238 | target = addr; |
3239 | } | |
bbf6f052 | 3240 | |
38a448ca | 3241 | emit_move_insn (gen_rtx_MEM (mode, addr), x); |
921b3427 | 3242 | |
7d384cc0 | 3243 | if (current_function_check_memory_usage && ! in_check_memory_usage) |
921b3427 | 3244 | { |
956d6950 | 3245 | in_check_memory_usage = 1; |
921b3427 RK |
3246 | if (target == 0) |
3247 | target = get_push_address (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode)); | |
3248 | ||
c85f7c16 | 3249 | if (GET_CODE (x) == MEM && type && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (type)) |
921b3427 | 3250 | emit_library_call (chkr_copy_bitmap_libfunc, 1, VOIDmode, 3, |
6a9c4aed MK |
3251 | target, Pmode, |
3252 | XEXP (x, 0), Pmode, | |
921b3427 RK |
3253 | GEN_INT (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode)), |
3254 | TYPE_MODE (sizetype)); | |
3255 | else | |
3256 | emit_library_call (chkr_set_right_libfunc, 1, VOIDmode, 3, | |
6a9c4aed | 3257 | target, Pmode, |
921b3427 RK |
3258 | GEN_INT (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode)), |
3259 | TYPE_MODE (sizetype), | |
956d6950 JL |
3260 | GEN_INT (MEMORY_USE_RW), |
3261 | TYPE_MODE (integer_type_node)); | |
3262 | in_check_memory_usage = 0; | |
921b3427 | 3263 | } |
bbf6f052 RK |
3264 | } |
3265 | ||
3266 | ret: | |
3267 | /* If part should go in registers, copy that part | |
3268 | into the appropriate registers. Do this now, at the end, | |
3269 | since mem-to-mem copies above may do function calls. */ | |
cd048831 | 3270 | if (partial > 0 && reg != 0) |
fffa9c1d JW |
3271 | { |
3272 | /* Handle calls that pass values in multiple non-contiguous locations. | |
3273 | The Irix 6 ABI has examples of this. */ | |
3274 | if (GET_CODE (reg) == PARALLEL) | |
aac5cc16 | 3275 | emit_group_load (reg, x, -1, align); /* ??? size? */ |
fffa9c1d JW |
3276 | else |
3277 | move_block_to_reg (REGNO (reg), x, partial, mode); | |
3278 | } | |
bbf6f052 RK |
3279 | |
3280 | if (extra && args_addr == 0 && where_pad == stack_direction) | |
906c4e36 | 3281 | anti_adjust_stack (GEN_INT (extra)); |
4fc026cd CM |
3282 | |
3283 | if (alignment_pad) | |
3284 | anti_adjust_stack (alignment_pad); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
3285 | } |
3286 | \f | |
bbf6f052 RK |
3287 | /* Expand an assignment that stores the value of FROM into TO. |
3288 | If WANT_VALUE is nonzero, return an rtx for the value of TO. | |
709f5be1 RS |
3289 | (This may contain a QUEUED rtx; |
3290 | if the value is constant, this rtx is a constant.) | |
3291 | Otherwise, the returned value is NULL_RTX. | |
bbf6f052 RK |
3292 | |
3293 | SUGGEST_REG is no longer actually used. | |
3294 | It used to mean, copy the value through a register | |
3295 | and return that register, if that is possible. | |
709f5be1 | 3296 | We now use WANT_VALUE to decide whether to do this. */ |
bbf6f052 RK |
3297 | |
3298 | rtx | |
3299 | expand_assignment (to, from, want_value, suggest_reg) | |
3300 | tree to, from; | |
3301 | int want_value; | |
c5c76735 | 3302 | int suggest_reg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED; |
bbf6f052 RK |
3303 | { |
3304 | register rtx to_rtx = 0; | |
3305 | rtx result; | |
3306 | ||
3307 | /* Don't crash if the lhs of the assignment was erroneous. */ | |
3308 | ||
3309 | if (TREE_CODE (to) == ERROR_MARK) | |
709f5be1 RS |
3310 | { |
3311 | result = expand_expr (from, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); | |
3312 | return want_value ? result : NULL_RTX; | |
3313 | } | |
bbf6f052 RK |
3314 | |
3315 | /* Assignment of a structure component needs special treatment | |
3316 | if the structure component's rtx is not simply a MEM. | |
6be58303 JW |
3317 | Assignment of an array element at a constant index, and assignment of |
3318 | an array element in an unaligned packed structure field, has the same | |
3319 | problem. */ | |
bbf6f052 | 3320 | |
08293add RK |
3321 | if (TREE_CODE (to) == COMPONENT_REF || TREE_CODE (to) == BIT_FIELD_REF |
3322 | || TREE_CODE (to) == ARRAY_REF) | |
bbf6f052 RK |
3323 | { |
3324 | enum machine_mode mode1; | |
3325 | int bitsize; | |
3326 | int bitpos; | |
7bb0943f | 3327 | tree offset; |
bbf6f052 RK |
3328 | int unsignedp; |
3329 | int volatilep = 0; | |
0088fcb1 | 3330 | tree tem; |
729a2125 | 3331 | unsigned int alignment; |
0088fcb1 RK |
3332 | |
3333 | push_temp_slots (); | |
839c4796 RK |
3334 | tem = get_inner_reference (to, &bitsize, &bitpos, &offset, &mode1, |
3335 | &unsignedp, &volatilep, &alignment); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
3336 | |
3337 | /* If we are going to use store_bit_field and extract_bit_field, | |
3338 | make sure to_rtx will be safe for multiple use. */ | |
3339 | ||
3340 | if (mode1 == VOIDmode && want_value) | |
3341 | tem = stabilize_reference (tem); | |
3342 | ||
921b3427 | 3343 | to_rtx = expand_expr (tem, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, EXPAND_MEMORY_USE_DONT); |
7bb0943f RS |
3344 | if (offset != 0) |
3345 | { | |
906c4e36 | 3346 | rtx offset_rtx = expand_expr (offset, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); |
7bb0943f RS |
3347 | |
3348 | if (GET_CODE (to_rtx) != MEM) | |
3349 | abort (); | |
bd070e1a RH |
3350 | |
3351 | if (GET_MODE (offset_rtx) != ptr_mode) | |
3352 | { | |
3353 | #ifdef POINTERS_EXTEND_UNSIGNED | |
822a3443 | 3354 | offset_rtx = convert_memory_address (ptr_mode, offset_rtx); |
bd070e1a RH |
3355 | #else |
3356 | offset_rtx = convert_to_mode (ptr_mode, offset_rtx, 0); | |
3357 | #endif | |
3358 | } | |
3359 | ||
9a7b9f4f JL |
3360 | /* A constant address in TO_RTX can have VOIDmode, we must not try |
3361 | to call force_reg for that case. Avoid that case. */ | |
89752202 HB |
3362 | if (GET_CODE (to_rtx) == MEM |
3363 | && GET_MODE (to_rtx) == BLKmode | |
9a7b9f4f | 3364 | && GET_MODE (XEXP (to_rtx, 0)) != VOIDmode |
89752202 HB |
3365 | && bitsize |
3366 | && (bitpos % bitsize) == 0 | |
3367 | && (bitsize % GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (mode1)) == 0 | |
3368 | && (alignment * BITS_PER_UNIT) == GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (mode1)) | |
3369 | { | |
3370 | rtx temp = change_address (to_rtx, mode1, | |
3371 | plus_constant (XEXP (to_rtx, 0), | |
3372 | (bitpos / | |
3373 | BITS_PER_UNIT))); | |
3374 | if (GET_CODE (XEXP (temp, 0)) == REG) | |
3375 | to_rtx = temp; | |
3376 | else | |
3377 | to_rtx = change_address (to_rtx, mode1, | |
3378 | force_reg (GET_MODE (XEXP (temp, 0)), | |
3379 | XEXP (temp, 0))); | |
3380 | bitpos = 0; | |
3381 | } | |
3382 | ||
7bb0943f | 3383 | to_rtx = change_address (to_rtx, VOIDmode, |
38a448ca | 3384 | gen_rtx_PLUS (ptr_mode, XEXP (to_rtx, 0), |
c5c76735 JL |
3385 | force_reg (ptr_mode, |
3386 | offset_rtx))); | |
7bb0943f | 3387 | } |
c5c76735 | 3388 | |
bbf6f052 RK |
3389 | if (volatilep) |
3390 | { | |
3391 | if (GET_CODE (to_rtx) == MEM) | |
01188446 JW |
3392 | { |
3393 | /* When the offset is zero, to_rtx is the address of the | |
3394 | structure we are storing into, and hence may be shared. | |
3395 | We must make a new MEM before setting the volatile bit. */ | |
3396 | if (offset == 0) | |
effbcc6a RK |
3397 | to_rtx = copy_rtx (to_rtx); |
3398 | ||
01188446 JW |
3399 | MEM_VOLATILE_P (to_rtx) = 1; |
3400 | } | |
bbf6f052 RK |
3401 | #if 0 /* This was turned off because, when a field is volatile |
3402 | in an object which is not volatile, the object may be in a register, | |
3403 | and then we would abort over here. */ | |
3404 | else | |
3405 | abort (); | |
3406 | #endif | |
3407 | } | |
3408 | ||
956d6950 JL |
3409 | if (TREE_CODE (to) == COMPONENT_REF |
3410 | && TREE_READONLY (TREE_OPERAND (to, 1))) | |
3411 | { | |
8bd6ecc2 | 3412 | if (offset == 0) |
956d6950 JL |
3413 | to_rtx = copy_rtx (to_rtx); |
3414 | ||
3415 | RTX_UNCHANGING_P (to_rtx) = 1; | |
3416 | } | |
3417 | ||
921b3427 | 3418 | /* Check the access. */ |
7d384cc0 | 3419 | if (current_function_check_memory_usage && GET_CODE (to_rtx) == MEM) |
921b3427 RK |
3420 | { |
3421 | rtx to_addr; | |
3422 | int size; | |
3423 | int best_mode_size; | |
3424 | enum machine_mode best_mode; | |
3425 | ||
3426 | best_mode = get_best_mode (bitsize, bitpos, | |
3427 | TYPE_ALIGN (TREE_TYPE (tem)), | |
3428 | mode1, volatilep); | |
3429 | if (best_mode == VOIDmode) | |
3430 | best_mode = QImode; | |
3431 | ||
3432 | best_mode_size = GET_MODE_BITSIZE (best_mode); | |
3433 | to_addr = plus_constant (XEXP (to_rtx, 0), (bitpos / BITS_PER_UNIT)); | |
3434 | size = CEIL ((bitpos % best_mode_size) + bitsize, best_mode_size); | |
3435 | size *= GET_MODE_SIZE (best_mode); | |
3436 | ||
3437 | /* Check the access right of the pointer. */ | |
e9a25f70 JL |
3438 | if (size) |
3439 | emit_library_call (chkr_check_addr_libfunc, 1, VOIDmode, 3, | |
6a9c4aed | 3440 | to_addr, Pmode, |
e9a25f70 | 3441 | GEN_INT (size), TYPE_MODE (sizetype), |
956d6950 JL |
3442 | GEN_INT (MEMORY_USE_WO), |
3443 | TYPE_MODE (integer_type_node)); | |
921b3427 RK |
3444 | } |
3445 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
3446 | result = store_field (to_rtx, bitsize, bitpos, mode1, from, |
3447 | (want_value | |
3448 | /* Spurious cast makes HPUX compiler happy. */ | |
3449 | ? (enum machine_mode) TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (to)) | |
3450 | : VOIDmode), | |
3451 | unsignedp, | |
3452 | /* Required alignment of containing datum. */ | |
d78d243c | 3453 | alignment, |
ece32014 MM |
3454 | int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (tem)), |
3455 | get_alias_set (to)); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
3456 | preserve_temp_slots (result); |
3457 | free_temp_slots (); | |
0088fcb1 | 3458 | pop_temp_slots (); |
bbf6f052 | 3459 | |
709f5be1 RS |
3460 | /* If the value is meaningful, convert RESULT to the proper mode. |
3461 | Otherwise, return nothing. */ | |
5ffe63ed RS |
3462 | return (want_value ? convert_modes (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (to)), |
3463 | TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (from)), | |
3464 | result, | |
3465 | TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (to))) | |
709f5be1 | 3466 | : NULL_RTX); |
bbf6f052 RK |
3467 | } |
3468 | ||
cd1db108 RS |
3469 | /* If the rhs is a function call and its value is not an aggregate, |
3470 | call the function before we start to compute the lhs. | |
3471 | This is needed for correct code for cases such as | |
3472 | val = setjmp (buf) on machines where reference to val | |
1ad87b63 RK |
3473 | requires loading up part of an address in a separate insn. |
3474 | ||
3475 | Don't do this if TO is a VAR_DECL whose DECL_RTL is REG since it might be | |
3476 | a promoted variable where the zero- or sign- extension needs to be done. | |
3477 | Handling this in the normal way is safe because no computation is done | |
3478 | before the call. */ | |
3479 | if (TREE_CODE (from) == CALL_EXPR && ! aggregate_value_p (from) | |
b35cd3c1 | 3480 | && TREE_CODE (TYPE_SIZE (TREE_TYPE (from))) == INTEGER_CST |
1ad87b63 | 3481 | && ! (TREE_CODE (to) == VAR_DECL && GET_CODE (DECL_RTL (to)) == REG)) |
cd1db108 | 3482 | { |
0088fcb1 RK |
3483 | rtx value; |
3484 | ||
3485 | push_temp_slots (); | |
3486 | value = expand_expr (from, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); | |
cd1db108 | 3487 | if (to_rtx == 0) |
921b3427 | 3488 | to_rtx = expand_expr (to, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, EXPAND_MEMORY_USE_WO); |
aaf87c45 | 3489 | |
fffa9c1d JW |
3490 | /* Handle calls that return values in multiple non-contiguous locations. |
3491 | The Irix 6 ABI has examples of this. */ | |
3492 | if (GET_CODE (to_rtx) == PARALLEL) | |
aac5cc16 RH |
3493 | emit_group_load (to_rtx, value, int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (from)), |
3494 | TYPE_ALIGN (TREE_TYPE (from)) / BITS_PER_UNIT); | |
fffa9c1d | 3495 | else if (GET_MODE (to_rtx) == BLKmode) |
db3ec607 | 3496 | emit_block_move (to_rtx, value, expr_size (from), |
ff9b5bd8 | 3497 | TYPE_ALIGN (TREE_TYPE (from)) / BITS_PER_UNIT); |
aaf87c45 | 3498 | else |
6419e5b0 DT |
3499 | { |
3500 | #ifdef POINTERS_EXTEND_UNSIGNED | |
ab40f612 DT |
3501 | if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (to)) == REFERENCE_TYPE |
3502 | || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (to)) == POINTER_TYPE) | |
6419e5b0 DT |
3503 | value = convert_memory_address (GET_MODE (to_rtx), value); |
3504 | #endif | |
3505 | emit_move_insn (to_rtx, value); | |
3506 | } | |
cd1db108 RS |
3507 | preserve_temp_slots (to_rtx); |
3508 | free_temp_slots (); | |
0088fcb1 | 3509 | pop_temp_slots (); |
709f5be1 | 3510 | return want_value ? to_rtx : NULL_RTX; |
cd1db108 RS |
3511 | } |
3512 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
3513 | /* Ordinary treatment. Expand TO to get a REG or MEM rtx. |
3514 | Don't re-expand if it was expanded already (in COMPONENT_REF case). */ | |
3515 | ||
3516 | if (to_rtx == 0) | |
41472af8 MM |
3517 | { |
3518 | to_rtx = expand_expr (to, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, EXPAND_MEMORY_USE_WO); | |
3519 | if (GET_CODE (to_rtx) == MEM) | |
3520 | MEM_ALIAS_SET (to_rtx) = get_alias_set (to); | |
3521 | } | |
bbf6f052 | 3522 | |
86d38d25 | 3523 | /* Don't move directly into a return register. */ |
14a774a9 RK |
3524 | if (TREE_CODE (to) == RESULT_DECL |
3525 | && (GET_CODE (to_rtx) == REG || GET_CODE (to_rtx) == PARALLEL)) | |
86d38d25 | 3526 | { |
0088fcb1 RK |
3527 | rtx temp; |
3528 | ||
3529 | push_temp_slots (); | |
3530 | temp = expand_expr (from, 0, GET_MODE (to_rtx), 0); | |
14a774a9 RK |
3531 | |
3532 | if (GET_CODE (to_rtx) == PARALLEL) | |
3533 | emit_group_load (to_rtx, temp, int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (from)), | |
3534 | TYPE_ALIGN (TREE_TYPE (from)) / BITS_PER_UNIT); | |
3535 | else | |
3536 | emit_move_insn (to_rtx, temp); | |
3537 | ||
86d38d25 RS |
3538 | preserve_temp_slots (to_rtx); |
3539 | free_temp_slots (); | |
0088fcb1 | 3540 | pop_temp_slots (); |
709f5be1 | 3541 | return want_value ? to_rtx : NULL_RTX; |
86d38d25 RS |
3542 | } |
3543 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
3544 | /* In case we are returning the contents of an object which overlaps |
3545 | the place the value is being stored, use a safe function when copying | |
3546 | a value through a pointer into a structure value return block. */ | |
3547 | if (TREE_CODE (to) == RESULT_DECL && TREE_CODE (from) == INDIRECT_REF | |
3548 | && current_function_returns_struct | |
3549 | && !current_function_returns_pcc_struct) | |
3550 | { | |
0088fcb1 RK |
3551 | rtx from_rtx, size; |
3552 | ||
3553 | push_temp_slots (); | |
33a20d10 | 3554 | size = expr_size (from); |
921b3427 RK |
3555 | from_rtx = expand_expr (from, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, |
3556 | EXPAND_MEMORY_USE_DONT); | |
3557 | ||
3558 | /* Copy the rights of the bitmap. */ | |
7d384cc0 | 3559 | if (current_function_check_memory_usage) |
921b3427 | 3560 | emit_library_call (chkr_copy_bitmap_libfunc, 1, VOIDmode, 3, |
6a9c4aed MK |
3561 | XEXP (to_rtx, 0), Pmode, |
3562 | XEXP (from_rtx, 0), Pmode, | |
921b3427 RK |
3563 | convert_to_mode (TYPE_MODE (sizetype), |
3564 | size, TREE_UNSIGNED (sizetype)), | |
3565 | TYPE_MODE (sizetype)); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
3566 | |
3567 | #ifdef TARGET_MEM_FUNCTIONS | |
d562e42e | 3568 | emit_library_call (memcpy_libfunc, 0, |
bbf6f052 RK |
3569 | VOIDmode, 3, XEXP (to_rtx, 0), Pmode, |
3570 | XEXP (from_rtx, 0), Pmode, | |
0fa83258 RK |
3571 | convert_to_mode (TYPE_MODE (sizetype), |
3572 | size, TREE_UNSIGNED (sizetype)), | |
26ba80fc | 3573 | TYPE_MODE (sizetype)); |
bbf6f052 | 3574 | #else |
d562e42e | 3575 | emit_library_call (bcopy_libfunc, 0, |
bbf6f052 RK |
3576 | VOIDmode, 3, XEXP (from_rtx, 0), Pmode, |
3577 | XEXP (to_rtx, 0), Pmode, | |
3b6f75e2 JW |
3578 | convert_to_mode (TYPE_MODE (integer_type_node), |
3579 | size, TREE_UNSIGNED (integer_type_node)), | |
3580 | TYPE_MODE (integer_type_node)); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
3581 | #endif |
3582 | ||
3583 | preserve_temp_slots (to_rtx); | |
3584 | free_temp_slots (); | |
0088fcb1 | 3585 | pop_temp_slots (); |
709f5be1 | 3586 | return want_value ? to_rtx : NULL_RTX; |
bbf6f052 RK |
3587 | } |
3588 | ||
3589 | /* Compute FROM and store the value in the rtx we got. */ | |
3590 | ||
0088fcb1 | 3591 | push_temp_slots (); |
bbf6f052 RK |
3592 | result = store_expr (from, to_rtx, want_value); |
3593 | preserve_temp_slots (result); | |
3594 | free_temp_slots (); | |
0088fcb1 | 3595 | pop_temp_slots (); |
709f5be1 | 3596 | return want_value ? result : NULL_RTX; |
bbf6f052 RK |
3597 | } |
3598 | ||
3599 | /* Generate code for computing expression EXP, | |
3600 | and storing the value into TARGET. | |
bbf6f052 RK |
3601 | TARGET may contain a QUEUED rtx. |
3602 | ||
709f5be1 RS |
3603 | If WANT_VALUE is nonzero, return a copy of the value |
3604 | not in TARGET, so that we can be sure to use the proper | |
3605 | value in a containing expression even if TARGET has something | |
3606 | else stored in it. If possible, we copy the value through a pseudo | |
3607 | and return that pseudo. Or, if the value is constant, we try to | |
3608 | return the constant. In some cases, we return a pseudo | |
3609 | copied *from* TARGET. | |
3610 | ||
3611 | If the mode is BLKmode then we may return TARGET itself. | |
3612 | It turns out that in BLKmode it doesn't cause a problem. | |
3613 | because C has no operators that could combine two different | |
3614 | assignments into the same BLKmode object with different values | |
3615 | with no sequence point. Will other languages need this to | |
3616 | be more thorough? | |
3617 | ||
3618 | If WANT_VALUE is 0, we return NULL, to make sure | |
3619 | to catch quickly any cases where the caller uses the value | |
3620 | and fails to set WANT_VALUE. */ | |
bbf6f052 RK |
3621 | |
3622 | rtx | |
709f5be1 | 3623 | store_expr (exp, target, want_value) |
bbf6f052 RK |
3624 | register tree exp; |
3625 | register rtx target; | |
709f5be1 | 3626 | int want_value; |
bbf6f052 RK |
3627 | { |
3628 | register rtx temp; | |
3629 | int dont_return_target = 0; | |
3630 | ||
3631 | if (TREE_CODE (exp) == COMPOUND_EXPR) | |
3632 | { | |
3633 | /* Perform first part of compound expression, then assign from second | |
3634 | part. */ | |
3635 | expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), const0_rtx, VOIDmode, 0); | |
3636 | emit_queue (); | |
709f5be1 | 3637 | return store_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), target, want_value); |
bbf6f052 RK |
3638 | } |
3639 | else if (TREE_CODE (exp) == COND_EXPR && GET_MODE (target) == BLKmode) | |
3640 | { | |
3641 | /* For conditional expression, get safe form of the target. Then | |
3642 | test the condition, doing the appropriate assignment on either | |
3643 | side. This avoids the creation of unnecessary temporaries. | |
3644 | For non-BLKmode, it is more efficient not to do this. */ | |
3645 | ||
3646 | rtx lab1 = gen_label_rtx (), lab2 = gen_label_rtx (); | |
3647 | ||
3648 | emit_queue (); | |
3649 | target = protect_from_queue (target, 1); | |
3650 | ||
dabf8373 | 3651 | do_pending_stack_adjust (); |
bbf6f052 RK |
3652 | NO_DEFER_POP; |
3653 | jumpifnot (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), lab1); | |
956d6950 | 3654 | start_cleanup_deferral (); |
709f5be1 | 3655 | store_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), target, 0); |
956d6950 | 3656 | end_cleanup_deferral (); |
bbf6f052 RK |
3657 | emit_queue (); |
3658 | emit_jump_insn (gen_jump (lab2)); | |
3659 | emit_barrier (); | |
3660 | emit_label (lab1); | |
956d6950 | 3661 | start_cleanup_deferral (); |
709f5be1 | 3662 | store_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2), target, 0); |
956d6950 | 3663 | end_cleanup_deferral (); |
bbf6f052 RK |
3664 | emit_queue (); |
3665 | emit_label (lab2); | |
3666 | OK_DEFER_POP; | |
a3a58acc | 3667 | |
709f5be1 | 3668 | return want_value ? target : NULL_RTX; |
bbf6f052 | 3669 | } |
bbf6f052 | 3670 | else if (queued_subexp_p (target)) |
709f5be1 RS |
3671 | /* If target contains a postincrement, let's not risk |
3672 | using it as the place to generate the rhs. */ | |
bbf6f052 RK |
3673 | { |
3674 | if (GET_MODE (target) != BLKmode && GET_MODE (target) != VOIDmode) | |
3675 | { | |
3676 | /* Expand EXP into a new pseudo. */ | |
3677 | temp = gen_reg_rtx (GET_MODE (target)); | |
3678 | temp = expand_expr (exp, temp, GET_MODE (target), 0); | |
3679 | } | |
3680 | else | |
906c4e36 | 3681 | temp = expand_expr (exp, NULL_RTX, GET_MODE (target), 0); |
709f5be1 RS |
3682 | |
3683 | /* If target is volatile, ANSI requires accessing the value | |
3684 | *from* the target, if it is accessed. So make that happen. | |
3685 | In no case return the target itself. */ | |
3686 | if (! MEM_VOLATILE_P (target) && want_value) | |
3687 | dont_return_target = 1; | |
bbf6f052 | 3688 | } |
12f06d17 CH |
3689 | else if (want_value && GET_CODE (target) == MEM && ! MEM_VOLATILE_P (target) |
3690 | && GET_MODE (target) != BLKmode) | |
3691 | /* If target is in memory and caller wants value in a register instead, | |
3692 | arrange that. Pass TARGET as target for expand_expr so that, | |
3693 | if EXP is another assignment, WANT_VALUE will be nonzero for it. | |
3694 | We know expand_expr will not use the target in that case. | |
3695 | Don't do this if TARGET is volatile because we are supposed | |
3696 | to write it and then read it. */ | |
3697 | { | |
1da93fe0 | 3698 | temp = expand_expr (exp, target, GET_MODE (target), 0); |
12f06d17 CH |
3699 | if (GET_MODE (temp) != BLKmode && GET_MODE (temp) != VOIDmode) |
3700 | temp = copy_to_reg (temp); | |
3701 | dont_return_target = 1; | |
3702 | } | |
1499e0a8 RK |
3703 | else if (GET_CODE (target) == SUBREG && SUBREG_PROMOTED_VAR_P (target)) |
3704 | /* If this is an scalar in a register that is stored in a wider mode | |
3705 | than the declared mode, compute the result into its declared mode | |
3706 | and then convert to the wider mode. Our value is the computed | |
3707 | expression. */ | |
3708 | { | |
5a32d038 | 3709 | /* If we don't want a value, we can do the conversion inside EXP, |
f635a84d RK |
3710 | which will often result in some optimizations. Do the conversion |
3711 | in two steps: first change the signedness, if needed, then | |
ab6c58f1 RK |
3712 | the extend. But don't do this if the type of EXP is a subtype |
3713 | of something else since then the conversion might involve | |
3714 | more than just converting modes. */ | |
3715 | if (! want_value && INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (exp)) | |
3716 | && TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (exp)) == 0) | |
f635a84d RK |
3717 | { |
3718 | if (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (exp)) | |
3719 | != SUBREG_PROMOTED_UNSIGNED_P (target)) | |
3720 | exp | |
3721 | = convert | |
3722 | (signed_or_unsigned_type (SUBREG_PROMOTED_UNSIGNED_P (target), | |
3723 | TREE_TYPE (exp)), | |
3724 | exp); | |
3725 | ||
3726 | exp = convert (type_for_mode (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (target)), | |
3727 | SUBREG_PROMOTED_UNSIGNED_P (target)), | |
3728 | exp); | |
3729 | } | |
5a32d038 | 3730 | |
1499e0a8 | 3731 | temp = expand_expr (exp, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); |
b258707c | 3732 | |
766f36c7 | 3733 | /* If TEMP is a volatile MEM and we want a result value, make |
f29369b9 RK |
3734 | the access now so it gets done only once. Likewise if |
3735 | it contains TARGET. */ | |
3736 | if (GET_CODE (temp) == MEM && want_value | |
3737 | && (MEM_VOLATILE_P (temp) | |
3738 | || reg_mentioned_p (SUBREG_REG (target), XEXP (temp, 0)))) | |
766f36c7 RK |
3739 | temp = copy_to_reg (temp); |
3740 | ||
b258707c RS |
3741 | /* If TEMP is a VOIDmode constant, use convert_modes to make |
3742 | sure that we properly convert it. */ | |
3743 | if (CONSTANT_P (temp) && GET_MODE (temp) == VOIDmode) | |
3744 | temp = convert_modes (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (target)), | |
3745 | TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)), temp, | |
3746 | SUBREG_PROMOTED_UNSIGNED_P (target)); | |
3747 | ||
1499e0a8 RK |
3748 | convert_move (SUBREG_REG (target), temp, |
3749 | SUBREG_PROMOTED_UNSIGNED_P (target)); | |
3dbecef9 JW |
3750 | |
3751 | /* If we promoted a constant, change the mode back down to match | |
3752 | target. Otherwise, the caller might get confused by a result whose | |
3753 | mode is larger than expected. */ | |
3754 | ||
3755 | if (want_value && GET_MODE (temp) != GET_MODE (target) | |
3756 | && GET_MODE (temp) != VOIDmode) | |
3757 | { | |
3758 | temp = gen_rtx_SUBREG (GET_MODE (target), temp, 0); | |
3759 | SUBREG_PROMOTED_VAR_P (temp) = 1; | |
3760 | SUBREG_PROMOTED_UNSIGNED_P (temp) | |
3761 | = SUBREG_PROMOTED_UNSIGNED_P (target); | |
3762 | } | |
3763 | ||
709f5be1 | 3764 | return want_value ? temp : NULL_RTX; |
1499e0a8 | 3765 | } |
bbf6f052 RK |
3766 | else |
3767 | { | |
3768 | temp = expand_expr (exp, target, GET_MODE (target), 0); | |
766f36c7 | 3769 | /* Return TARGET if it's a specified hardware register. |
709f5be1 RS |
3770 | If TARGET is a volatile mem ref, either return TARGET |
3771 | or return a reg copied *from* TARGET; ANSI requires this. | |
3772 | ||
3773 | Otherwise, if TEMP is not TARGET, return TEMP | |
3774 | if it is constant (for efficiency), | |
3775 | or if we really want the correct value. */ | |
bbf6f052 RK |
3776 | if (!(target && GET_CODE (target) == REG |
3777 | && REGNO (target) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER) | |
709f5be1 | 3778 | && !(GET_CODE (target) == MEM && MEM_VOLATILE_P (target)) |
effbcc6a | 3779 | && ! rtx_equal_p (temp, target) |
709f5be1 | 3780 | && (CONSTANT_P (temp) || want_value)) |
bbf6f052 RK |
3781 | dont_return_target = 1; |
3782 | } | |
3783 | ||
b258707c RS |
3784 | /* If TEMP is a VOIDmode constant and the mode of the type of EXP is not |
3785 | the same as that of TARGET, adjust the constant. This is needed, for | |
3786 | example, in case it is a CONST_DOUBLE and we want only a word-sized | |
3787 | value. */ | |
3788 | if (CONSTANT_P (temp) && GET_MODE (temp) == VOIDmode | |
c1da1f33 | 3789 | && TREE_CODE (exp) != ERROR_MARK |
b258707c RS |
3790 | && GET_MODE (target) != TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp))) |
3791 | temp = convert_modes (GET_MODE (target), TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)), | |
3792 | temp, TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (exp))); | |
3793 | ||
7d384cc0 | 3794 | if (current_function_check_memory_usage |
921b3427 RK |
3795 | && GET_CODE (target) == MEM |
3796 | && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (exp))) | |
3797 | { | |
3798 | if (GET_CODE (temp) == MEM) | |
3799 | emit_library_call (chkr_copy_bitmap_libfunc, 1, VOIDmode, 3, | |
6a9c4aed MK |
3800 | XEXP (target, 0), Pmode, |
3801 | XEXP (temp, 0), Pmode, | |
921b3427 RK |
3802 | expr_size (exp), TYPE_MODE (sizetype)); |
3803 | else | |
3804 | emit_library_call (chkr_check_addr_libfunc, 1, VOIDmode, 3, | |
6a9c4aed | 3805 | XEXP (target, 0), Pmode, |
921b3427 | 3806 | expr_size (exp), TYPE_MODE (sizetype), |
956d6950 JL |
3807 | GEN_INT (MEMORY_USE_WO), |
3808 | TYPE_MODE (integer_type_node)); | |
921b3427 RK |
3809 | } |
3810 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
3811 | /* If value was not generated in the target, store it there. |
3812 | Convert the value to TARGET's type first if nec. */ | |
f3f2255a R |
3813 | /* If TEMP and TARGET compare equal according to rtx_equal_p, but |
3814 | one or both of them are volatile memory refs, we have to distinguish | |
3815 | two cases: | |
3816 | - expand_expr has used TARGET. In this case, we must not generate | |
3817 | another copy. This can be detected by TARGET being equal according | |
3818 | to == . | |
3819 | - expand_expr has not used TARGET - that means that the source just | |
3820 | happens to have the same RTX form. Since temp will have been created | |
3821 | by expand_expr, it will compare unequal according to == . | |
3822 | We must generate a copy in this case, to reach the correct number | |
3823 | of volatile memory references. */ | |
bbf6f052 | 3824 | |
6036acbb | 3825 | if ((! rtx_equal_p (temp, target) |
f3f2255a R |
3826 | || (temp != target && (side_effects_p (temp) |
3827 | || side_effects_p (target)))) | |
6036acbb | 3828 | && TREE_CODE (exp) != ERROR_MARK) |
bbf6f052 RK |
3829 | { |
3830 | target = protect_from_queue (target, 1); | |
3831 | if (GET_MODE (temp) != GET_MODE (target) | |
f0348c25 | 3832 | && GET_MODE (temp) != VOIDmode) |
bbf6f052 RK |
3833 | { |
3834 | int unsignedp = TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (exp)); | |
3835 | if (dont_return_target) | |
3836 | { | |
3837 | /* In this case, we will return TEMP, | |
3838 | so make sure it has the proper mode. | |
3839 | But don't forget to store the value into TARGET. */ | |
3840 | temp = convert_to_mode (GET_MODE (target), temp, unsignedp); | |
3841 | emit_move_insn (target, temp); | |
3842 | } | |
3843 | else | |
3844 | convert_move (target, temp, unsignedp); | |
3845 | } | |
3846 | ||
3847 | else if (GET_MODE (temp) == BLKmode && TREE_CODE (exp) == STRING_CST) | |
3848 | { | |
3849 | /* Handle copying a string constant into an array. | |
3850 | The string constant may be shorter than the array. | |
3851 | So copy just the string's actual length, and clear the rest. */ | |
3852 | rtx size; | |
22619c3f | 3853 | rtx addr; |
bbf6f052 | 3854 | |
e87b4f3f RS |
3855 | /* Get the size of the data type of the string, |
3856 | which is actually the size of the target. */ | |
3857 | size = expr_size (exp); | |
3858 | if (GET_CODE (size) == CONST_INT | |
3859 | && INTVAL (size) < TREE_STRING_LENGTH (exp)) | |
3860 | emit_block_move (target, temp, size, | |
3861 | TYPE_ALIGN (TREE_TYPE (exp)) / BITS_PER_UNIT); | |
3862 | else | |
bbf6f052 | 3863 | { |
e87b4f3f RS |
3864 | /* Compute the size of the data to copy from the string. */ |
3865 | tree copy_size | |
c03b7665 | 3866 | = size_binop (MIN_EXPR, |
b50d17a1 | 3867 | make_tree (sizetype, size), |
fed3cef0 | 3868 | size_int (TREE_STRING_LENGTH (exp))); |
906c4e36 RK |
3869 | rtx copy_size_rtx = expand_expr (copy_size, NULL_RTX, |
3870 | VOIDmode, 0); | |
e87b4f3f RS |
3871 | rtx label = 0; |
3872 | ||
3873 | /* Copy that much. */ | |
3874 | emit_block_move (target, temp, copy_size_rtx, | |
3875 | TYPE_ALIGN (TREE_TYPE (exp)) / BITS_PER_UNIT); | |
3876 | ||
88f63c77 RK |
3877 | /* Figure out how much is left in TARGET that we have to clear. |
3878 | Do all calculations in ptr_mode. */ | |
3879 | ||
3880 | addr = XEXP (target, 0); | |
3881 | addr = convert_modes (ptr_mode, Pmode, addr, 1); | |
3882 | ||
e87b4f3f RS |
3883 | if (GET_CODE (copy_size_rtx) == CONST_INT) |
3884 | { | |
88f63c77 | 3885 | addr = plus_constant (addr, TREE_STRING_LENGTH (exp)); |
22619c3f | 3886 | size = plus_constant (size, - TREE_STRING_LENGTH (exp)); |
e87b4f3f RS |
3887 | } |
3888 | else | |
3889 | { | |
88f63c77 RK |
3890 | addr = force_reg (ptr_mode, addr); |
3891 | addr = expand_binop (ptr_mode, add_optab, addr, | |
906c4e36 RK |
3892 | copy_size_rtx, NULL_RTX, 0, |
3893 | OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN); | |
e87b4f3f | 3894 | |
88f63c77 | 3895 | size = expand_binop (ptr_mode, sub_optab, size, |
906c4e36 RK |
3896 | copy_size_rtx, NULL_RTX, 0, |
3897 | OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN); | |
e87b4f3f | 3898 | |
e87b4f3f | 3899 | label = gen_label_rtx (); |
c5d5d461 JL |
3900 | emit_cmp_and_jump_insns (size, const0_rtx, LT, NULL_RTX, |
3901 | GET_MODE (size), 0, 0, label); | |
e87b4f3f RS |
3902 | } |
3903 | ||
3904 | if (size != const0_rtx) | |
3905 | { | |
921b3427 | 3906 | /* Be sure we can write on ADDR. */ |
7d384cc0 | 3907 | if (current_function_check_memory_usage) |
921b3427 | 3908 | emit_library_call (chkr_check_addr_libfunc, 1, VOIDmode, 3, |
6a9c4aed | 3909 | addr, Pmode, |
921b3427 | 3910 | size, TYPE_MODE (sizetype), |
956d6950 JL |
3911 | GEN_INT (MEMORY_USE_WO), |
3912 | TYPE_MODE (integer_type_node)); | |
bbf6f052 | 3913 | #ifdef TARGET_MEM_FUNCTIONS |
3b6f75e2 | 3914 | emit_library_call (memset_libfunc, 0, VOIDmode, 3, |
86242483 | 3915 | addr, ptr_mode, |
3b6f75e2 JW |
3916 | const0_rtx, TYPE_MODE (integer_type_node), |
3917 | convert_to_mode (TYPE_MODE (sizetype), | |
3918 | size, | |
3919 | TREE_UNSIGNED (sizetype)), | |
3920 | TYPE_MODE (sizetype)); | |
bbf6f052 | 3921 | #else |
d562e42e | 3922 | emit_library_call (bzero_libfunc, 0, VOIDmode, 2, |
86242483 | 3923 | addr, ptr_mode, |
3b6f75e2 JW |
3924 | convert_to_mode (TYPE_MODE (integer_type_node), |
3925 | size, | |
3926 | TREE_UNSIGNED (integer_type_node)), | |
3927 | TYPE_MODE (integer_type_node)); | |
bbf6f052 | 3928 | #endif |
e87b4f3f | 3929 | } |
22619c3f | 3930 | |
e87b4f3f RS |
3931 | if (label) |
3932 | emit_label (label); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
3933 | } |
3934 | } | |
fffa9c1d JW |
3935 | /* Handle calls that return values in multiple non-contiguous locations. |
3936 | The Irix 6 ABI has examples of this. */ | |
3937 | else if (GET_CODE (target) == PARALLEL) | |
aac5cc16 RH |
3938 | emit_group_load (target, temp, int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (exp)), |
3939 | TYPE_ALIGN (TREE_TYPE (exp)) / BITS_PER_UNIT); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
3940 | else if (GET_MODE (temp) == BLKmode) |
3941 | emit_block_move (target, temp, expr_size (exp), | |
3942 | TYPE_ALIGN (TREE_TYPE (exp)) / BITS_PER_UNIT); | |
3943 | else | |
3944 | emit_move_insn (target, temp); | |
3945 | } | |
709f5be1 | 3946 | |
766f36c7 RK |
3947 | /* If we don't want a value, return NULL_RTX. */ |
3948 | if (! want_value) | |
3949 | return NULL_RTX; | |
3950 | ||
3951 | /* If we are supposed to return TEMP, do so as long as it isn't a MEM. | |
3952 | ??? The latter test doesn't seem to make sense. */ | |
3953 | else if (dont_return_target && GET_CODE (temp) != MEM) | |
bbf6f052 | 3954 | return temp; |
766f36c7 RK |
3955 | |
3956 | /* Return TARGET itself if it is a hard register. */ | |
3957 | else if (want_value && GET_MODE (target) != BLKmode | |
3958 | && ! (GET_CODE (target) == REG | |
3959 | && REGNO (target) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)) | |
709f5be1 | 3960 | return copy_to_reg (target); |
766f36c7 RK |
3961 | |
3962 | else | |
709f5be1 | 3963 | return target; |
bbf6f052 RK |
3964 | } |
3965 | \f | |
9de08200 RK |
3966 | /* Return 1 if EXP just contains zeros. */ |
3967 | ||
3968 | static int | |
3969 | is_zeros_p (exp) | |
3970 | tree exp; | |
3971 | { | |
3972 | tree elt; | |
3973 | ||
3974 | switch (TREE_CODE (exp)) | |
3975 | { | |
3976 | case CONVERT_EXPR: | |
3977 | case NOP_EXPR: | |
3978 | case NON_LVALUE_EXPR: | |
3979 | return is_zeros_p (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)); | |
3980 | ||
3981 | case INTEGER_CST: | |
05bccae2 | 3982 | return integer_zerop (exp); |
9de08200 RK |
3983 | |
3984 | case COMPLEX_CST: | |
3985 | return | |
3986 | is_zeros_p (TREE_REALPART (exp)) && is_zeros_p (TREE_IMAGPART (exp)); | |
3987 | ||
3988 | case REAL_CST: | |
41c9120b | 3989 | return REAL_VALUES_IDENTICAL (TREE_REAL_CST (exp), dconst0); |
9de08200 RK |
3990 | |
3991 | case CONSTRUCTOR: | |
e1a43f73 PB |
3992 | if (TREE_TYPE (exp) && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)) == SET_TYPE) |
3993 | return CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (exp) == NULL_TREE; | |
9de08200 RK |
3994 | for (elt = CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (exp); elt; elt = TREE_CHAIN (elt)) |
3995 | if (! is_zeros_p (TREE_VALUE (elt))) | |
3996 | return 0; | |
3997 | ||
3998 | return 1; | |
e9a25f70 JL |
3999 | |
4000 | default: | |
4001 | return 0; | |
9de08200 | 4002 | } |
9de08200 RK |
4003 | } |
4004 | ||
4005 | /* Return 1 if EXP contains mostly (3/4) zeros. */ | |
4006 | ||
4007 | static int | |
4008 | mostly_zeros_p (exp) | |
4009 | tree exp; | |
4010 | { | |
9de08200 RK |
4011 | if (TREE_CODE (exp) == CONSTRUCTOR) |
4012 | { | |
e1a43f73 PB |
4013 | int elts = 0, zeros = 0; |
4014 | tree elt = CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (exp); | |
4015 | if (TREE_TYPE (exp) && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)) == SET_TYPE) | |
4016 | { | |
4017 | /* If there are no ranges of true bits, it is all zero. */ | |
4018 | return elt == NULL_TREE; | |
4019 | } | |
4020 | for (; elt; elt = TREE_CHAIN (elt)) | |
4021 | { | |
4022 | /* We do not handle the case where the index is a RANGE_EXPR, | |
4023 | so the statistic will be somewhat inaccurate. | |
4024 | We do make a more accurate count in store_constructor itself, | |
4025 | so since this function is only used for nested array elements, | |
0f41302f | 4026 | this should be close enough. */ |
e1a43f73 PB |
4027 | if (mostly_zeros_p (TREE_VALUE (elt))) |
4028 | zeros++; | |
4029 | elts++; | |
4030 | } | |
9de08200 RK |
4031 | |
4032 | return 4 * zeros >= 3 * elts; | |
4033 | } | |
4034 | ||
4035 | return is_zeros_p (exp); | |
4036 | } | |
4037 | \f | |
e1a43f73 PB |
4038 | /* Helper function for store_constructor. |
4039 | TARGET, BITSIZE, BITPOS, MODE, EXP are as for store_field. | |
4040 | TYPE is the type of the CONSTRUCTOR, not the element type. | |
c5c76735 | 4041 | ALIGN and CLEARED are as for store_constructor. |
23ccec44 JW |
4042 | |
4043 | This provides a recursive shortcut back to store_constructor when it isn't | |
4044 | necessary to go through store_field. This is so that we can pass through | |
4045 | the cleared field to let store_constructor know that we may not have to | |
4046 | clear a substructure if the outer structure has already been cleared. */ | |
e1a43f73 PB |
4047 | |
4048 | static void | |
4049 | store_constructor_field (target, bitsize, bitpos, | |
c5c76735 | 4050 | mode, exp, type, align, cleared) |
e1a43f73 PB |
4051 | rtx target; |
4052 | int bitsize, bitpos; | |
4053 | enum machine_mode mode; | |
4054 | tree exp, type; | |
729a2125 | 4055 | unsigned int align; |
e1a43f73 PB |
4056 | int cleared; |
4057 | { | |
4058 | if (TREE_CODE (exp) == CONSTRUCTOR | |
23ccec44 JW |
4059 | && bitpos % BITS_PER_UNIT == 0 |
4060 | /* If we have a non-zero bitpos for a register target, then we just | |
4061 | let store_field do the bitfield handling. This is unlikely to | |
4062 | generate unnecessary clear instructions anyways. */ | |
4063 | && (bitpos == 0 || GET_CODE (target) == MEM)) | |
e1a43f73 | 4064 | { |
126e5b0d | 4065 | if (bitpos != 0) |
ce64861e RK |
4066 | target |
4067 | = change_address (target, | |
4068 | GET_MODE (target) == BLKmode | |
4069 | || 0 != (bitpos | |
4070 | % GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (GET_MODE (target))) | |
4071 | ? BLKmode : VOIDmode, | |
4072 | plus_constant (XEXP (target, 0), | |
4073 | bitpos / BITS_PER_UNIT)); | |
b7010412 | 4074 | store_constructor (exp, target, align, cleared, bitsize / BITS_PER_UNIT); |
e1a43f73 PB |
4075 | } |
4076 | else | |
c5c76735 JL |
4077 | store_field (target, bitsize, bitpos, mode, exp, VOIDmode, 0, |
4078 | (align + BITS_PER_UNIT - 1) / BITS_PER_UNIT, | |
0db5adc6 | 4079 | int_size_in_bytes (type), 0); |
e1a43f73 PB |
4080 | } |
4081 | ||
bbf6f052 | 4082 | /* Store the value of constructor EXP into the rtx TARGET. |
e1a43f73 | 4083 | TARGET is either a REG or a MEM. |
c5c76735 | 4084 | ALIGN is the maximum known alignment for TARGET, in bits. |
b7010412 RK |
4085 | CLEARED is true if TARGET is known to have been zero'd. |
4086 | SIZE is the number of bytes of TARGET we are allowed to modify: this | |
4087 | may not be the same as the size of EXP if we are assigning to a field | |
4088 | which has been packed to exclude padding bits. */ | |
bbf6f052 RK |
4089 | |
4090 | static void | |
b7010412 | 4091 | store_constructor (exp, target, align, cleared, size) |
bbf6f052 RK |
4092 | tree exp; |
4093 | rtx target; | |
729a2125 | 4094 | unsigned int align; |
e1a43f73 | 4095 | int cleared; |
b7010412 | 4096 | int size; |
bbf6f052 | 4097 | { |
4af3895e | 4098 | tree type = TREE_TYPE (exp); |
a5efcd63 | 4099 | #ifdef WORD_REGISTER_OPERATIONS |
34c73909 | 4100 | rtx exp_size = expr_size (exp); |
a5efcd63 | 4101 | #endif |
4af3895e | 4102 | |
bbf6f052 RK |
4103 | /* We know our target cannot conflict, since safe_from_p has been called. */ |
4104 | #if 0 | |
4105 | /* Don't try copying piece by piece into a hard register | |
4106 | since that is vulnerable to being clobbered by EXP. | |
4107 | Instead, construct in a pseudo register and then copy it all. */ | |
4108 | if (GET_CODE (target) == REG && REGNO (target) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER) | |
4109 | { | |
4110 | rtx temp = gen_reg_rtx (GET_MODE (target)); | |
7205485e | 4111 | store_constructor (exp, temp, align, cleared, size); |
bbf6f052 RK |
4112 | emit_move_insn (target, temp); |
4113 | return; | |
4114 | } | |
4115 | #endif | |
4116 | ||
e44842fe RK |
4117 | if (TREE_CODE (type) == RECORD_TYPE || TREE_CODE (type) == UNION_TYPE |
4118 | || TREE_CODE (type) == QUAL_UNION_TYPE) | |
bbf6f052 RK |
4119 | { |
4120 | register tree elt; | |
4121 | ||
4af3895e | 4122 | /* Inform later passes that the whole union value is dead. */ |
dd1db5ec RK |
4123 | if ((TREE_CODE (type) == UNION_TYPE |
4124 | || TREE_CODE (type) == QUAL_UNION_TYPE) | |
4125 | && ! cleared) | |
a59f8640 R |
4126 | { |
4127 | emit_insn (gen_rtx_CLOBBER (VOIDmode, target)); | |
4128 | ||
4129 | /* If the constructor is empty, clear the union. */ | |
4130 | if (! CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (exp) && ! cleared) | |
4131 | clear_storage (target, expr_size (exp), | |
4132 | TYPE_ALIGN (type) / BITS_PER_UNIT); | |
4133 | } | |
4af3895e JVA |
4134 | |
4135 | /* If we are building a static constructor into a register, | |
4136 | set the initial value as zero so we can fold the value into | |
67225c15 RK |
4137 | a constant. But if more than one register is involved, |
4138 | this probably loses. */ | |
4139 | else if (GET_CODE (target) == REG && TREE_STATIC (exp) | |
4140 | && GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (target)) <= UNITS_PER_WORD) | |
9de08200 RK |
4141 | { |
4142 | if (! cleared) | |
e9a25f70 | 4143 | emit_move_insn (target, CONST0_RTX (GET_MODE (target))); |
4af3895e | 4144 | |
9de08200 RK |
4145 | cleared = 1; |
4146 | } | |
4147 | ||
4148 | /* If the constructor has fewer fields than the structure | |
4149 | or if we are initializing the structure to mostly zeros, | |
bbf6f052 | 4150 | clear the whole structure first. */ |
9376fcd6 RK |
4151 | else if (size > 0 |
4152 | && ((list_length (CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (exp)) | |
4153 | != list_length (TYPE_FIELDS (type))) | |
4154 | || mostly_zeros_p (exp))) | |
9de08200 RK |
4155 | { |
4156 | if (! cleared) | |
b7010412 | 4157 | clear_storage (target, GEN_INT (size), |
c5c76735 | 4158 | (align + BITS_PER_UNIT - 1) / BITS_PER_UNIT); |
9de08200 RK |
4159 | |
4160 | cleared = 1; | |
4161 | } | |
dd1db5ec | 4162 | else if (! cleared) |
bbf6f052 | 4163 | /* Inform later passes that the old value is dead. */ |
38a448ca | 4164 | emit_insn (gen_rtx_CLOBBER (VOIDmode, target)); |
bbf6f052 RK |
4165 | |
4166 | /* Store each element of the constructor into | |
4167 | the corresponding field of TARGET. */ | |
4168 | ||
4169 | for (elt = CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (exp); elt; elt = TREE_CHAIN (elt)) | |
4170 | { | |
4171 | register tree field = TREE_PURPOSE (elt); | |
c5c76735 | 4172 | #ifdef WORD_REGISTER_OPERATIONS |
34c73909 | 4173 | tree value = TREE_VALUE (elt); |
c5c76735 | 4174 | #endif |
bbf6f052 RK |
4175 | register enum machine_mode mode; |
4176 | int bitsize; | |
b50d17a1 | 4177 | int bitpos = 0; |
bbf6f052 | 4178 | int unsignedp; |
b50d17a1 RK |
4179 | tree pos, constant = 0, offset = 0; |
4180 | rtx to_rtx = target; | |
bbf6f052 | 4181 | |
f32fd778 RS |
4182 | /* Just ignore missing fields. |
4183 | We cleared the whole structure, above, | |
4184 | if any fields are missing. */ | |
4185 | if (field == 0) | |
4186 | continue; | |
4187 | ||
e1a43f73 PB |
4188 | if (cleared && is_zeros_p (TREE_VALUE (elt))) |
4189 | continue; | |
9de08200 | 4190 | |
14a774a9 RK |
4191 | if (TREE_CODE (DECL_SIZE (field)) == INTEGER_CST) |
4192 | bitsize = TREE_INT_CST_LOW (DECL_SIZE (field)); | |
4193 | else | |
4194 | bitsize = -1; | |
4195 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
4196 | unsignedp = TREE_UNSIGNED (field); |
4197 | mode = DECL_MODE (field); | |
4198 | if (DECL_BIT_FIELD (field)) | |
4199 | mode = VOIDmode; | |
4200 | ||
b50d17a1 RK |
4201 | pos = DECL_FIELD_BITPOS (field); |
4202 | if (TREE_CODE (pos) == INTEGER_CST) | |
4203 | constant = pos; | |
4204 | else if (TREE_CODE (pos) == PLUS_EXPR | |
4205 | && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (pos, 1)) == INTEGER_CST) | |
4206 | constant = TREE_OPERAND (pos, 1), offset = TREE_OPERAND (pos, 0); | |
4207 | else | |
4208 | offset = pos; | |
4209 | ||
4210 | if (constant) | |
cd11b87e | 4211 | bitpos = TREE_INT_CST_LOW (constant); |
b50d17a1 RK |
4212 | |
4213 | if (offset) | |
4214 | { | |
4215 | rtx offset_rtx; | |
4216 | ||
4217 | if (contains_placeholder_p (offset)) | |
fed3cef0 | 4218 | offset = build (WITH_RECORD_EXPR, bitsizetype, |
956d6950 | 4219 | offset, make_tree (TREE_TYPE (exp), target)); |
bbf6f052 | 4220 | |
9f887d05 | 4221 | offset = size_binop (EXACT_DIV_EXPR, offset, |
fed3cef0 RK |
4222 | bitsize_int (BITS_PER_UNIT)); |
4223 | offset = convert (sizetype, offset); | |
bbf6f052 | 4224 | |
b50d17a1 RK |
4225 | offset_rtx = expand_expr (offset, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); |
4226 | if (GET_CODE (to_rtx) != MEM) | |
4227 | abort (); | |
4228 | ||
bd070e1a RH |
4229 | if (GET_MODE (offset_rtx) != ptr_mode) |
4230 | { | |
4231 | #ifdef POINTERS_EXTEND_UNSIGNED | |
822a3443 | 4232 | offset_rtx = convert_memory_address (ptr_mode, offset_rtx); |
bd070e1a RH |
4233 | #else |
4234 | offset_rtx = convert_to_mode (ptr_mode, offset_rtx, 0); | |
4235 | #endif | |
4236 | } | |
4237 | ||
b50d17a1 RK |
4238 | to_rtx |
4239 | = change_address (to_rtx, VOIDmode, | |
38a448ca | 4240 | gen_rtx_PLUS (ptr_mode, XEXP (to_rtx, 0), |
c5c76735 JL |
4241 | force_reg (ptr_mode, |
4242 | offset_rtx))); | |
b50d17a1 | 4243 | } |
c5c76735 | 4244 | |
cf04eb80 RK |
4245 | if (TREE_READONLY (field)) |
4246 | { | |
9151b3bf | 4247 | if (GET_CODE (to_rtx) == MEM) |
effbcc6a RK |
4248 | to_rtx = copy_rtx (to_rtx); |
4249 | ||
cf04eb80 RK |
4250 | RTX_UNCHANGING_P (to_rtx) = 1; |
4251 | } | |
4252 | ||
34c73909 R |
4253 | #ifdef WORD_REGISTER_OPERATIONS |
4254 | /* If this initializes a field that is smaller than a word, at the | |
4255 | start of a word, try to widen it to a full word. | |
4256 | This special case allows us to output C++ member function | |
4257 | initializations in a form that the optimizers can understand. */ | |
4258 | if (constant | |
4259 | && GET_CODE (target) == REG | |
4260 | && bitsize < BITS_PER_WORD | |
4261 | && bitpos % BITS_PER_WORD == 0 | |
4262 | && GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT | |
4263 | && TREE_CODE (value) == INTEGER_CST | |
4264 | && GET_CODE (exp_size) == CONST_INT | |
4265 | && bitpos + BITS_PER_WORD <= INTVAL (exp_size) * BITS_PER_UNIT) | |
4266 | { | |
4267 | tree type = TREE_TYPE (value); | |
4268 | if (TYPE_PRECISION (type) < BITS_PER_WORD) | |
4269 | { | |
4270 | type = type_for_size (BITS_PER_WORD, TREE_UNSIGNED (type)); | |
4271 | value = convert (type, value); | |
4272 | } | |
4273 | if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN) | |
4274 | value | |
4275 | = fold (build (LSHIFT_EXPR, type, value, | |
4276 | build_int_2 (BITS_PER_WORD - bitsize, 0))); | |
4277 | bitsize = BITS_PER_WORD; | |
4278 | mode = word_mode; | |
4279 | } | |
4280 | #endif | |
c5c76735 JL |
4281 | store_constructor_field (to_rtx, bitsize, bitpos, mode, |
4282 | TREE_VALUE (elt), type, | |
4283 | MIN (align, | |
4284 | DECL_ALIGN (TREE_PURPOSE (elt))), | |
4285 | cleared); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
4286 | } |
4287 | } | |
4af3895e | 4288 | else if (TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE) |
bbf6f052 RK |
4289 | { |
4290 | register tree elt; | |
4291 | register int i; | |
e1a43f73 | 4292 | int need_to_clear; |
4af3895e | 4293 | tree domain = TYPE_DOMAIN (type); |
906c4e36 RK |
4294 | HOST_WIDE_INT minelt = TREE_INT_CST_LOW (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain)); |
4295 | HOST_WIDE_INT maxelt = TREE_INT_CST_LOW (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain)); | |
4af3895e | 4296 | tree elttype = TREE_TYPE (type); |
bbf6f052 | 4297 | |
e1a43f73 | 4298 | /* If the constructor has fewer elements than the array, |
38e01259 | 4299 | clear the whole array first. Similarly if this is |
e1a43f73 PB |
4300 | static constructor of a non-BLKmode object. */ |
4301 | if (cleared || (GET_CODE (target) == REG && TREE_STATIC (exp))) | |
4302 | need_to_clear = 1; | |
4303 | else | |
4304 | { | |
4305 | HOST_WIDE_INT count = 0, zero_count = 0; | |
4306 | need_to_clear = 0; | |
4307 | /* This loop is a more accurate version of the loop in | |
4308 | mostly_zeros_p (it handles RANGE_EXPR in an index). | |
4309 | It is also needed to check for missing elements. */ | |
4310 | for (elt = CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (exp); | |
4311 | elt != NULL_TREE; | |
df0faff1 | 4312 | elt = TREE_CHAIN (elt)) |
e1a43f73 PB |
4313 | { |
4314 | tree index = TREE_PURPOSE (elt); | |
4315 | HOST_WIDE_INT this_node_count; | |
4316 | if (index != NULL_TREE && TREE_CODE (index) == RANGE_EXPR) | |
4317 | { | |
4318 | tree lo_index = TREE_OPERAND (index, 0); | |
4319 | tree hi_index = TREE_OPERAND (index, 1); | |
05bccae2 | 4320 | |
e1a43f73 PB |
4321 | if (TREE_CODE (lo_index) != INTEGER_CST |
4322 | || TREE_CODE (hi_index) != INTEGER_CST) | |
4323 | { | |
4324 | need_to_clear = 1; | |
4325 | break; | |
4326 | } | |
05bccae2 RK |
4327 | this_node_count = (TREE_INT_CST_LOW (hi_index) |
4328 | - TREE_INT_CST_LOW (lo_index) + 1); | |
e1a43f73 PB |
4329 | } |
4330 | else | |
4331 | this_node_count = 1; | |
4332 | count += this_node_count; | |
4333 | if (mostly_zeros_p (TREE_VALUE (elt))) | |
4334 | zero_count += this_node_count; | |
4335 | } | |
8e958f70 | 4336 | /* Clear the entire array first if there are any missing elements, |
0f41302f | 4337 | or if the incidence of zero elements is >= 75%. */ |
8e958f70 PB |
4338 | if (count < maxelt - minelt + 1 |
4339 | || 4 * zero_count >= 3 * count) | |
e1a43f73 PB |
4340 | need_to_clear = 1; |
4341 | } | |
9376fcd6 | 4342 | if (need_to_clear && size > 0) |
9de08200 RK |
4343 | { |
4344 | if (! cleared) | |
b7010412 | 4345 | clear_storage (target, GEN_INT (size), |
c5c76735 | 4346 | (align + BITS_PER_UNIT - 1) / BITS_PER_UNIT); |
9de08200 RK |
4347 | cleared = 1; |
4348 | } | |
bbf6f052 RK |
4349 | else |
4350 | /* Inform later passes that the old value is dead. */ | |
38a448ca | 4351 | emit_insn (gen_rtx_CLOBBER (VOIDmode, target)); |
bbf6f052 RK |
4352 | |
4353 | /* Store each element of the constructor into | |
4354 | the corresponding element of TARGET, determined | |
4355 | by counting the elements. */ | |
4356 | for (elt = CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (exp), i = 0; | |
4357 | elt; | |
4358 | elt = TREE_CHAIN (elt), i++) | |
4359 | { | |
4360 | register enum machine_mode mode; | |
4361 | int bitsize; | |
4362 | int bitpos; | |
4363 | int unsignedp; | |
e1a43f73 | 4364 | tree value = TREE_VALUE (elt); |
729a2125 | 4365 | unsigned int align = TYPE_ALIGN (TREE_TYPE (value)); |
03dc44a6 RS |
4366 | tree index = TREE_PURPOSE (elt); |
4367 | rtx xtarget = target; | |
bbf6f052 | 4368 | |
e1a43f73 PB |
4369 | if (cleared && is_zeros_p (value)) |
4370 | continue; | |
9de08200 | 4371 | |
bbf6f052 | 4372 | unsignedp = TREE_UNSIGNED (elttype); |
14a774a9 RK |
4373 | mode = TYPE_MODE (elttype); |
4374 | if (mode == BLKmode) | |
4375 | { | |
4376 | if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_SIZE (elttype)) == INTEGER_CST | |
4377 | && TREE_INT_CST_HIGH (TYPE_SIZE (elttype)) == 0) | |
4378 | bitsize = TREE_INT_CST_LOW (TYPE_SIZE (elttype)); | |
4379 | else | |
4380 | bitsize = -1; | |
4381 | } | |
4382 | else | |
4383 | bitsize = GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode); | |
bbf6f052 | 4384 | |
e1a43f73 PB |
4385 | if (index != NULL_TREE && TREE_CODE (index) == RANGE_EXPR) |
4386 | { | |
4387 | tree lo_index = TREE_OPERAND (index, 0); | |
4388 | tree hi_index = TREE_OPERAND (index, 1); | |
4389 | rtx index_r, pos_rtx, addr, hi_r, loop_top, loop_end; | |
4390 | struct nesting *loop; | |
05c0b405 PB |
4391 | HOST_WIDE_INT lo, hi, count; |
4392 | tree position; | |
e1a43f73 | 4393 | |
0f41302f | 4394 | /* If the range is constant and "small", unroll the loop. */ |
e1a43f73 | 4395 | if (TREE_CODE (lo_index) == INTEGER_CST |
05c0b405 PB |
4396 | && TREE_CODE (hi_index) == INTEGER_CST |
4397 | && (lo = TREE_INT_CST_LOW (lo_index), | |
4398 | hi = TREE_INT_CST_LOW (hi_index), | |
4399 | count = hi - lo + 1, | |
4400 | (GET_CODE (target) != MEM | |
4401 | || count <= 2 | |
4402 | || (TREE_CODE (TYPE_SIZE (elttype)) == INTEGER_CST | |
4403 | && TREE_INT_CST_LOW (TYPE_SIZE (elttype)) * count | |
4404 | <= 40 * 8)))) | |
e1a43f73 | 4405 | { |
05c0b405 PB |
4406 | lo -= minelt; hi -= minelt; |
4407 | for (; lo <= hi; lo++) | |
e1a43f73 | 4408 | { |
05c0b405 | 4409 | bitpos = lo * TREE_INT_CST_LOW (TYPE_SIZE (elttype)); |
c5c76735 JL |
4410 | store_constructor_field (target, bitsize, bitpos, mode, |
4411 | value, type, align, cleared); | |
e1a43f73 PB |
4412 | } |
4413 | } | |
4414 | else | |
4415 | { | |
4416 | hi_r = expand_expr (hi_index, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); | |
4417 | loop_top = gen_label_rtx (); | |
4418 | loop_end = gen_label_rtx (); | |
4419 | ||
4420 | unsignedp = TREE_UNSIGNED (domain); | |
4421 | ||
4422 | index = build_decl (VAR_DECL, NULL_TREE, domain); | |
4423 | ||
4424 | DECL_RTL (index) = index_r | |
4425 | = gen_reg_rtx (promote_mode (domain, DECL_MODE (index), | |
4426 | &unsignedp, 0)); | |
4427 | ||
4428 | if (TREE_CODE (value) == SAVE_EXPR | |
4429 | && SAVE_EXPR_RTL (value) == 0) | |
4430 | { | |
0f41302f MS |
4431 | /* Make sure value gets expanded once before the |
4432 | loop. */ | |
e1a43f73 PB |
4433 | expand_expr (value, const0_rtx, VOIDmode, 0); |
4434 | emit_queue (); | |
4435 | } | |
4436 | store_expr (lo_index, index_r, 0); | |
4437 | loop = expand_start_loop (0); | |
4438 | ||
0f41302f | 4439 | /* Assign value to element index. */ |
fed3cef0 RK |
4440 | position |
4441 | = convert (ssizetype, | |
4442 | fold (build (MINUS_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (index), | |
4443 | index, TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain)))); | |
4444 | position = size_binop (MULT_EXPR, position, | |
4445 | convert (ssizetype, | |
4446 | TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (elttype))); | |
4447 | ||
e1a43f73 | 4448 | pos_rtx = expand_expr (position, 0, VOIDmode, 0); |
38a448ca | 4449 | addr = gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode, XEXP (target, 0), pos_rtx); |
e1a43f73 PB |
4450 | xtarget = change_address (target, mode, addr); |
4451 | if (TREE_CODE (value) == CONSTRUCTOR) | |
b7010412 RK |
4452 | store_constructor (value, xtarget, align, cleared, |
4453 | bitsize / BITS_PER_UNIT); | |
e1a43f73 PB |
4454 | else |
4455 | store_expr (value, xtarget, 0); | |
4456 | ||
4457 | expand_exit_loop_if_false (loop, | |
4458 | build (LT_EXPR, integer_type_node, | |
4459 | index, hi_index)); | |
4460 | ||
4461 | expand_increment (build (PREINCREMENT_EXPR, | |
4462 | TREE_TYPE (index), | |
7b8b9722 | 4463 | index, integer_one_node), 0, 0); |
e1a43f73 PB |
4464 | expand_end_loop (); |
4465 | emit_label (loop_end); | |
e1a43f73 PB |
4466 | } |
4467 | } | |
4468 | else if ((index != 0 && TREE_CODE (index) != INTEGER_CST) | |
5b6c44ff | 4469 | || TREE_CODE (TYPE_SIZE (elttype)) != INTEGER_CST) |
03dc44a6 | 4470 | { |
e1a43f73 | 4471 | rtx pos_rtx, addr; |
03dc44a6 RS |
4472 | tree position; |
4473 | ||
5b6c44ff | 4474 | if (index == 0) |
fed3cef0 | 4475 | index = ssize_int (1); |
5b6c44ff | 4476 | |
e1a43f73 | 4477 | if (minelt) |
fed3cef0 RK |
4478 | index = convert (ssizetype, |
4479 | fold (build (MINUS_EXPR, index, | |
4480 | TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain)))); | |
4481 | position = size_binop (MULT_EXPR, index, | |
4482 | convert (ssizetype, | |
4483 | TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (elttype))); | |
03dc44a6 | 4484 | pos_rtx = expand_expr (position, 0, VOIDmode, 0); |
38a448ca | 4485 | addr = gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode, XEXP (target, 0), pos_rtx); |
03dc44a6 | 4486 | xtarget = change_address (target, mode, addr); |
e1a43f73 | 4487 | store_expr (value, xtarget, 0); |
03dc44a6 RS |
4488 | } |
4489 | else | |
4490 | { | |
4491 | if (index != 0) | |
7c314719 | 4492 | bitpos = ((TREE_INT_CST_LOW (index) - minelt) |
03dc44a6 RS |
4493 | * TREE_INT_CST_LOW (TYPE_SIZE (elttype))); |
4494 | else | |
4495 | bitpos = (i * TREE_INT_CST_LOW (TYPE_SIZE (elttype))); | |
c5c76735 JL |
4496 | store_constructor_field (target, bitsize, bitpos, mode, value, |
4497 | type, align, cleared); | |
03dc44a6 | 4498 | } |
bbf6f052 RK |
4499 | } |
4500 | } | |
071a6595 PB |
4501 | /* set constructor assignments */ |
4502 | else if (TREE_CODE (type) == SET_TYPE) | |
4503 | { | |
e1a43f73 | 4504 | tree elt = CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (exp); |
e1a43f73 | 4505 | int nbytes = int_size_in_bytes (type), nbits; |
071a6595 PB |
4506 | tree domain = TYPE_DOMAIN (type); |
4507 | tree domain_min, domain_max, bitlength; | |
4508 | ||
9faa82d8 | 4509 | /* The default implementation strategy is to extract the constant |
071a6595 PB |
4510 | parts of the constructor, use that to initialize the target, |
4511 | and then "or" in whatever non-constant ranges we need in addition. | |
4512 | ||
4513 | If a large set is all zero or all ones, it is | |
4514 | probably better to set it using memset (if available) or bzero. | |
4515 | Also, if a large set has just a single range, it may also be | |
4516 | better to first clear all the first clear the set (using | |
0f41302f | 4517 | bzero/memset), and set the bits we want. */ |
071a6595 | 4518 | |
0f41302f | 4519 | /* Check for all zeros. */ |
9376fcd6 | 4520 | if (elt == NULL_TREE && size > 0) |
071a6595 | 4521 | { |
e1a43f73 | 4522 | if (!cleared) |
b7010412 | 4523 | clear_storage (target, GEN_INT (size), |
e1a43f73 | 4524 | TYPE_ALIGN (type) / BITS_PER_UNIT); |
071a6595 PB |
4525 | return; |
4526 | } | |
4527 | ||
071a6595 PB |
4528 | domain_min = convert (sizetype, TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain)); |
4529 | domain_max = convert (sizetype, TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain)); | |
4530 | bitlength = size_binop (PLUS_EXPR, | |
fed3cef0 RK |
4531 | size_diffop (domain_max, domain_min), |
4532 | ssize_int (1)); | |
071a6595 | 4533 | |
e1a43f73 PB |
4534 | if (nbytes < 0 || TREE_CODE (bitlength) != INTEGER_CST) |
4535 | abort (); | |
4536 | nbits = TREE_INT_CST_LOW (bitlength); | |
4537 | ||
4538 | /* For "small" sets, or "medium-sized" (up to 32 bytes) sets that | |
4539 | are "complicated" (more than one range), initialize (the | |
4540 | constant parts) by copying from a constant. */ | |
4541 | if (GET_MODE (target) != BLKmode || nbits <= 2 * BITS_PER_WORD | |
4542 | || (nbytes <= 32 && TREE_CHAIN (elt) != NULL_TREE)) | |
071a6595 | 4543 | { |
b4ee5a72 PB |
4544 | int set_word_size = TYPE_ALIGN (TREE_TYPE (exp)); |
4545 | enum machine_mode mode = mode_for_size (set_word_size, MODE_INT, 1); | |
0f41302f | 4546 | char *bit_buffer = (char *) alloca (nbits); |
b4ee5a72 PB |
4547 | HOST_WIDE_INT word = 0; |
4548 | int bit_pos = 0; | |
4549 | int ibit = 0; | |
0f41302f | 4550 | int offset = 0; /* In bytes from beginning of set. */ |
e1a43f73 | 4551 | elt = get_set_constructor_bits (exp, bit_buffer, nbits); |
b4ee5a72 | 4552 | for (;;) |
071a6595 | 4553 | { |
b4ee5a72 PB |
4554 | if (bit_buffer[ibit]) |
4555 | { | |
b09f3348 | 4556 | if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN) |
b4ee5a72 PB |
4557 | word |= (1 << (set_word_size - 1 - bit_pos)); |
4558 | else | |
4559 | word |= 1 << bit_pos; | |
4560 | } | |
4561 | bit_pos++; ibit++; | |
4562 | if (bit_pos >= set_word_size || ibit == nbits) | |
071a6595 | 4563 | { |
e1a43f73 PB |
4564 | if (word != 0 || ! cleared) |
4565 | { | |
4566 | rtx datum = GEN_INT (word); | |
4567 | rtx to_rtx; | |
0f41302f MS |
4568 | /* The assumption here is that it is safe to use |
4569 | XEXP if the set is multi-word, but not if | |
4570 | it's single-word. */ | |
e1a43f73 PB |
4571 | if (GET_CODE (target) == MEM) |
4572 | { | |
4573 | to_rtx = plus_constant (XEXP (target, 0), offset); | |
4574 | to_rtx = change_address (target, mode, to_rtx); | |
4575 | } | |
4576 | else if (offset == 0) | |
4577 | to_rtx = target; | |
4578 | else | |
4579 | abort (); | |
4580 | emit_move_insn (to_rtx, datum); | |
4581 | } | |
b4ee5a72 PB |
4582 | if (ibit == nbits) |
4583 | break; | |
4584 | word = 0; | |
4585 | bit_pos = 0; | |
4586 | offset += set_word_size / BITS_PER_UNIT; | |
071a6595 PB |
4587 | } |
4588 | } | |
071a6595 | 4589 | } |
e1a43f73 PB |
4590 | else if (!cleared) |
4591 | { | |
0f41302f | 4592 | /* Don't bother clearing storage if the set is all ones. */ |
e1a43f73 PB |
4593 | if (TREE_CHAIN (elt) != NULL_TREE |
4594 | || (TREE_PURPOSE (elt) == NULL_TREE | |
4595 | ? nbits != 1 | |
4596 | : (TREE_CODE (TREE_VALUE (elt)) != INTEGER_CST | |
4597 | || TREE_CODE (TREE_PURPOSE (elt)) != INTEGER_CST | |
05bccae2 RK |
4598 | || ((HOST_WIDE_INT) TREE_INT_CST_LOW (TREE_VALUE (elt)) |
4599 | - (HOST_WIDE_INT) TREE_INT_CST_LOW (TREE_PURPOSE (elt)) + 1 | |
e1a43f73 PB |
4600 | != nbits)))) |
4601 | clear_storage (target, expr_size (exp), | |
4602 | TYPE_ALIGN (type) / BITS_PER_UNIT); | |
4603 | } | |
4604 | ||
4605 | for (; elt != NULL_TREE; elt = TREE_CHAIN (elt)) | |
071a6595 PB |
4606 | { |
4607 | /* start of range of element or NULL */ | |
4608 | tree startbit = TREE_PURPOSE (elt); | |
4609 | /* end of range of element, or element value */ | |
4610 | tree endbit = TREE_VALUE (elt); | |
381127e8 | 4611 | #ifdef TARGET_MEM_FUNCTIONS |
071a6595 | 4612 | HOST_WIDE_INT startb, endb; |
381127e8 | 4613 | #endif |
071a6595 PB |
4614 | rtx bitlength_rtx, startbit_rtx, endbit_rtx, targetx; |
4615 | ||
4616 | bitlength_rtx = expand_expr (bitlength, | |
4617 | NULL_RTX, MEM, EXPAND_CONST_ADDRESS); | |
4618 | ||
4619 | /* handle non-range tuple element like [ expr ] */ | |
4620 | if (startbit == NULL_TREE) | |
4621 | { | |
4622 | startbit = save_expr (endbit); | |
4623 | endbit = startbit; | |
4624 | } | |
4625 | startbit = convert (sizetype, startbit); | |
4626 | endbit = convert (sizetype, endbit); | |
4627 | if (! integer_zerop (domain_min)) | |
4628 | { | |
4629 | startbit = size_binop (MINUS_EXPR, startbit, domain_min); | |
4630 | endbit = size_binop (MINUS_EXPR, endbit, domain_min); | |
4631 | } | |
4632 | startbit_rtx = expand_expr (startbit, NULL_RTX, MEM, | |
4633 | EXPAND_CONST_ADDRESS); | |
4634 | endbit_rtx = expand_expr (endbit, NULL_RTX, MEM, | |
4635 | EXPAND_CONST_ADDRESS); | |
4636 | ||
4637 | if (REG_P (target)) | |
4638 | { | |
4639 | targetx = assign_stack_temp (GET_MODE (target), | |
4640 | GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (target)), | |
4641 | 0); | |
4642 | emit_move_insn (targetx, target); | |
4643 | } | |
4644 | else if (GET_CODE (target) == MEM) | |
4645 | targetx = target; | |
4646 | else | |
4647 | abort (); | |
4648 | ||
4649 | #ifdef TARGET_MEM_FUNCTIONS | |
4650 | /* Optimization: If startbit and endbit are | |
9faa82d8 | 4651 | constants divisible by BITS_PER_UNIT, |
0f41302f | 4652 | call memset instead. */ |
071a6595 PB |
4653 | if (TREE_CODE (startbit) == INTEGER_CST |
4654 | && TREE_CODE (endbit) == INTEGER_CST | |
4655 | && (startb = TREE_INT_CST_LOW (startbit)) % BITS_PER_UNIT == 0 | |
e1a43f73 | 4656 | && (endb = TREE_INT_CST_LOW (endbit) + 1) % BITS_PER_UNIT == 0) |
071a6595 | 4657 | { |
071a6595 PB |
4658 | emit_library_call (memset_libfunc, 0, |
4659 | VOIDmode, 3, | |
e1a43f73 PB |
4660 | plus_constant (XEXP (targetx, 0), |
4661 | startb / BITS_PER_UNIT), | |
071a6595 | 4662 | Pmode, |
3b6f75e2 | 4663 | constm1_rtx, TYPE_MODE (integer_type_node), |
071a6595 | 4664 | GEN_INT ((endb - startb) / BITS_PER_UNIT), |
3b6f75e2 | 4665 | TYPE_MODE (sizetype)); |
071a6595 PB |
4666 | } |
4667 | else | |
4668 | #endif | |
4669 | { | |
38a448ca | 4670 | emit_library_call (gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, "__setbits"), |
071a6595 PB |
4671 | 0, VOIDmode, 4, XEXP (targetx, 0), Pmode, |
4672 | bitlength_rtx, TYPE_MODE (sizetype), | |
4673 | startbit_rtx, TYPE_MODE (sizetype), | |
4674 | endbit_rtx, TYPE_MODE (sizetype)); | |
4675 | } | |
4676 | if (REG_P (target)) | |
4677 | emit_move_insn (target, targetx); | |
4678 | } | |
4679 | } | |
bbf6f052 RK |
4680 | |
4681 | else | |
4682 | abort (); | |
4683 | } | |
4684 | ||
4685 | /* Store the value of EXP (an expression tree) | |
4686 | into a subfield of TARGET which has mode MODE and occupies | |
4687 | BITSIZE bits, starting BITPOS bits from the start of TARGET. | |
4688 | If MODE is VOIDmode, it means that we are storing into a bit-field. | |
4689 | ||
4690 | If VALUE_MODE is VOIDmode, return nothing in particular. | |
4691 | UNSIGNEDP is not used in this case. | |
4692 | ||
4693 | Otherwise, return an rtx for the value stored. This rtx | |
4694 | has mode VALUE_MODE if that is convenient to do. | |
4695 | In this case, UNSIGNEDP must be nonzero if the value is an unsigned type. | |
4696 | ||
4697 | ALIGN is the alignment that TARGET is known to have, measured in bytes. | |
ece32014 MM |
4698 | TOTAL_SIZE is the size in bytes of the structure, or -1 if varying. |
4699 | ||
4700 | ALIAS_SET is the alias set for the destination. This value will | |
4701 | (in general) be different from that for TARGET, since TARGET is a | |
4702 | reference to the containing structure. */ | |
bbf6f052 RK |
4703 | |
4704 | static rtx | |
4705 | store_field (target, bitsize, bitpos, mode, exp, value_mode, | |
ece32014 | 4706 | unsignedp, align, total_size, alias_set) |
bbf6f052 RK |
4707 | rtx target; |
4708 | int bitsize, bitpos; | |
4709 | enum machine_mode mode; | |
4710 | tree exp; | |
4711 | enum machine_mode value_mode; | |
4712 | int unsignedp; | |
729a2125 | 4713 | unsigned int align; |
bbf6f052 | 4714 | int total_size; |
ece32014 | 4715 | int alias_set; |
bbf6f052 | 4716 | { |
906c4e36 | 4717 | HOST_WIDE_INT width_mask = 0; |
bbf6f052 | 4718 | |
e9a25f70 JL |
4719 | if (TREE_CODE (exp) == ERROR_MARK) |
4720 | return const0_rtx; | |
4721 | ||
906c4e36 RK |
4722 | if (bitsize < HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT) |
4723 | width_mask = ((HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 << bitsize) - 1; | |
bbf6f052 RK |
4724 | |
4725 | /* If we are storing into an unaligned field of an aligned union that is | |
4726 | in a register, we may have the mode of TARGET being an integer mode but | |
4727 | MODE == BLKmode. In that case, get an aligned object whose size and | |
4728 | alignment are the same as TARGET and store TARGET into it (we can avoid | |
4729 | the store if the field being stored is the entire width of TARGET). Then | |
4730 | call ourselves recursively to store the field into a BLKmode version of | |
4731 | that object. Finally, load from the object into TARGET. This is not | |
4732 | very efficient in general, but should only be slightly more expensive | |
4733 | than the otherwise-required unaligned accesses. Perhaps this can be | |
4734 | cleaned up later. */ | |
4735 | ||
4736 | if (mode == BLKmode | |
4737 | && (GET_CODE (target) == REG || GET_CODE (target) == SUBREG)) | |
4738 | { | |
4739 | rtx object = assign_stack_temp (GET_MODE (target), | |
4740 | GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (target)), 0); | |
4741 | rtx blk_object = copy_rtx (object); | |
4742 | ||
c6df88cb MM |
4743 | MEM_SET_IN_STRUCT_P (object, 1); |
4744 | MEM_SET_IN_STRUCT_P (blk_object, 1); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
4745 | PUT_MODE (blk_object, BLKmode); |
4746 | ||
4747 | if (bitsize != GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (target))) | |
4748 | emit_move_insn (object, target); | |
4749 | ||
4750 | store_field (blk_object, bitsize, bitpos, mode, exp, VOIDmode, 0, | |
ece32014 | 4751 | align, total_size, alias_set); |
bbf6f052 | 4752 | |
46093b97 RS |
4753 | /* Even though we aren't returning target, we need to |
4754 | give it the updated value. */ | |
bbf6f052 RK |
4755 | emit_move_insn (target, object); |
4756 | ||
46093b97 | 4757 | return blk_object; |
bbf6f052 RK |
4758 | } |
4759 | ||
4760 | /* If the structure is in a register or if the component | |
4761 | is a bit field, we cannot use addressing to access it. | |
4762 | Use bit-field techniques or SUBREG to store in it. */ | |
4763 | ||
4fa52007 | 4764 | if (mode == VOIDmode |
6ab06cbb JW |
4765 | || (mode != BLKmode && ! direct_store[(int) mode] |
4766 | && GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) != MODE_COMPLEX_INT | |
4767 | && GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) != MODE_COMPLEX_FLOAT) | |
4fa52007 | 4768 | || GET_CODE (target) == REG |
c980ac49 | 4769 | || GET_CODE (target) == SUBREG |
ccc98036 RS |
4770 | /* If the field isn't aligned enough to store as an ordinary memref, |
4771 | store it as a bit field. */ | |
e1565e65 | 4772 | || (mode != BLKmode && SLOW_UNALIGNED_ACCESS (mode, align) |
14a774a9 RK |
4773 | && (align * BITS_PER_UNIT < GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (mode) |
4774 | || bitpos % GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (mode))) | |
e1565e65 | 4775 | || (mode == BLKmode && SLOW_UNALIGNED_ACCESS (mode, align) |
14a774a9 RK |
4776 | && (TYPE_ALIGN (TREE_TYPE (exp)) > align * BITS_PER_UNIT |
4777 | || bitpos % TYPE_ALIGN (TREE_TYPE (exp)) != 0)) | |
4778 | /* If the RHS and field are a constant size and the size of the | |
4779 | RHS isn't the same size as the bitfield, we must use bitfield | |
4780 | operations. */ | |
05bccae2 RK |
4781 | || (bitsize >= 0 |
4782 | && TREE_CODE (TYPE_SIZE (TREE_TYPE (exp))) == INTEGER_CST | |
4783 | && compare_tree_int (TYPE_SIZE (TREE_TYPE (exp)), bitsize) != 0)) | |
bbf6f052 | 4784 | { |
906c4e36 | 4785 | rtx temp = expand_expr (exp, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); |
bbd6cf73 | 4786 | |
ef19912d RK |
4787 | /* If BITSIZE is narrower than the size of the type of EXP |
4788 | we will be narrowing TEMP. Normally, what's wanted are the | |
4789 | low-order bits. However, if EXP's type is a record and this is | |
4790 | big-endian machine, we want the upper BITSIZE bits. */ | |
4791 | if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN && GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (temp)) == MODE_INT | |
4792 | && bitsize < GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (temp)) | |
4793 | && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)) == RECORD_TYPE) | |
4794 | temp = expand_shift (RSHIFT_EXPR, GET_MODE (temp), temp, | |
4795 | size_int (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (temp)) | |
4796 | - bitsize), | |
4797 | temp, 1); | |
4798 | ||
bbd6cf73 RK |
4799 | /* Unless MODE is VOIDmode or BLKmode, convert TEMP to |
4800 | MODE. */ | |
4801 | if (mode != VOIDmode && mode != BLKmode | |
4802 | && mode != TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp))) | |
4803 | temp = convert_modes (mode, TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)), temp, 1); | |
4804 | ||
a281e72d RK |
4805 | /* If the modes of TARGET and TEMP are both BLKmode, both |
4806 | must be in memory and BITPOS must be aligned on a byte | |
4807 | boundary. If so, we simply do a block copy. */ | |
4808 | if (GET_MODE (target) == BLKmode && GET_MODE (temp) == BLKmode) | |
4809 | { | |
729a2125 RK |
4810 | unsigned int exp_align = expr_align (exp) / BITS_PER_UNIT; |
4811 | ||
a281e72d RK |
4812 | if (GET_CODE (target) != MEM || GET_CODE (temp) != MEM |
4813 | || bitpos % BITS_PER_UNIT != 0) | |
4814 | abort (); | |
4815 | ||
0086427c RK |
4816 | target = change_address (target, VOIDmode, |
4817 | plus_constant (XEXP (target, 0), | |
a281e72d RK |
4818 | bitpos / BITS_PER_UNIT)); |
4819 | ||
729a2125 RK |
4820 | /* Make sure that ALIGN is no stricter than the alignment of EXP. */ |
4821 | align = MIN (exp_align, align); | |
c297a34e | 4822 | |
14a774a9 RK |
4823 | /* Find an alignment that is consistent with the bit position. */ |
4824 | while ((bitpos % (align * BITS_PER_UNIT)) != 0) | |
4825 | align >>= 1; | |
4826 | ||
a281e72d RK |
4827 | emit_block_move (target, temp, |
4828 | GEN_INT ((bitsize + BITS_PER_UNIT - 1) | |
4829 | / BITS_PER_UNIT), | |
14a774a9 | 4830 | align); |
a281e72d RK |
4831 | |
4832 | return value_mode == VOIDmode ? const0_rtx : target; | |
4833 | } | |
4834 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
4835 | /* Store the value in the bitfield. */ |
4836 | store_bit_field (target, bitsize, bitpos, mode, temp, align, total_size); | |
4837 | if (value_mode != VOIDmode) | |
4838 | { | |
4839 | /* The caller wants an rtx for the value. */ | |
4840 | /* If possible, avoid refetching from the bitfield itself. */ | |
4841 | if (width_mask != 0 | |
4842 | && ! (GET_CODE (target) == MEM && MEM_VOLATILE_P (target))) | |
5c4d7cfb | 4843 | { |
9074de27 | 4844 | tree count; |
5c4d7cfb | 4845 | enum machine_mode tmode; |
86a2c12a | 4846 | |
5c4d7cfb RS |
4847 | if (unsignedp) |
4848 | return expand_and (temp, GEN_INT (width_mask), NULL_RTX); | |
4849 | tmode = GET_MODE (temp); | |
86a2c12a RS |
4850 | if (tmode == VOIDmode) |
4851 | tmode = value_mode; | |
5c4d7cfb RS |
4852 | count = build_int_2 (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (tmode) - bitsize, 0); |
4853 | temp = expand_shift (LSHIFT_EXPR, tmode, temp, count, 0, 0); | |
4854 | return expand_shift (RSHIFT_EXPR, tmode, temp, count, 0, 0); | |
4855 | } | |
bbf6f052 | 4856 | return extract_bit_field (target, bitsize, bitpos, unsignedp, |
906c4e36 RK |
4857 | NULL_RTX, value_mode, 0, align, |
4858 | total_size); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
4859 | } |
4860 | return const0_rtx; | |
4861 | } | |
4862 | else | |
4863 | { | |
4864 | rtx addr = XEXP (target, 0); | |
4865 | rtx to_rtx; | |
4866 | ||
4867 | /* If a value is wanted, it must be the lhs; | |
4868 | so make the address stable for multiple use. */ | |
4869 | ||
4870 | if (value_mode != VOIDmode && GET_CODE (addr) != REG | |
4871 | && ! CONSTANT_ADDRESS_P (addr) | |
4872 | /* A frame-pointer reference is already stable. */ | |
4873 | && ! (GET_CODE (addr) == PLUS | |
4874 | && GET_CODE (XEXP (addr, 1)) == CONST_INT | |
4875 | && (XEXP (addr, 0) == virtual_incoming_args_rtx | |
4876 | || XEXP (addr, 0) == virtual_stack_vars_rtx))) | |
4877 | addr = copy_to_reg (addr); | |
4878 | ||
4879 | /* Now build a reference to just the desired component. */ | |
4880 | ||
effbcc6a RK |
4881 | to_rtx = copy_rtx (change_address (target, mode, |
4882 | plus_constant (addr, | |
4883 | (bitpos | |
4884 | / BITS_PER_UNIT)))); | |
c6df88cb | 4885 | MEM_SET_IN_STRUCT_P (to_rtx, 1); |
ece32014 | 4886 | MEM_ALIAS_SET (to_rtx) = alias_set; |
bbf6f052 RK |
4887 | |
4888 | return store_expr (exp, to_rtx, value_mode != VOIDmode); | |
4889 | } | |
4890 | } | |
4891 | \f | |
4892 | /* Given an expression EXP that may be a COMPONENT_REF, a BIT_FIELD_REF, | |
4893 | or an ARRAY_REF, look for nested COMPONENT_REFs, BIT_FIELD_REFs, or | |
742920c7 | 4894 | ARRAY_REFs and find the ultimate containing object, which we return. |
bbf6f052 RK |
4895 | |
4896 | We set *PBITSIZE to the size in bits that we want, *PBITPOS to the | |
4897 | bit position, and *PUNSIGNEDP to the signedness of the field. | |
7bb0943f RS |
4898 | If the position of the field is variable, we store a tree |
4899 | giving the variable offset (in units) in *POFFSET. | |
4900 | This offset is in addition to the bit position. | |
4901 | If the position is not variable, we store 0 in *POFFSET. | |
839c4796 RK |
4902 | We set *PALIGNMENT to the alignment in bytes of the address that will be |
4903 | computed. This is the alignment of the thing we return if *POFFSET | |
4904 | is zero, but can be more less strictly aligned if *POFFSET is nonzero. | |
bbf6f052 RK |
4905 | |
4906 | If any of the extraction expressions is volatile, | |
4907 | we store 1 in *PVOLATILEP. Otherwise we don't change that. | |
4908 | ||
4909 | If the field is a bit-field, *PMODE is set to VOIDmode. Otherwise, it | |
4910 | is a mode that can be used to access the field. In that case, *PBITSIZE | |
e7c33f54 RK |
4911 | is redundant. |
4912 | ||
4913 | If the field describes a variable-sized object, *PMODE is set to | |
4914 | VOIDmode and *PBITSIZE is set to -1. An access cannot be made in | |
839c4796 | 4915 | this case, but the address of the object can be found. */ |
bbf6f052 RK |
4916 | |
4917 | tree | |
4969d05d | 4918 | get_inner_reference (exp, pbitsize, pbitpos, poffset, pmode, |
839c4796 | 4919 | punsignedp, pvolatilep, palignment) |
bbf6f052 RK |
4920 | tree exp; |
4921 | int *pbitsize; | |
4922 | int *pbitpos; | |
7bb0943f | 4923 | tree *poffset; |
bbf6f052 RK |
4924 | enum machine_mode *pmode; |
4925 | int *punsignedp; | |
4926 | int *pvolatilep; | |
729a2125 | 4927 | unsigned int *palignment; |
bbf6f052 | 4928 | { |
b50d17a1 | 4929 | tree orig_exp = exp; |
bbf6f052 RK |
4930 | tree size_tree = 0; |
4931 | enum machine_mode mode = VOIDmode; | |
fed3cef0 | 4932 | tree offset = size_zero_node; |
c84e2712 | 4933 | unsigned int alignment = BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT; |
bbf6f052 RK |
4934 | |
4935 | if (TREE_CODE (exp) == COMPONENT_REF) | |
4936 | { | |
4937 | size_tree = DECL_SIZE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)); | |
4938 | if (! DECL_BIT_FIELD (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1))) | |
4939 | mode = DECL_MODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)); | |
4940 | *punsignedp = TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)); | |
4941 | } | |
4942 | else if (TREE_CODE (exp) == BIT_FIELD_REF) | |
4943 | { | |
4944 | size_tree = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1); | |
4945 | *punsignedp = TREE_UNSIGNED (exp); | |
4946 | } | |
4947 | else | |
4948 | { | |
4949 | mode = TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)); | |
ab87f8c8 JL |
4950 | if (mode == BLKmode) |
4951 | size_tree = TYPE_SIZE (TREE_TYPE (exp)); | |
4952 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
4953 | *pbitsize = GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode); |
4954 | *punsignedp = TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (exp)); | |
4955 | } | |
4956 | ||
4957 | if (size_tree) | |
4958 | { | |
4959 | if (TREE_CODE (size_tree) != INTEGER_CST) | |
e7c33f54 RK |
4960 | mode = BLKmode, *pbitsize = -1; |
4961 | else | |
4962 | *pbitsize = TREE_INT_CST_LOW (size_tree); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
4963 | } |
4964 | ||
4965 | /* Compute cumulative bit-offset for nested component-refs and array-refs, | |
4966 | and find the ultimate containing object. */ | |
4967 | ||
4968 | *pbitpos = 0; | |
4969 | ||
4970 | while (1) | |
4971 | { | |
7bb0943f | 4972 | if (TREE_CODE (exp) == COMPONENT_REF || TREE_CODE (exp) == BIT_FIELD_REF) |
bbf6f052 | 4973 | { |
7bb0943f RS |
4974 | tree pos = (TREE_CODE (exp) == COMPONENT_REF |
4975 | ? DECL_FIELD_BITPOS (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) | |
4976 | : TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2)); | |
fed3cef0 | 4977 | tree constant = bitsize_int (0), var = pos; |
bbf6f052 | 4978 | |
e7f3c83f RK |
4979 | /* If this field hasn't been filled in yet, don't go |
4980 | past it. This should only happen when folding expressions | |
4981 | made during type construction. */ | |
4982 | if (pos == 0) | |
4983 | break; | |
4984 | ||
e6d8c385 RK |
4985 | /* Assume here that the offset is a multiple of a unit. |
4986 | If not, there should be an explicitly added constant. */ | |
4987 | if (TREE_CODE (pos) == PLUS_EXPR | |
4988 | && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (pos, 1)) == INTEGER_CST) | |
4989 | constant = TREE_OPERAND (pos, 1), var = TREE_OPERAND (pos, 0); | |
7bb0943f | 4990 | else if (TREE_CODE (pos) == INTEGER_CST) |
fed3cef0 | 4991 | constant = pos, var = bitsize_int (0); |
e6d8c385 RK |
4992 | |
4993 | *pbitpos += TREE_INT_CST_LOW (constant); | |
fed3cef0 RK |
4994 | offset |
4995 | = size_binop (PLUS_EXPR, offset, | |
4996 | convert (sizetype, | |
4997 | size_binop (EXACT_DIV_EXPR, var, | |
4998 | bitsize_int (BITS_PER_UNIT)))); | |
bbf6f052 | 4999 | } |
bbf6f052 | 5000 | |
742920c7 | 5001 | else if (TREE_CODE (exp) == ARRAY_REF) |
bbf6f052 | 5002 | { |
742920c7 RK |
5003 | /* This code is based on the code in case ARRAY_REF in expand_expr |
5004 | below. We assume here that the size of an array element is | |
5005 | always an integral multiple of BITS_PER_UNIT. */ | |
5006 | ||
5007 | tree index = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1); | |
5008 | tree domain = TYPE_DOMAIN (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))); | |
5009 | tree low_bound | |
5010 | = domain ? TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain) : integer_zero_node; | |
5011 | tree index_type = TREE_TYPE (index); | |
ead17059 | 5012 | tree xindex; |
742920c7 | 5013 | |
4c08eef0 | 5014 | if (TYPE_PRECISION (index_type) != TYPE_PRECISION (sizetype)) |
742920c7 | 5015 | { |
4c08eef0 RK |
5016 | index = convert (type_for_size (TYPE_PRECISION (sizetype), 0), |
5017 | index); | |
742920c7 RK |
5018 | index_type = TREE_TYPE (index); |
5019 | } | |
5020 | ||
74a4fbfc DB |
5021 | /* Optimize the special-case of a zero lower bound. |
5022 | ||
5023 | We convert the low_bound to sizetype to avoid some problems | |
5024 | with constant folding. (E.g. suppose the lower bound is 1, | |
5025 | and its mode is QI. Without the conversion, (ARRAY | |
5026 | +(INDEX-(unsigned char)1)) becomes ((ARRAY+(-(unsigned char)1)) | |
5027 | +INDEX), which becomes (ARRAY+255+INDEX). Oops!) | |
5028 | ||
5029 | But sizetype isn't quite right either (especially if | |
5030 | the lowbound is negative). FIXME */ | |
5031 | ||
ca0f2220 | 5032 | if (! integer_zerop (low_bound)) |
74a4fbfc DB |
5033 | index = fold (build (MINUS_EXPR, index_type, index, |
5034 | convert (sizetype, low_bound))); | |
ca0f2220 | 5035 | |
f8dac6eb R |
5036 | if (TREE_CODE (index) == INTEGER_CST) |
5037 | { | |
5038 | index = convert (sbitsizetype, index); | |
5039 | index_type = TREE_TYPE (index); | |
5040 | } | |
5041 | ||
ead17059 RH |
5042 | xindex = fold (build (MULT_EXPR, sbitsizetype, index, |
5043 | convert (sbitsizetype, | |
5044 | TYPE_SIZE (TREE_TYPE (exp))))); | |
742920c7 | 5045 | |
ead17059 RH |
5046 | if (TREE_CODE (xindex) == INTEGER_CST |
5047 | && TREE_INT_CST_HIGH (xindex) == 0) | |
5048 | *pbitpos += TREE_INT_CST_LOW (xindex); | |
742920c7 | 5049 | else |
956d6950 | 5050 | { |
ead17059 RH |
5051 | /* Either the bit offset calculated above is not constant, or |
5052 | it overflowed. In either case, redo the multiplication | |
5053 | against the size in units. This is especially important | |
5054 | in the non-constant case to avoid a division at runtime. */ | |
fed3cef0 RK |
5055 | xindex |
5056 | = fold (build (MULT_EXPR, ssizetype, index, | |
5057 | convert (ssizetype, | |
5058 | TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (TREE_TYPE (exp))))); | |
ead17059 RH |
5059 | |
5060 | if (contains_placeholder_p (xindex)) | |
fed3cef0 | 5061 | xindex = build (WITH_RECORD_EXPR, ssizetype, xindex, exp); |
ead17059 | 5062 | |
fed3cef0 RK |
5063 | offset |
5064 | = size_binop (PLUS_EXPR, offset, convert (sizetype, xindex)); | |
956d6950 | 5065 | } |
bbf6f052 RK |
5066 | } |
5067 | else if (TREE_CODE (exp) != NON_LVALUE_EXPR | |
5068 | && ! ((TREE_CODE (exp) == NOP_EXPR | |
5069 | || TREE_CODE (exp) == CONVERT_EXPR) | |
5070 | && (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)) | |
5071 | == TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)))))) | |
5072 | break; | |
7bb0943f RS |
5073 | |
5074 | /* If any reference in the chain is volatile, the effect is volatile. */ | |
5075 | if (TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (exp)) | |
5076 | *pvolatilep = 1; | |
839c4796 RK |
5077 | |
5078 | /* If the offset is non-constant already, then we can't assume any | |
5079 | alignment more than the alignment here. */ | |
5080 | if (! integer_zerop (offset)) | |
5081 | alignment = MIN (alignment, TYPE_ALIGN (TREE_TYPE (exp))); | |
5082 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
5083 | exp = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0); |
5084 | } | |
5085 | ||
839c4796 RK |
5086 | if (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (exp)) == 'd') |
5087 | alignment = MIN (alignment, DECL_ALIGN (exp)); | |
9293498f | 5088 | else if (TREE_TYPE (exp) != 0) |
839c4796 RK |
5089 | alignment = MIN (alignment, TYPE_ALIGN (TREE_TYPE (exp))); |
5090 | ||
742920c7 RK |
5091 | if (integer_zerop (offset)) |
5092 | offset = 0; | |
5093 | ||
b50d17a1 RK |
5094 | if (offset != 0 && contains_placeholder_p (offset)) |
5095 | offset = build (WITH_RECORD_EXPR, sizetype, offset, orig_exp); | |
5096 | ||
bbf6f052 | 5097 | *pmode = mode; |
7bb0943f | 5098 | *poffset = offset; |
839c4796 | 5099 | *palignment = alignment / BITS_PER_UNIT; |
bbf6f052 RK |
5100 | return exp; |
5101 | } | |
921b3427 RK |
5102 | |
5103 | /* Subroutine of expand_exp: compute memory_usage from modifier. */ | |
5104 | static enum memory_use_mode | |
5105 | get_memory_usage_from_modifier (modifier) | |
5106 | enum expand_modifier modifier; | |
5107 | { | |
5108 | switch (modifier) | |
5109 | { | |
5110 | case EXPAND_NORMAL: | |
e5e809f4 | 5111 | case EXPAND_SUM: |
921b3427 RK |
5112 | return MEMORY_USE_RO; |
5113 | break; | |
5114 | case EXPAND_MEMORY_USE_WO: | |
5115 | return MEMORY_USE_WO; | |
5116 | break; | |
5117 | case EXPAND_MEMORY_USE_RW: | |
5118 | return MEMORY_USE_RW; | |
5119 | break; | |
921b3427 | 5120 | case EXPAND_MEMORY_USE_DONT: |
e5e809f4 JL |
5121 | /* EXPAND_CONST_ADDRESS and EXPAND_INITIALIZER are converted into |
5122 | MEMORY_USE_DONT, because they are modifiers to a call of | |
5123 | expand_expr in the ADDR_EXPR case of expand_expr. */ | |
921b3427 | 5124 | case EXPAND_CONST_ADDRESS: |
e5e809f4 | 5125 | case EXPAND_INITIALIZER: |
921b3427 RK |
5126 | return MEMORY_USE_DONT; |
5127 | case EXPAND_MEMORY_USE_BAD: | |
5128 | default: | |
5129 | abort (); | |
5130 | } | |
5131 | } | |
bbf6f052 RK |
5132 | \f |
5133 | /* Given an rtx VALUE that may contain additions and multiplications, | |
5134 | return an equivalent value that just refers to a register or memory. | |
5135 | This is done by generating instructions to perform the arithmetic | |
c45a13a6 RK |
5136 | and returning a pseudo-register containing the value. |
5137 | ||
5138 | The returned value may be a REG, SUBREG, MEM or constant. */ | |
bbf6f052 RK |
5139 | |
5140 | rtx | |
5141 | force_operand (value, target) | |
5142 | rtx value, target; | |
5143 | { | |
5144 | register optab binoptab = 0; | |
5145 | /* Use a temporary to force order of execution of calls to | |
5146 | `force_operand'. */ | |
5147 | rtx tmp; | |
5148 | register rtx op2; | |
5149 | /* Use subtarget as the target for operand 0 of a binary operation. */ | |
5150 | register rtx subtarget = (target != 0 && GET_CODE (target) == REG ? target : 0); | |
5151 | ||
8b015896 RH |
5152 | /* Check for a PIC address load. */ |
5153 | if (flag_pic | |
5154 | && (GET_CODE (value) == PLUS || GET_CODE (value) == MINUS) | |
5155 | && XEXP (value, 0) == pic_offset_table_rtx | |
5156 | && (GET_CODE (XEXP (value, 1)) == SYMBOL_REF | |
5157 | || GET_CODE (XEXP (value, 1)) == LABEL_REF | |
5158 | || GET_CODE (XEXP (value, 1)) == CONST)) | |
5159 | { | |
5160 | if (!subtarget) | |
5161 | subtarget = gen_reg_rtx (GET_MODE (value)); | |
5162 | emit_move_insn (subtarget, value); | |
5163 | return subtarget; | |
5164 | } | |
5165 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
5166 | if (GET_CODE (value) == PLUS) |
5167 | binoptab = add_optab; | |
5168 | else if (GET_CODE (value) == MINUS) | |
5169 | binoptab = sub_optab; | |
5170 | else if (GET_CODE (value) == MULT) | |
5171 | { | |
5172 | op2 = XEXP (value, 1); | |
5173 | if (!CONSTANT_P (op2) | |
5174 | && !(GET_CODE (op2) == REG && op2 != subtarget)) | |
5175 | subtarget = 0; | |
5176 | tmp = force_operand (XEXP (value, 0), subtarget); | |
5177 | return expand_mult (GET_MODE (value), tmp, | |
906c4e36 | 5178 | force_operand (op2, NULL_RTX), |
bbf6f052 RK |
5179 | target, 0); |
5180 | } | |
5181 | ||
5182 | if (binoptab) | |
5183 | { | |
5184 | op2 = XEXP (value, 1); | |
5185 | if (!CONSTANT_P (op2) | |
5186 | && !(GET_CODE (op2) == REG && op2 != subtarget)) | |
5187 | subtarget = 0; | |
5188 | if (binoptab == sub_optab && GET_CODE (op2) == CONST_INT) | |
5189 | { | |
5190 | binoptab = add_optab; | |
5191 | op2 = negate_rtx (GET_MODE (value), op2); | |
5192 | } | |
5193 | ||
5194 | /* Check for an addition with OP2 a constant integer and our first | |
5195 | operand a PLUS of a virtual register and something else. In that | |
5196 | case, we want to emit the sum of the virtual register and the | |
5197 | constant first and then add the other value. This allows virtual | |
5198 | register instantiation to simply modify the constant rather than | |
5199 | creating another one around this addition. */ | |
5200 | if (binoptab == add_optab && GET_CODE (op2) == CONST_INT | |
5201 | && GET_CODE (XEXP (value, 0)) == PLUS | |
5202 | && GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (value, 0), 0)) == REG | |
5203 | && REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (value, 0), 0)) >= FIRST_VIRTUAL_REGISTER | |
5204 | && REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (value, 0), 0)) <= LAST_VIRTUAL_REGISTER) | |
5205 | { | |
5206 | rtx temp = expand_binop (GET_MODE (value), binoptab, | |
5207 | XEXP (XEXP (value, 0), 0), op2, | |
5208 | subtarget, 0, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN); | |
5209 | return expand_binop (GET_MODE (value), binoptab, temp, | |
5210 | force_operand (XEXP (XEXP (value, 0), 1), 0), | |
5211 | target, 0, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN); | |
5212 | } | |
5213 | ||
5214 | tmp = force_operand (XEXP (value, 0), subtarget); | |
5215 | return expand_binop (GET_MODE (value), binoptab, tmp, | |
906c4e36 | 5216 | force_operand (op2, NULL_RTX), |
bbf6f052 | 5217 | target, 0, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN); |
8008b228 | 5218 | /* We give UNSIGNEDP = 0 to expand_binop |
bbf6f052 RK |
5219 | because the only operations we are expanding here are signed ones. */ |
5220 | } | |
5221 | return value; | |
5222 | } | |
5223 | \f | |
5224 | /* Subroutine of expand_expr: | |
5225 | save the non-copied parts (LIST) of an expr (LHS), and return a list | |
5226 | which can restore these values to their previous values, | |
5227 | should something modify their storage. */ | |
5228 | ||
5229 | static tree | |
5230 | save_noncopied_parts (lhs, list) | |
5231 | tree lhs; | |
5232 | tree list; | |
5233 | { | |
5234 | tree tail; | |
5235 | tree parts = 0; | |
5236 | ||
5237 | for (tail = list; tail; tail = TREE_CHAIN (tail)) | |
5238 | if (TREE_CODE (TREE_VALUE (tail)) == TREE_LIST) | |
5239 | parts = chainon (parts, save_noncopied_parts (lhs, TREE_VALUE (tail))); | |
5240 | else | |
5241 | { | |
5242 | tree part = TREE_VALUE (tail); | |
5243 | tree part_type = TREE_TYPE (part); | |
906c4e36 | 5244 | tree to_be_saved = build (COMPONENT_REF, part_type, lhs, part); |
06089a8b | 5245 | rtx target = assign_temp (part_type, 0, 1, 1); |
bbf6f052 | 5246 | if (! memory_address_p (TYPE_MODE (part_type), XEXP (target, 0))) |
906c4e36 | 5247 | target = change_address (target, TYPE_MODE (part_type), NULL_RTX); |
bbf6f052 | 5248 | parts = tree_cons (to_be_saved, |
906c4e36 RK |
5249 | build (RTL_EXPR, part_type, NULL_TREE, |
5250 | (tree) target), | |
bbf6f052 RK |
5251 | parts); |
5252 | store_expr (TREE_PURPOSE (parts), RTL_EXPR_RTL (TREE_VALUE (parts)), 0); | |
5253 | } | |
5254 | return parts; | |
5255 | } | |
5256 | ||
5257 | /* Subroutine of expand_expr: | |
5258 | record the non-copied parts (LIST) of an expr (LHS), and return a list | |
5259 | which specifies the initial values of these parts. */ | |
5260 | ||
5261 | static tree | |
5262 | init_noncopied_parts (lhs, list) | |
5263 | tree lhs; | |
5264 | tree list; | |
5265 | { | |
5266 | tree tail; | |
5267 | tree parts = 0; | |
5268 | ||
5269 | for (tail = list; tail; tail = TREE_CHAIN (tail)) | |
5270 | if (TREE_CODE (TREE_VALUE (tail)) == TREE_LIST) | |
5271 | parts = chainon (parts, init_noncopied_parts (lhs, TREE_VALUE (tail))); | |
c15398de | 5272 | else if (TREE_PURPOSE (tail)) |
bbf6f052 RK |
5273 | { |
5274 | tree part = TREE_VALUE (tail); | |
5275 | tree part_type = TREE_TYPE (part); | |
906c4e36 | 5276 | tree to_be_initialized = build (COMPONENT_REF, part_type, lhs, part); |
bbf6f052 RK |
5277 | parts = tree_cons (TREE_PURPOSE (tail), to_be_initialized, parts); |
5278 | } | |
5279 | return parts; | |
5280 | } | |
5281 | ||
5282 | /* Subroutine of expand_expr: return nonzero iff there is no way that | |
e5e809f4 JL |
5283 | EXP can reference X, which is being modified. TOP_P is nonzero if this |
5284 | call is going to be used to determine whether we need a temporary | |
ff439b5f CB |
5285 | for EXP, as opposed to a recursive call to this function. |
5286 | ||
5287 | It is always safe for this routine to return zero since it merely | |
5288 | searches for optimization opportunities. */ | |
bbf6f052 RK |
5289 | |
5290 | static int | |
e5e809f4 | 5291 | safe_from_p (x, exp, top_p) |
bbf6f052 RK |
5292 | rtx x; |
5293 | tree exp; | |
e5e809f4 | 5294 | int top_p; |
bbf6f052 RK |
5295 | { |
5296 | rtx exp_rtl = 0; | |
5297 | int i, nops; | |
ff439b5f CB |
5298 | static int save_expr_count; |
5299 | static int save_expr_size = 0; | |
5300 | static tree *save_expr_rewritten; | |
5301 | static tree save_expr_trees[256]; | |
bbf6f052 | 5302 | |
6676e72f RK |
5303 | if (x == 0 |
5304 | /* If EXP has varying size, we MUST use a target since we currently | |
8f6562d0 PB |
5305 | have no way of allocating temporaries of variable size |
5306 | (except for arrays that have TYPE_ARRAY_MAX_SIZE set). | |
5307 | So we assume here that something at a higher level has prevented a | |
f4510f37 | 5308 | clash. This is somewhat bogus, but the best we can do. Only |
e5e809f4 JL |
5309 | do this when X is BLKmode and when we are at the top level. */ |
5310 | || (top_p && TREE_TYPE (exp) != 0 && TYPE_SIZE (TREE_TYPE (exp)) != 0 | |
f4510f37 | 5311 | && TREE_CODE (TYPE_SIZE (TREE_TYPE (exp))) != INTEGER_CST |
8f6562d0 PB |
5312 | && (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)) != ARRAY_TYPE |
5313 | || TYPE_ARRAY_MAX_SIZE (TREE_TYPE (exp)) == NULL_TREE | |
5314 | || TREE_CODE (TYPE_ARRAY_MAX_SIZE (TREE_TYPE (exp))) | |
5315 | != INTEGER_CST) | |
f4510f37 | 5316 | && GET_MODE (x) == BLKmode)) |
bbf6f052 RK |
5317 | return 1; |
5318 | ||
ff439b5f CB |
5319 | if (top_p && save_expr_size == 0) |
5320 | { | |
5321 | int rtn; | |
5322 | ||
5323 | save_expr_count = 0; | |
5324 | save_expr_size = sizeof (save_expr_trees) / sizeof (save_expr_trees[0]); | |
5325 | save_expr_rewritten = &save_expr_trees[0]; | |
5326 | ||
5327 | rtn = safe_from_p (x, exp, 1); | |
5328 | ||
5329 | for (i = 0; i < save_expr_count; ++i) | |
5330 | { | |
5331 | if (TREE_CODE (save_expr_trees[i]) != ERROR_MARK) | |
5332 | abort (); | |
5333 | TREE_SET_CODE (save_expr_trees[i], SAVE_EXPR); | |
5334 | } | |
5335 | ||
5336 | save_expr_size = 0; | |
5337 | ||
5338 | return rtn; | |
5339 | } | |
5340 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
5341 | /* If this is a subreg of a hard register, declare it unsafe, otherwise, |
5342 | find the underlying pseudo. */ | |
5343 | if (GET_CODE (x) == SUBREG) | |
5344 | { | |
5345 | x = SUBREG_REG (x); | |
5346 | if (GET_CODE (x) == REG && REGNO (x) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER) | |
5347 | return 0; | |
5348 | } | |
5349 | ||
5350 | /* If X is a location in the outgoing argument area, it is always safe. */ | |
5351 | if (GET_CODE (x) == MEM | |
5352 | && (XEXP (x, 0) == virtual_outgoing_args_rtx | |
5353 | || (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == PLUS | |
5354 | && XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0) == virtual_outgoing_args_rtx))) | |
5355 | return 1; | |
5356 | ||
5357 | switch (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (exp))) | |
5358 | { | |
5359 | case 'd': | |
5360 | exp_rtl = DECL_RTL (exp); | |
5361 | break; | |
5362 | ||
5363 | case 'c': | |
5364 | return 1; | |
5365 | ||
5366 | case 'x': | |
5367 | if (TREE_CODE (exp) == TREE_LIST) | |
f32fd778 | 5368 | return ((TREE_VALUE (exp) == 0 |
e5e809f4 | 5369 | || safe_from_p (x, TREE_VALUE (exp), 0)) |
bbf6f052 | 5370 | && (TREE_CHAIN (exp) == 0 |
e5e809f4 | 5371 | || safe_from_p (x, TREE_CHAIN (exp), 0))); |
ff439b5f CB |
5372 | else if (TREE_CODE (exp) == ERROR_MARK) |
5373 | return 1; /* An already-visited SAVE_EXPR? */ | |
bbf6f052 RK |
5374 | else |
5375 | return 0; | |
5376 | ||
5377 | case '1': | |
e5e809f4 | 5378 | return safe_from_p (x, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0); |
bbf6f052 RK |
5379 | |
5380 | case '2': | |
5381 | case '<': | |
e5e809f4 JL |
5382 | return (safe_from_p (x, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0) |
5383 | && safe_from_p (x, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), 0)); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
5384 | |
5385 | case 'e': | |
5386 | case 'r': | |
5387 | /* Now do code-specific tests. EXP_RTL is set to any rtx we find in | |
5388 | the expression. If it is set, we conflict iff we are that rtx or | |
5389 | both are in memory. Otherwise, we check all operands of the | |
5390 | expression recursively. */ | |
5391 | ||
5392 | switch (TREE_CODE (exp)) | |
5393 | { | |
5394 | case ADDR_EXPR: | |
e44842fe | 5395 | return (staticp (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) |
e5e809f4 JL |
5396 | || safe_from_p (x, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0) |
5397 | || TREE_STATIC (exp)); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
5398 | |
5399 | case INDIRECT_REF: | |
5400 | if (GET_CODE (x) == MEM) | |
5401 | return 0; | |
5402 | break; | |
5403 | ||
5404 | case CALL_EXPR: | |
5405 | exp_rtl = CALL_EXPR_RTL (exp); | |
5406 | if (exp_rtl == 0) | |
5407 | { | |
5408 | /* Assume that the call will clobber all hard registers and | |
5409 | all of memory. */ | |
5410 | if ((GET_CODE (x) == REG && REGNO (x) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER) | |
5411 | || GET_CODE (x) == MEM) | |
5412 | return 0; | |
5413 | } | |
5414 | ||
5415 | break; | |
5416 | ||
5417 | case RTL_EXPR: | |
3bb5826a RK |
5418 | /* If a sequence exists, we would have to scan every instruction |
5419 | in the sequence to see if it was safe. This is probably not | |
5420 | worthwhile. */ | |
5421 | if (RTL_EXPR_SEQUENCE (exp)) | |
bbf6f052 RK |
5422 | return 0; |
5423 | ||
3bb5826a | 5424 | exp_rtl = RTL_EXPR_RTL (exp); |
bbf6f052 RK |
5425 | break; |
5426 | ||
5427 | case WITH_CLEANUP_EXPR: | |
5428 | exp_rtl = RTL_EXPR_RTL (exp); | |
5429 | break; | |
5430 | ||
5dab5552 | 5431 | case CLEANUP_POINT_EXPR: |
e5e809f4 | 5432 | return safe_from_p (x, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0); |
5dab5552 | 5433 | |
bbf6f052 RK |
5434 | case SAVE_EXPR: |
5435 | exp_rtl = SAVE_EXPR_RTL (exp); | |
ff439b5f CB |
5436 | if (exp_rtl) |
5437 | break; | |
5438 | ||
5439 | /* This SAVE_EXPR might appear many times in the top-level | |
5440 | safe_from_p() expression, and if it has a complex | |
5441 | subexpression, examining it multiple times could result | |
5442 | in a combinatorial explosion. E.g. on an Alpha | |
5443 | running at least 200MHz, a Fortran test case compiled with | |
5444 | optimization took about 28 minutes to compile -- even though | |
5445 | it was only a few lines long, and the complicated line causing | |
5446 | so much time to be spent in the earlier version of safe_from_p() | |
5447 | had only 293 or so unique nodes. | |
5448 | ||
5449 | So, turn this SAVE_EXPR into an ERROR_MARK for now, but remember | |
5450 | where it is so we can turn it back in the top-level safe_from_p() | |
5451 | when we're done. */ | |
5452 | ||
5453 | /* For now, don't bother re-sizing the array. */ | |
5454 | if (save_expr_count >= save_expr_size) | |
5455 | return 0; | |
5456 | save_expr_rewritten[save_expr_count++] = exp; | |
ff439b5f CB |
5457 | |
5458 | nops = tree_code_length[(int) SAVE_EXPR]; | |
5459 | for (i = 0; i < nops; i++) | |
ff59bfe6 JM |
5460 | { |
5461 | tree operand = TREE_OPERAND (exp, i); | |
5462 | if (operand == NULL_TREE) | |
5463 | continue; | |
5464 | TREE_SET_CODE (exp, ERROR_MARK); | |
5465 | if (!safe_from_p (x, operand, 0)) | |
5466 | return 0; | |
5467 | TREE_SET_CODE (exp, SAVE_EXPR); | |
5468 | } | |
5469 | TREE_SET_CODE (exp, ERROR_MARK); | |
ff439b5f | 5470 | return 1; |
bbf6f052 | 5471 | |
8129842c RS |
5472 | case BIND_EXPR: |
5473 | /* The only operand we look at is operand 1. The rest aren't | |
5474 | part of the expression. */ | |
e5e809f4 | 5475 | return safe_from_p (x, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), 0); |
8129842c | 5476 | |
bbf6f052 | 5477 | case METHOD_CALL_EXPR: |
0f41302f | 5478 | /* This takes a rtx argument, but shouldn't appear here. */ |
bbf6f052 | 5479 | abort (); |
e9a25f70 JL |
5480 | |
5481 | default: | |
5482 | break; | |
bbf6f052 RK |
5483 | } |
5484 | ||
5485 | /* If we have an rtx, we do not need to scan our operands. */ | |
5486 | if (exp_rtl) | |
5487 | break; | |
5488 | ||
5489 | nops = tree_code_length[(int) TREE_CODE (exp)]; | |
5490 | for (i = 0; i < nops; i++) | |
5491 | if (TREE_OPERAND (exp, i) != 0 | |
e5e809f4 | 5492 | && ! safe_from_p (x, TREE_OPERAND (exp, i), 0)) |
bbf6f052 RK |
5493 | return 0; |
5494 | } | |
5495 | ||
5496 | /* If we have an rtl, find any enclosed object. Then see if we conflict | |
5497 | with it. */ | |
5498 | if (exp_rtl) | |
5499 | { | |
5500 | if (GET_CODE (exp_rtl) == SUBREG) | |
5501 | { | |
5502 | exp_rtl = SUBREG_REG (exp_rtl); | |
5503 | if (GET_CODE (exp_rtl) == REG | |
5504 | && REGNO (exp_rtl) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER) | |
5505 | return 0; | |
5506 | } | |
5507 | ||
5508 | /* If the rtl is X, then it is not safe. Otherwise, it is unless both | |
5509 | are memory and EXP is not readonly. */ | |
5510 | return ! (rtx_equal_p (x, exp_rtl) | |
5511 | || (GET_CODE (x) == MEM && GET_CODE (exp_rtl) == MEM | |
5512 | && ! TREE_READONLY (exp))); | |
5513 | } | |
5514 | ||
5515 | /* If we reach here, it is safe. */ | |
5516 | return 1; | |
5517 | } | |
5518 | ||
5519 | /* Subroutine of expand_expr: return nonzero iff EXP is an | |
5520 | expression whose type is statically determinable. */ | |
5521 | ||
5522 | static int | |
5523 | fixed_type_p (exp) | |
5524 | tree exp; | |
5525 | { | |
5526 | if (TREE_CODE (exp) == PARM_DECL | |
5527 | || TREE_CODE (exp) == VAR_DECL | |
5528 | || TREE_CODE (exp) == CALL_EXPR || TREE_CODE (exp) == TARGET_EXPR | |
5529 | || TREE_CODE (exp) == COMPONENT_REF | |
5530 | || TREE_CODE (exp) == ARRAY_REF) | |
5531 | return 1; | |
5532 | return 0; | |
5533 | } | |
01c8a7c8 RK |
5534 | |
5535 | /* Subroutine of expand_expr: return rtx if EXP is a | |
5536 | variable or parameter; else return 0. */ | |
5537 | ||
5538 | static rtx | |
5539 | var_rtx (exp) | |
5540 | tree exp; | |
5541 | { | |
5542 | STRIP_NOPS (exp); | |
5543 | switch (TREE_CODE (exp)) | |
5544 | { | |
5545 | case PARM_DECL: | |
5546 | case VAR_DECL: | |
5547 | return DECL_RTL (exp); | |
5548 | default: | |
5549 | return 0; | |
5550 | } | |
5551 | } | |
dbecbbe4 JL |
5552 | |
5553 | #ifdef MAX_INTEGER_COMPUTATION_MODE | |
5554 | void | |
5555 | check_max_integer_computation_mode (exp) | |
5556 | tree exp; | |
5557 | { | |
5f652c07 | 5558 | enum tree_code code; |
dbecbbe4 JL |
5559 | enum machine_mode mode; |
5560 | ||
5f652c07 JM |
5561 | /* Strip any NOPs that don't change the mode. */ |
5562 | STRIP_NOPS (exp); | |
5563 | code = TREE_CODE (exp); | |
5564 | ||
71bca506 JL |
5565 | /* We must allow conversions of constants to MAX_INTEGER_COMPUTATION_MODE. */ |
5566 | if (code == NOP_EXPR | |
5567 | && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) == INTEGER_CST) | |
5568 | return; | |
5569 | ||
dbecbbe4 JL |
5570 | /* First check the type of the overall operation. We need only look at |
5571 | unary, binary and relational operations. */ | |
5572 | if (TREE_CODE_CLASS (code) == '1' | |
5573 | || TREE_CODE_CLASS (code) == '2' | |
5574 | || TREE_CODE_CLASS (code) == '<') | |
5575 | { | |
5576 | mode = TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)); | |
5577 | if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT | |
5578 | && mode > MAX_INTEGER_COMPUTATION_MODE) | |
5579 | fatal ("unsupported wide integer operation"); | |
5580 | } | |
5581 | ||
5582 | /* Check operand of a unary op. */ | |
5583 | if (TREE_CODE_CLASS (code) == '1') | |
5584 | { | |
5585 | mode = TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))); | |
5586 | if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT | |
5587 | && mode > MAX_INTEGER_COMPUTATION_MODE) | |
5588 | fatal ("unsupported wide integer operation"); | |
5589 | } | |
5590 | ||
5591 | /* Check operands of a binary/comparison op. */ | |
5592 | if (TREE_CODE_CLASS (code) == '2' || TREE_CODE_CLASS (code) == '<') | |
5593 | { | |
5594 | mode = TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))); | |
5595 | if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT | |
5596 | && mode > MAX_INTEGER_COMPUTATION_MODE) | |
5597 | fatal ("unsupported wide integer operation"); | |
5598 | ||
5599 | mode = TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1))); | |
5600 | if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT | |
5601 | && mode > MAX_INTEGER_COMPUTATION_MODE) | |
5602 | fatal ("unsupported wide integer operation"); | |
5603 | } | |
5604 | } | |
5605 | #endif | |
5606 | ||
14a774a9 RK |
5607 | \f |
5608 | /* Utility function used by expand_expr to see if TYPE, a RECORD_TYPE, | |
5609 | has any readonly fields. If any of the fields have types that | |
5610 | contain readonly fields, return true as well. */ | |
5611 | ||
5612 | static int | |
5613 | readonly_fields_p (type) | |
5614 | tree type; | |
5615 | { | |
5616 | tree field; | |
5617 | ||
5618 | for (field = TYPE_FIELDS (type); field != 0; field = TREE_CHAIN (field)) | |
77fd6d10 MM |
5619 | if (TREE_CODE (field) == FIELD_DECL |
5620 | && (TREE_READONLY (field) | |
5621 | || (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (field)) == RECORD_TYPE | |
5622 | && readonly_fields_p (TREE_TYPE (field))))) | |
14a774a9 RK |
5623 | return 1; |
5624 | ||
5625 | return 0; | |
5626 | } | |
bbf6f052 RK |
5627 | \f |
5628 | /* expand_expr: generate code for computing expression EXP. | |
5629 | An rtx for the computed value is returned. The value is never null. | |
5630 | In the case of a void EXP, const0_rtx is returned. | |
5631 | ||
5632 | The value may be stored in TARGET if TARGET is nonzero. | |
5633 | TARGET is just a suggestion; callers must assume that | |
5634 | the rtx returned may not be the same as TARGET. | |
5635 | ||
5636 | If TARGET is CONST0_RTX, it means that the value will be ignored. | |
5637 | ||
5638 | If TMODE is not VOIDmode, it suggests generating the | |
5639 | result in mode TMODE. But this is done only when convenient. | |
5640 | Otherwise, TMODE is ignored and the value generated in its natural mode. | |
5641 | TMODE is just a suggestion; callers must assume that | |
5642 | the rtx returned may not have mode TMODE. | |
5643 | ||
d6a5ac33 RK |
5644 | Note that TARGET may have neither TMODE nor MODE. In that case, it |
5645 | probably will not be used. | |
bbf6f052 RK |
5646 | |
5647 | If MODIFIER is EXPAND_SUM then when EXP is an addition | |
5648 | we can return an rtx of the form (MULT (REG ...) (CONST_INT ...)) | |
5649 | or a nest of (PLUS ...) and (MINUS ...) where the terms are | |
5650 | products as above, or REG or MEM, or constant. | |
5651 | Ordinarily in such cases we would output mul or add instructions | |
5652 | and then return a pseudo reg containing the sum. | |
5653 | ||
5654 | EXPAND_INITIALIZER is much like EXPAND_SUM except that | |
5655 | it also marks a label as absolutely required (it can't be dead). | |
26fcb35a | 5656 | It also makes a ZERO_EXTEND or SIGN_EXTEND instead of emitting extend insns. |
d6a5ac33 RK |
5657 | This is used for outputting expressions used in initializers. |
5658 | ||
5659 | EXPAND_CONST_ADDRESS says that it is okay to return a MEM | |
5660 | with a constant address even if that address is not normally legitimate. | |
5661 | EXPAND_INITIALIZER and EXPAND_SUM also have this effect. */ | |
bbf6f052 RK |
5662 | |
5663 | rtx | |
5664 | expand_expr (exp, target, tmode, modifier) | |
5665 | register tree exp; | |
5666 | rtx target; | |
5667 | enum machine_mode tmode; | |
5668 | enum expand_modifier modifier; | |
5669 | { | |
5670 | register rtx op0, op1, temp; | |
5671 | tree type = TREE_TYPE (exp); | |
5672 | int unsignedp = TREE_UNSIGNED (type); | |
68557e14 | 5673 | register enum machine_mode mode; |
bbf6f052 RK |
5674 | register enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (exp); |
5675 | optab this_optab; | |
68557e14 ML |
5676 | rtx subtarget, original_target; |
5677 | int ignore; | |
bbf6f052 | 5678 | tree context; |
921b3427 RK |
5679 | /* Used by check-memory-usage to make modifier read only. */ |
5680 | enum expand_modifier ro_modifier; | |
bbf6f052 | 5681 | |
68557e14 ML |
5682 | /* Handle ERROR_MARK before anybody tries to access its type. */ |
5683 | if (TREE_CODE (exp) == ERROR_MARK) | |
5684 | { | |
5685 | op0 = CONST0_RTX (tmode); | |
5686 | if (op0 != 0) | |
5687 | return op0; | |
5688 | return const0_rtx; | |
5689 | } | |
5690 | ||
5691 | mode = TYPE_MODE (type); | |
5692 | /* Use subtarget as the target for operand 0 of a binary operation. */ | |
5693 | subtarget = (target != 0 && GET_CODE (target) == REG ? target : 0); | |
5694 | original_target = target; | |
5695 | ignore = (target == const0_rtx | |
5696 | || ((code == NON_LVALUE_EXPR || code == NOP_EXPR | |
5697 | || code == CONVERT_EXPR || code == REFERENCE_EXPR | |
5698 | || code == COND_EXPR) | |
5699 | && TREE_CODE (type) == VOID_TYPE)); | |
5700 | ||
921b3427 RK |
5701 | /* Make a read-only version of the modifier. */ |
5702 | if (modifier == EXPAND_NORMAL || modifier == EXPAND_SUM | |
5703 | || modifier == EXPAND_CONST_ADDRESS || modifier == EXPAND_INITIALIZER) | |
5704 | ro_modifier = modifier; | |
5705 | else | |
5706 | ro_modifier = EXPAND_NORMAL; | |
ca695ac9 | 5707 | |
bbf6f052 RK |
5708 | /* Don't use hard regs as subtargets, because the combiner |
5709 | can only handle pseudo regs. */ | |
5710 | if (subtarget && REGNO (subtarget) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER) | |
5711 | subtarget = 0; | |
5712 | /* Avoid subtargets inside loops, | |
5713 | since they hide some invariant expressions. */ | |
5714 | if (preserve_subexpressions_p ()) | |
5715 | subtarget = 0; | |
5716 | ||
dd27116b RK |
5717 | /* If we are going to ignore this result, we need only do something |
5718 | if there is a side-effect somewhere in the expression. If there | |
b50d17a1 RK |
5719 | is, short-circuit the most common cases here. Note that we must |
5720 | not call expand_expr with anything but const0_rtx in case this | |
5721 | is an initial expansion of a size that contains a PLACEHOLDER_EXPR. */ | |
bbf6f052 | 5722 | |
dd27116b RK |
5723 | if (ignore) |
5724 | { | |
5725 | if (! TREE_SIDE_EFFECTS (exp)) | |
5726 | return const0_rtx; | |
5727 | ||
14a774a9 RK |
5728 | /* Ensure we reference a volatile object even if value is ignored, but |
5729 | don't do this if all we are doing is taking its address. */ | |
dd27116b RK |
5730 | if (TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (exp) |
5731 | && TREE_CODE (exp) != FUNCTION_DECL | |
14a774a9 RK |
5732 | && mode != VOIDmode && mode != BLKmode |
5733 | && modifier != EXPAND_CONST_ADDRESS) | |
dd27116b | 5734 | { |
921b3427 | 5735 | temp = expand_expr (exp, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, ro_modifier); |
dd27116b RK |
5736 | if (GET_CODE (temp) == MEM) |
5737 | temp = copy_to_reg (temp); | |
5738 | return const0_rtx; | |
5739 | } | |
5740 | ||
14a774a9 RK |
5741 | if (TREE_CODE_CLASS (code) == '1' || code == COMPONENT_REF |
5742 | || code == INDIRECT_REF || code == BUFFER_REF) | |
dd27116b | 5743 | return expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), const0_rtx, |
921b3427 | 5744 | VOIDmode, ro_modifier); |
14a774a9 RK |
5745 | else if (TREE_CODE_CLASS (code) == '2' || TREE_CODE_CLASS (code) == '<' |
5746 | || code == ARRAY_REF) | |
dd27116b | 5747 | { |
921b3427 RK |
5748 | expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), const0_rtx, VOIDmode, ro_modifier); |
5749 | expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), const0_rtx, VOIDmode, ro_modifier); | |
dd27116b RK |
5750 | return const0_rtx; |
5751 | } | |
5752 | else if ((code == TRUTH_ANDIF_EXPR || code == TRUTH_ORIF_EXPR) | |
5753 | && ! TREE_SIDE_EFFECTS (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1))) | |
5754 | /* If the second operand has no side effects, just evaluate | |
0f41302f | 5755 | the first. */ |
dd27116b | 5756 | return expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), const0_rtx, |
921b3427 | 5757 | VOIDmode, ro_modifier); |
14a774a9 RK |
5758 | else if (code == BIT_FIELD_REF) |
5759 | { | |
5760 | expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), const0_rtx, VOIDmode, ro_modifier); | |
5761 | expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), const0_rtx, VOIDmode, ro_modifier); | |
5762 | expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2), const0_rtx, VOIDmode, ro_modifier); | |
5763 | return const0_rtx; | |
5764 | } | |
5765 | ; | |
90764a87 | 5766 | target = 0; |
dd27116b | 5767 | } |
bbf6f052 | 5768 | |
dbecbbe4 | 5769 | #ifdef MAX_INTEGER_COMPUTATION_MODE |
5f652c07 JM |
5770 | /* Only check stuff here if the mode we want is different from the mode |
5771 | of the expression; if it's the same, check_max_integer_computiation_mode | |
5772 | will handle it. Do we really need to check this stuff at all? */ | |
5773 | ||
ce3c0b53 | 5774 | if (target |
5f652c07 | 5775 | && GET_MODE (target) != mode |
ce3c0b53 JL |
5776 | && TREE_CODE (exp) != INTEGER_CST |
5777 | && TREE_CODE (exp) != PARM_DECL | |
ee06cc21 JL |
5778 | && TREE_CODE (exp) != ARRAY_REF |
5779 | && TREE_CODE (exp) != COMPONENT_REF | |
5780 | && TREE_CODE (exp) != BIT_FIELD_REF | |
5781 | && TREE_CODE (exp) != INDIRECT_REF | |
6bcd94ae | 5782 | && TREE_CODE (exp) != CALL_EXPR |
6ab46dff GRK |
5783 | && TREE_CODE (exp) != VAR_DECL |
5784 | && TREE_CODE (exp) != RTL_EXPR) | |
dbecbbe4 JL |
5785 | { |
5786 | enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (target); | |
5787 | ||
5788 | if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT | |
5789 | && mode > MAX_INTEGER_COMPUTATION_MODE) | |
5790 | fatal ("unsupported wide integer operation"); | |
5791 | } | |
5792 | ||
5f652c07 JM |
5793 | if (tmode != mode |
5794 | && TREE_CODE (exp) != INTEGER_CST | |
ce3c0b53 | 5795 | && TREE_CODE (exp) != PARM_DECL |
ee06cc21 JL |
5796 | && TREE_CODE (exp) != ARRAY_REF |
5797 | && TREE_CODE (exp) != COMPONENT_REF | |
5798 | && TREE_CODE (exp) != BIT_FIELD_REF | |
5799 | && TREE_CODE (exp) != INDIRECT_REF | |
ce3c0b53 | 5800 | && TREE_CODE (exp) != VAR_DECL |
6bcd94ae | 5801 | && TREE_CODE (exp) != CALL_EXPR |
6ab46dff | 5802 | && TREE_CODE (exp) != RTL_EXPR |
71bca506 | 5803 | && GET_MODE_CLASS (tmode) == MODE_INT |
dbecbbe4 JL |
5804 | && tmode > MAX_INTEGER_COMPUTATION_MODE) |
5805 | fatal ("unsupported wide integer operation"); | |
5806 | ||
5807 | check_max_integer_computation_mode (exp); | |
5808 | #endif | |
5809 | ||
e44842fe RK |
5810 | /* If will do cse, generate all results into pseudo registers |
5811 | since 1) that allows cse to find more things | |
5812 | and 2) otherwise cse could produce an insn the machine | |
5813 | cannot support. */ | |
5814 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
5815 | if (! cse_not_expected && mode != BLKmode && target |
5816 | && (GET_CODE (target) != REG || REGNO (target) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)) | |
5817 | target = subtarget; | |
5818 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
5819 | switch (code) |
5820 | { | |
5821 | case LABEL_DECL: | |
b552441b RS |
5822 | { |
5823 | tree function = decl_function_context (exp); | |
5824 | /* Handle using a label in a containing function. */ | |
d0977240 RK |
5825 | if (function != current_function_decl |
5826 | && function != inline_function_decl && function != 0) | |
b552441b RS |
5827 | { |
5828 | struct function *p = find_function_data (function); | |
5829 | /* Allocate in the memory associated with the function | |
5830 | that the label is in. */ | |
5831 | push_obstacks (p->function_obstack, | |
5832 | p->function_maybepermanent_obstack); | |
5833 | ||
49ad7cfa BS |
5834 | p->expr->x_forced_labels |
5835 | = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (VOIDmode, label_rtx (exp), | |
5836 | p->expr->x_forced_labels); | |
b552441b RS |
5837 | pop_obstacks (); |
5838 | } | |
ab87f8c8 JL |
5839 | else |
5840 | { | |
ab87f8c8 JL |
5841 | if (modifier == EXPAND_INITIALIZER) |
5842 | forced_labels = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (VOIDmode, | |
5843 | label_rtx (exp), | |
5844 | forced_labels); | |
5845 | } | |
c5c76735 | 5846 | |
38a448ca RH |
5847 | temp = gen_rtx_MEM (FUNCTION_MODE, |
5848 | gen_rtx_LABEL_REF (Pmode, label_rtx (exp))); | |
d0977240 RK |
5849 | if (function != current_function_decl |
5850 | && function != inline_function_decl && function != 0) | |
26fcb35a RS |
5851 | LABEL_REF_NONLOCAL_P (XEXP (temp, 0)) = 1; |
5852 | return temp; | |
b552441b | 5853 | } |
bbf6f052 RK |
5854 | |
5855 | case PARM_DECL: | |
5856 | if (DECL_RTL (exp) == 0) | |
5857 | { | |
5858 | error_with_decl (exp, "prior parameter's size depends on `%s'"); | |
4af3895e | 5859 | return CONST0_RTX (mode); |
bbf6f052 RK |
5860 | } |
5861 | ||
0f41302f | 5862 | /* ... fall through ... */ |
d6a5ac33 | 5863 | |
bbf6f052 | 5864 | case VAR_DECL: |
2dca20cd RS |
5865 | /* If a static var's type was incomplete when the decl was written, |
5866 | but the type is complete now, lay out the decl now. */ | |
5867 | if (DECL_SIZE (exp) == 0 && TYPE_SIZE (TREE_TYPE (exp)) != 0 | |
5868 | && (TREE_STATIC (exp) || DECL_EXTERNAL (exp))) | |
5869 | { | |
5870 | push_obstacks_nochange (); | |
5871 | end_temporary_allocation (); | |
5872 | layout_decl (exp, 0); | |
5873 | PUT_MODE (DECL_RTL (exp), DECL_MODE (exp)); | |
5874 | pop_obstacks (); | |
5875 | } | |
d6a5ac33 | 5876 | |
7d384cc0 KR |
5877 | /* Although static-storage variables start off initialized, according to |
5878 | ANSI C, a memcpy could overwrite them with uninitialized values. So | |
5879 | we check them too. This also lets us check for read-only variables | |
5880 | accessed via a non-const declaration, in case it won't be detected | |
5881 | any other way (e.g., in an embedded system or OS kernel without | |
5882 | memory protection). | |
5883 | ||
5884 | Aggregates are not checked here; they're handled elsewhere. */ | |
01d939e8 | 5885 | if (cfun && current_function_check_memory_usage |
49ad7cfa | 5886 | && code == VAR_DECL |
921b3427 | 5887 | && GET_CODE (DECL_RTL (exp)) == MEM |
921b3427 RK |
5888 | && ! AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (exp))) |
5889 | { | |
5890 | enum memory_use_mode memory_usage; | |
5891 | memory_usage = get_memory_usage_from_modifier (modifier); | |
5892 | ||
5893 | if (memory_usage != MEMORY_USE_DONT) | |
5894 | emit_library_call (chkr_check_addr_libfunc, 1, VOIDmode, 3, | |
6a9c4aed | 5895 | XEXP (DECL_RTL (exp), 0), Pmode, |
921b3427 RK |
5896 | GEN_INT (int_size_in_bytes (type)), |
5897 | TYPE_MODE (sizetype), | |
956d6950 JL |
5898 | GEN_INT (memory_usage), |
5899 | TYPE_MODE (integer_type_node)); | |
921b3427 RK |
5900 | } |
5901 | ||
0f41302f | 5902 | /* ... fall through ... */ |
d6a5ac33 | 5903 | |
2dca20cd | 5904 | case FUNCTION_DECL: |
bbf6f052 RK |
5905 | case RESULT_DECL: |
5906 | if (DECL_RTL (exp) == 0) | |
5907 | abort (); | |
d6a5ac33 | 5908 | |
e44842fe RK |
5909 | /* Ensure variable marked as used even if it doesn't go through |
5910 | a parser. If it hasn't be used yet, write out an external | |
5911 | definition. */ | |
5912 | if (! TREE_USED (exp)) | |
5913 | { | |
5914 | assemble_external (exp); | |
5915 | TREE_USED (exp) = 1; | |
5916 | } | |
5917 | ||
dc6d66b3 RK |
5918 | /* Show we haven't gotten RTL for this yet. */ |
5919 | temp = 0; | |
5920 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
5921 | /* Handle variables inherited from containing functions. */ |
5922 | context = decl_function_context (exp); | |
5923 | ||
5924 | /* We treat inline_function_decl as an alias for the current function | |
5925 | because that is the inline function whose vars, types, etc. | |
5926 | are being merged into the current function. | |
5927 | See expand_inline_function. */ | |
d6a5ac33 | 5928 | |
bbf6f052 RK |
5929 | if (context != 0 && context != current_function_decl |
5930 | && context != inline_function_decl | |
5931 | /* If var is static, we don't need a static chain to access it. */ | |
5932 | && ! (GET_CODE (DECL_RTL (exp)) == MEM | |
5933 | && CONSTANT_P (XEXP (DECL_RTL (exp), 0)))) | |
5934 | { | |
5935 | rtx addr; | |
5936 | ||
5937 | /* Mark as non-local and addressable. */ | |
81feeecb | 5938 | DECL_NONLOCAL (exp) = 1; |
38ee6ed9 JM |
5939 | if (DECL_NO_STATIC_CHAIN (current_function_decl)) |
5940 | abort (); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
5941 | mark_addressable (exp); |
5942 | if (GET_CODE (DECL_RTL (exp)) != MEM) | |
5943 | abort (); | |
5944 | addr = XEXP (DECL_RTL (exp), 0); | |
5945 | if (GET_CODE (addr) == MEM) | |
38a448ca RH |
5946 | addr = gen_rtx_MEM (Pmode, |
5947 | fix_lexical_addr (XEXP (addr, 0), exp)); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
5948 | else |
5949 | addr = fix_lexical_addr (addr, exp); | |
dc6d66b3 | 5950 | temp = change_address (DECL_RTL (exp), mode, addr); |
bbf6f052 | 5951 | } |
4af3895e | 5952 | |
bbf6f052 RK |
5953 | /* This is the case of an array whose size is to be determined |
5954 | from its initializer, while the initializer is still being parsed. | |
5955 | See expand_decl. */ | |
d6a5ac33 | 5956 | |
dc6d66b3 RK |
5957 | else if (GET_CODE (DECL_RTL (exp)) == MEM |
5958 | && GET_CODE (XEXP (DECL_RTL (exp), 0)) == REG) | |
5959 | temp = change_address (DECL_RTL (exp), GET_MODE (DECL_RTL (exp)), | |
bbf6f052 | 5960 | XEXP (DECL_RTL (exp), 0)); |
d6a5ac33 RK |
5961 | |
5962 | /* If DECL_RTL is memory, we are in the normal case and either | |
5963 | the address is not valid or it is not a register and -fforce-addr | |
5964 | is specified, get the address into a register. */ | |
5965 | ||
dc6d66b3 RK |
5966 | else if (GET_CODE (DECL_RTL (exp)) == MEM |
5967 | && modifier != EXPAND_CONST_ADDRESS | |
5968 | && modifier != EXPAND_SUM | |
5969 | && modifier != EXPAND_INITIALIZER | |
5970 | && (! memory_address_p (DECL_MODE (exp), | |
5971 | XEXP (DECL_RTL (exp), 0)) | |
5972 | || (flag_force_addr | |
5973 | && GET_CODE (XEXP (DECL_RTL (exp), 0)) != REG))) | |
5974 | temp = change_address (DECL_RTL (exp), VOIDmode, | |
d6a5ac33 | 5975 | copy_rtx (XEXP (DECL_RTL (exp), 0))); |
1499e0a8 | 5976 | |
dc6d66b3 RK |
5977 | /* If we got something, return it. But first, set the alignment |
5978 | the address is a register. */ | |
5979 | if (temp != 0) | |
5980 | { | |
5981 | if (GET_CODE (temp) == MEM && GET_CODE (XEXP (temp, 0)) == REG) | |
5982 | mark_reg_pointer (XEXP (temp, 0), | |
5983 | DECL_ALIGN (exp) / BITS_PER_UNIT); | |
5984 | ||
5985 | return temp; | |
5986 | } | |
5987 | ||
1499e0a8 RK |
5988 | /* If the mode of DECL_RTL does not match that of the decl, it |
5989 | must be a promoted value. We return a SUBREG of the wanted mode, | |
5990 | but mark it so that we know that it was already extended. */ | |
5991 | ||
5992 | if (GET_CODE (DECL_RTL (exp)) == REG | |
5993 | && GET_MODE (DECL_RTL (exp)) != mode) | |
5994 | { | |
1499e0a8 RK |
5995 | /* Get the signedness used for this variable. Ensure we get the |
5996 | same mode we got when the variable was declared. */ | |
78911e8b RK |
5997 | if (GET_MODE (DECL_RTL (exp)) |
5998 | != promote_mode (type, DECL_MODE (exp), &unsignedp, 0)) | |
1499e0a8 RK |
5999 | abort (); |
6000 | ||
38a448ca | 6001 | temp = gen_rtx_SUBREG (mode, DECL_RTL (exp), 0); |
1499e0a8 RK |
6002 | SUBREG_PROMOTED_VAR_P (temp) = 1; |
6003 | SUBREG_PROMOTED_UNSIGNED_P (temp) = unsignedp; | |
6004 | return temp; | |
6005 | } | |
6006 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
6007 | return DECL_RTL (exp); |
6008 | ||
6009 | case INTEGER_CST: | |
6010 | return immed_double_const (TREE_INT_CST_LOW (exp), | |
05bccae2 | 6011 | TREE_INT_CST_HIGH (exp), mode); |
bbf6f052 RK |
6012 | |
6013 | case CONST_DECL: | |
921b3427 RK |
6014 | return expand_expr (DECL_INITIAL (exp), target, VOIDmode, |
6015 | EXPAND_MEMORY_USE_BAD); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
6016 | |
6017 | case REAL_CST: | |
6018 | /* If optimized, generate immediate CONST_DOUBLE | |
6019 | which will be turned into memory by reload if necessary. | |
6020 | ||
6021 | We used to force a register so that loop.c could see it. But | |
6022 | this does not allow gen_* patterns to perform optimizations with | |
6023 | the constants. It also produces two insns in cases like "x = 1.0;". | |
6024 | On most machines, floating-point constants are not permitted in | |
6025 | many insns, so we'd end up copying it to a register in any case. | |
6026 | ||
6027 | Now, we do the copying in expand_binop, if appropriate. */ | |
6028 | return immed_real_const (exp); | |
6029 | ||
6030 | case COMPLEX_CST: | |
6031 | case STRING_CST: | |
6032 | if (! TREE_CST_RTL (exp)) | |
6033 | output_constant_def (exp); | |
6034 | ||
6035 | /* TREE_CST_RTL probably contains a constant address. | |
6036 | On RISC machines where a constant address isn't valid, | |
6037 | make some insns to get that address into a register. */ | |
6038 | if (GET_CODE (TREE_CST_RTL (exp)) == MEM | |
6039 | && modifier != EXPAND_CONST_ADDRESS | |
6040 | && modifier != EXPAND_INITIALIZER | |
6041 | && modifier != EXPAND_SUM | |
d6a5ac33 RK |
6042 | && (! memory_address_p (mode, XEXP (TREE_CST_RTL (exp), 0)) |
6043 | || (flag_force_addr | |
6044 | && GET_CODE (XEXP (TREE_CST_RTL (exp), 0)) != REG))) | |
bbf6f052 RK |
6045 | return change_address (TREE_CST_RTL (exp), VOIDmode, |
6046 | copy_rtx (XEXP (TREE_CST_RTL (exp), 0))); | |
6047 | return TREE_CST_RTL (exp); | |
6048 | ||
bf1e5319 | 6049 | case EXPR_WITH_FILE_LOCATION: |
b24f65cd APB |
6050 | { |
6051 | rtx to_return; | |
6052 | char *saved_input_filename = input_filename; | |
6053 | int saved_lineno = lineno; | |
6054 | input_filename = EXPR_WFL_FILENAME (exp); | |
6055 | lineno = EXPR_WFL_LINENO (exp); | |
6056 | if (EXPR_WFL_EMIT_LINE_NOTE (exp)) | |
6057 | emit_line_note (input_filename, lineno); | |
6058 | /* Possibly avoid switching back and force here */ | |
6059 | to_return = expand_expr (EXPR_WFL_NODE (exp), target, tmode, modifier); | |
6060 | input_filename = saved_input_filename; | |
6061 | lineno = saved_lineno; | |
6062 | return to_return; | |
6063 | } | |
bf1e5319 | 6064 | |
bbf6f052 RK |
6065 | case SAVE_EXPR: |
6066 | context = decl_function_context (exp); | |
d6a5ac33 | 6067 | |
d0977240 RK |
6068 | /* If this SAVE_EXPR was at global context, assume we are an |
6069 | initialization function and move it into our context. */ | |
6070 | if (context == 0) | |
6071 | SAVE_EXPR_CONTEXT (exp) = current_function_decl; | |
6072 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
6073 | /* We treat inline_function_decl as an alias for the current function |
6074 | because that is the inline function whose vars, types, etc. | |
6075 | are being merged into the current function. | |
6076 | See expand_inline_function. */ | |
6077 | if (context == current_function_decl || context == inline_function_decl) | |
6078 | context = 0; | |
6079 | ||
6080 | /* If this is non-local, handle it. */ | |
6081 | if (context) | |
6082 | { | |
d0977240 RK |
6083 | /* The following call just exists to abort if the context is |
6084 | not of a containing function. */ | |
6085 | find_function_data (context); | |
6086 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
6087 | temp = SAVE_EXPR_RTL (exp); |
6088 | if (temp && GET_CODE (temp) == REG) | |
6089 | { | |
6090 | put_var_into_stack (exp); | |
6091 | temp = SAVE_EXPR_RTL (exp); | |
6092 | } | |
6093 | if (temp == 0 || GET_CODE (temp) != MEM) | |
6094 | abort (); | |
6095 | return change_address (temp, mode, | |
6096 | fix_lexical_addr (XEXP (temp, 0), exp)); | |
6097 | } | |
6098 | if (SAVE_EXPR_RTL (exp) == 0) | |
6099 | { | |
06089a8b RK |
6100 | if (mode == VOIDmode) |
6101 | temp = const0_rtx; | |
6102 | else | |
e5e809f4 | 6103 | temp = assign_temp (type, 3, 0, 0); |
1499e0a8 | 6104 | |
bbf6f052 | 6105 | SAVE_EXPR_RTL (exp) = temp; |
bbf6f052 | 6106 | if (!optimize && GET_CODE (temp) == REG) |
38a448ca RH |
6107 | save_expr_regs = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (VOIDmode, temp, |
6108 | save_expr_regs); | |
ff78f773 RK |
6109 | |
6110 | /* If the mode of TEMP does not match that of the expression, it | |
6111 | must be a promoted value. We pass store_expr a SUBREG of the | |
6112 | wanted mode but mark it so that we know that it was already | |
6113 | extended. Note that `unsignedp' was modified above in | |
6114 | this case. */ | |
6115 | ||
6116 | if (GET_CODE (temp) == REG && GET_MODE (temp) != mode) | |
6117 | { | |
38a448ca | 6118 | temp = gen_rtx_SUBREG (mode, SAVE_EXPR_RTL (exp), 0); |
ff78f773 RK |
6119 | SUBREG_PROMOTED_VAR_P (temp) = 1; |
6120 | SUBREG_PROMOTED_UNSIGNED_P (temp) = unsignedp; | |
6121 | } | |
6122 | ||
4c7a0be9 | 6123 | if (temp == const0_rtx) |
921b3427 RK |
6124 | expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), const0_rtx, VOIDmode, |
6125 | EXPAND_MEMORY_USE_BAD); | |
4c7a0be9 JW |
6126 | else |
6127 | store_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), temp, 0); | |
e5e809f4 JL |
6128 | |
6129 | TREE_USED (exp) = 1; | |
bbf6f052 | 6130 | } |
1499e0a8 RK |
6131 | |
6132 | /* If the mode of SAVE_EXPR_RTL does not match that of the expression, it | |
6133 | must be a promoted value. We return a SUBREG of the wanted mode, | |
0f41302f | 6134 | but mark it so that we know that it was already extended. */ |
1499e0a8 RK |
6135 | |
6136 | if (GET_CODE (SAVE_EXPR_RTL (exp)) == REG | |
6137 | && GET_MODE (SAVE_EXPR_RTL (exp)) != mode) | |
6138 | { | |
e70d22c8 RK |
6139 | /* Compute the signedness and make the proper SUBREG. */ |
6140 | promote_mode (type, mode, &unsignedp, 0); | |
38a448ca | 6141 | temp = gen_rtx_SUBREG (mode, SAVE_EXPR_RTL (exp), 0); |
1499e0a8 RK |
6142 | SUBREG_PROMOTED_VAR_P (temp) = 1; |
6143 | SUBREG_PROMOTED_UNSIGNED_P (temp) = unsignedp; | |
6144 | return temp; | |
6145 | } | |
6146 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
6147 | return SAVE_EXPR_RTL (exp); |
6148 | ||
679163cf MS |
6149 | case UNSAVE_EXPR: |
6150 | { | |
6151 | rtx temp; | |
6152 | temp = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), target, tmode, modifier); | |
6153 | TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0) = unsave_expr_now (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)); | |
6154 | return temp; | |
6155 | } | |
6156 | ||
b50d17a1 | 6157 | case PLACEHOLDER_EXPR: |
e9a25f70 JL |
6158 | { |
6159 | tree placeholder_expr; | |
6160 | ||
6161 | /* If there is an object on the head of the placeholder list, | |
e5e809f4 | 6162 | see if some object in it of type TYPE or a pointer to it. For |
e9a25f70 JL |
6163 | further information, see tree.def. */ |
6164 | for (placeholder_expr = placeholder_list; | |
6165 | placeholder_expr != 0; | |
6166 | placeholder_expr = TREE_CHAIN (placeholder_expr)) | |
6167 | { | |
6168 | tree need_type = TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type); | |
6169 | tree object = 0; | |
6170 | tree old_list = placeholder_list; | |
6171 | tree elt; | |
6172 | ||
e5e809f4 JL |
6173 | /* Find the outermost reference that is of the type we want. |
6174 | If none, see if any object has a type that is a pointer to | |
6175 | the type we want. */ | |
6176 | for (elt = TREE_PURPOSE (placeholder_expr); | |
6177 | elt != 0 && object == 0; | |
6178 | elt | |
6179 | = ((TREE_CODE (elt) == COMPOUND_EXPR | |
6180 | || TREE_CODE (elt) == COND_EXPR) | |
6181 | ? TREE_OPERAND (elt, 1) | |
6182 | : (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (elt)) == 'r' | |
6183 | || TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (elt)) == '1' | |
6184 | || TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (elt)) == '2' | |
6185 | || TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (elt)) == 'e') | |
6186 | ? TREE_OPERAND (elt, 0) : 0)) | |
6187 | if (TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (TREE_TYPE (elt)) == need_type) | |
6188 | object = elt; | |
e9a25f70 | 6189 | |
e9a25f70 | 6190 | for (elt = TREE_PURPOSE (placeholder_expr); |
e5e809f4 JL |
6191 | elt != 0 && object == 0; |
6192 | elt | |
6193 | = ((TREE_CODE (elt) == COMPOUND_EXPR | |
6194 | || TREE_CODE (elt) == COND_EXPR) | |
6195 | ? TREE_OPERAND (elt, 1) | |
6196 | : (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (elt)) == 'r' | |
6197 | || TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (elt)) == '1' | |
6198 | || TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (elt)) == '2' | |
6199 | || TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (elt)) == 'e') | |
6200 | ? TREE_OPERAND (elt, 0) : 0)) | |
6201 | if (POINTER_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (elt)) | |
6202 | && (TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (elt))) | |
e9a25f70 | 6203 | == need_type)) |
e5e809f4 | 6204 | object = build1 (INDIRECT_REF, need_type, elt); |
dc500fa1 | 6205 | |
e9a25f70 | 6206 | if (object != 0) |
2cde2255 | 6207 | { |
e9a25f70 JL |
6208 | /* Expand this object skipping the list entries before |
6209 | it was found in case it is also a PLACEHOLDER_EXPR. | |
6210 | In that case, we want to translate it using subsequent | |
6211 | entries. */ | |
6212 | placeholder_list = TREE_CHAIN (placeholder_expr); | |
6213 | temp = expand_expr (object, original_target, tmode, | |
6214 | ro_modifier); | |
6215 | placeholder_list = old_list; | |
6216 | return temp; | |
2cde2255 | 6217 | } |
e9a25f70 JL |
6218 | } |
6219 | } | |
b50d17a1 RK |
6220 | |
6221 | /* We can't find the object or there was a missing WITH_RECORD_EXPR. */ | |
6222 | abort (); | |
6223 | ||
6224 | case WITH_RECORD_EXPR: | |
6225 | /* Put the object on the placeholder list, expand our first operand, | |
6226 | and pop the list. */ | |
6227 | placeholder_list = tree_cons (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), NULL_TREE, | |
6228 | placeholder_list); | |
6229 | target = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), original_target, | |
921b3427 | 6230 | tmode, ro_modifier); |
b50d17a1 RK |
6231 | placeholder_list = TREE_CHAIN (placeholder_list); |
6232 | return target; | |
6233 | ||
70e6ca43 APB |
6234 | case GOTO_EXPR: |
6235 | if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) == LABEL_DECL) | |
6236 | expand_goto (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)); | |
6237 | else | |
6238 | expand_computed_goto (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)); | |
6239 | return const0_rtx; | |
6240 | ||
bbf6f052 | 6241 | case EXIT_EXPR: |
e44842fe RK |
6242 | expand_exit_loop_if_false (NULL_PTR, |
6243 | invert_truthvalue (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
6244 | return const0_rtx; |
6245 | ||
f42e28dd APB |
6246 | case LABELED_BLOCK_EXPR: |
6247 | if (LABELED_BLOCK_BODY (exp)) | |
6248 | expand_expr_stmt (LABELED_BLOCK_BODY (exp)); | |
6249 | emit_label (label_rtx (LABELED_BLOCK_LABEL (exp))); | |
6250 | return const0_rtx; | |
6251 | ||
6252 | case EXIT_BLOCK_EXPR: | |
6253 | if (EXIT_BLOCK_RETURN (exp)) | |
ab87f8c8 | 6254 | sorry ("returned value in block_exit_expr"); |
f42e28dd APB |
6255 | expand_goto (LABELED_BLOCK_LABEL (EXIT_BLOCK_LABELED_BLOCK (exp))); |
6256 | return const0_rtx; | |
6257 | ||
bbf6f052 | 6258 | case LOOP_EXPR: |
0088fcb1 | 6259 | push_temp_slots (); |
bbf6f052 RK |
6260 | expand_start_loop (1); |
6261 | expand_expr_stmt (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)); | |
6262 | expand_end_loop (); | |
0088fcb1 | 6263 | pop_temp_slots (); |
bbf6f052 RK |
6264 | |
6265 | return const0_rtx; | |
6266 | ||
6267 | case BIND_EXPR: | |
6268 | { | |
6269 | tree vars = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0); | |
6270 | int vars_need_expansion = 0; | |
6271 | ||
6272 | /* Need to open a binding contour here because | |
e976b8b2 | 6273 | if there are any cleanups they must be contained here. */ |
8e91754e | 6274 | expand_start_bindings (2); |
bbf6f052 | 6275 | |
2df53c0b RS |
6276 | /* Mark the corresponding BLOCK for output in its proper place. */ |
6277 | if (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2) != 0 | |
6278 | && ! TREE_USED (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2))) | |
6279 | insert_block (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2)); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
6280 | |
6281 | /* If VARS have not yet been expanded, expand them now. */ | |
6282 | while (vars) | |
6283 | { | |
6284 | if (DECL_RTL (vars) == 0) | |
6285 | { | |
6286 | vars_need_expansion = 1; | |
6287 | expand_decl (vars); | |
6288 | } | |
6289 | expand_decl_init (vars); | |
6290 | vars = TREE_CHAIN (vars); | |
6291 | } | |
6292 | ||
921b3427 | 6293 | temp = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), target, tmode, ro_modifier); |
bbf6f052 RK |
6294 | |
6295 | expand_end_bindings (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0, 0); | |
6296 | ||
6297 | return temp; | |
6298 | } | |
6299 | ||
6300 | case RTL_EXPR: | |
83b853c9 JM |
6301 | if (RTL_EXPR_SEQUENCE (exp)) |
6302 | { | |
6303 | if (RTL_EXPR_SEQUENCE (exp) == const0_rtx) | |
6304 | abort (); | |
6305 | emit_insns (RTL_EXPR_SEQUENCE (exp)); | |
6306 | RTL_EXPR_SEQUENCE (exp) = const0_rtx; | |
6307 | } | |
64dc53f3 MM |
6308 | preserve_rtl_expr_result (RTL_EXPR_RTL (exp)); |
6309 | free_temps_for_rtl_expr (exp); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
6310 | return RTL_EXPR_RTL (exp); |
6311 | ||
6312 | case CONSTRUCTOR: | |
dd27116b RK |
6313 | /* If we don't need the result, just ensure we evaluate any |
6314 | subexpressions. */ | |
6315 | if (ignore) | |
6316 | { | |
6317 | tree elt; | |
6318 | for (elt = CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (exp); elt; elt = TREE_CHAIN (elt)) | |
921b3427 RK |
6319 | expand_expr (TREE_VALUE (elt), const0_rtx, VOIDmode, |
6320 | EXPAND_MEMORY_USE_BAD); | |
dd27116b RK |
6321 | return const0_rtx; |
6322 | } | |
3207b172 | 6323 | |
4af3895e JVA |
6324 | /* All elts simple constants => refer to a constant in memory. But |
6325 | if this is a non-BLKmode mode, let it store a field at a time | |
6326 | since that should make a CONST_INT or CONST_DOUBLE when we | |
3207b172 | 6327 | fold. Likewise, if we have a target we can use, it is best to |
d720b9d1 RK |
6328 | store directly into the target unless the type is large enough |
6329 | that memcpy will be used. If we are making an initializer and | |
3207b172 | 6330 | all operands are constant, put it in memory as well. */ |
dd27116b | 6331 | else if ((TREE_STATIC (exp) |
3207b172 | 6332 | && ((mode == BLKmode |
e5e809f4 | 6333 | && ! (target != 0 && safe_from_p (target, exp, 1))) |
d720b9d1 | 6334 | || TREE_ADDRESSABLE (exp) |
05bccae2 RK |
6335 | || (TREE_CODE (TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (type)) == INTEGER_CST |
6336 | && TREE_INT_CST_HIGH (TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (type)) == 0 | |
6337 | && (! MOVE_BY_PIECES_P | |
6338 | (TREE_INT_CST_LOW (TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (type)), | |
fbe1758d | 6339 | TYPE_ALIGN (type) / BITS_PER_UNIT)) |
9de08200 | 6340 | && ! mostly_zeros_p (exp)))) |
dd27116b | 6341 | || (modifier == EXPAND_INITIALIZER && TREE_CONSTANT (exp))) |
bbf6f052 RK |
6342 | { |
6343 | rtx constructor = output_constant_def (exp); | |
b552441b RS |
6344 | if (modifier != EXPAND_CONST_ADDRESS |
6345 | && modifier != EXPAND_INITIALIZER | |
6346 | && modifier != EXPAND_SUM | |
d6a5ac33 RK |
6347 | && (! memory_address_p (GET_MODE (constructor), |
6348 | XEXP (constructor, 0)) | |
6349 | || (flag_force_addr | |
6350 | && GET_CODE (XEXP (constructor, 0)) != REG))) | |
bbf6f052 RK |
6351 | constructor = change_address (constructor, VOIDmode, |
6352 | XEXP (constructor, 0)); | |
6353 | return constructor; | |
6354 | } | |
6355 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
6356 | else |
6357 | { | |
e9ac02a6 JW |
6358 | /* Handle calls that pass values in multiple non-contiguous |
6359 | locations. The Irix 6 ABI has examples of this. */ | |
e5e809f4 | 6360 | if (target == 0 || ! safe_from_p (target, exp, 1) |
e9ac02a6 | 6361 | || GET_CODE (target) == PARALLEL) |
06089a8b RK |
6362 | { |
6363 | if (mode != BLKmode && ! TREE_ADDRESSABLE (exp)) | |
6364 | target = gen_reg_rtx (tmode != VOIDmode ? tmode : mode); | |
6365 | else | |
6366 | target = assign_temp (type, 0, 1, 1); | |
6367 | } | |
07604beb RK |
6368 | |
6369 | if (TREE_READONLY (exp)) | |
6370 | { | |
9151b3bf | 6371 | if (GET_CODE (target) == MEM) |
effbcc6a RK |
6372 | target = copy_rtx (target); |
6373 | ||
07604beb RK |
6374 | RTX_UNCHANGING_P (target) = 1; |
6375 | } | |
6376 | ||
b7010412 RK |
6377 | store_constructor (exp, target, TYPE_ALIGN (TREE_TYPE (exp)), 0, |
6378 | int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (exp))); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
6379 | return target; |
6380 | } | |
6381 | ||
6382 | case INDIRECT_REF: | |
6383 | { | |
6384 | tree exp1 = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0); | |
6385 | tree exp2; | |
7581a30f JW |
6386 | tree index; |
6387 | tree string = string_constant (exp1, &index); | |
7581a30f | 6388 | |
06eaa86f | 6389 | /* Try to optimize reads from const strings. */ |
7581a30f JW |
6390 | if (string |
6391 | && TREE_CODE (string) == STRING_CST | |
6392 | && TREE_CODE (index) == INTEGER_CST | |
05bccae2 | 6393 | && compare_tree_int (index, TREE_STRING_LENGTH (string)) < 0 |
7581a30f | 6394 | && GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT |
06eaa86f JW |
6395 | && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) == 1 |
6396 | && modifier != EXPAND_MEMORY_USE_WO) | |
05bccae2 RK |
6397 | return |
6398 | GEN_INT (TREE_STRING_POINTER (string)[TREE_INT_CST_LOW (index)]); | |
bbf6f052 | 6399 | |
405f0da6 JW |
6400 | op0 = expand_expr (exp1, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, EXPAND_SUM); |
6401 | op0 = memory_address (mode, op0); | |
8c8a8e34 | 6402 | |
01d939e8 | 6403 | if (cfun && current_function_check_memory_usage |
49ad7cfa | 6404 | && ! AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (exp))) |
921b3427 RK |
6405 | { |
6406 | enum memory_use_mode memory_usage; | |
6407 | memory_usage = get_memory_usage_from_modifier (modifier); | |
6408 | ||
6409 | if (memory_usage != MEMORY_USE_DONT) | |
c85f7c16 JL |
6410 | { |
6411 | in_check_memory_usage = 1; | |
6412 | emit_library_call (chkr_check_addr_libfunc, 1, VOIDmode, 3, | |
6a9c4aed | 6413 | op0, Pmode, |
c85f7c16 JL |
6414 | GEN_INT (int_size_in_bytes (type)), |
6415 | TYPE_MODE (sizetype), | |
6416 | GEN_INT (memory_usage), | |
6417 | TYPE_MODE (integer_type_node)); | |
6418 | in_check_memory_usage = 0; | |
6419 | } | |
921b3427 RK |
6420 | } |
6421 | ||
38a448ca | 6422 | temp = gen_rtx_MEM (mode, op0); |
8c8a8e34 JW |
6423 | /* If address was computed by addition, |
6424 | mark this as an element of an aggregate. */ | |
9ec36da5 JL |
6425 | if (TREE_CODE (exp1) == PLUS_EXPR |
6426 | || (TREE_CODE (exp1) == SAVE_EXPR | |
6427 | && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp1, 0)) == PLUS_EXPR) | |
05e3bdb9 | 6428 | || AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (exp)) |
8c8a8e34 JW |
6429 | || (TREE_CODE (exp1) == ADDR_EXPR |
6430 | && (exp2 = TREE_OPERAND (exp1, 0)) | |
b5f88157 | 6431 | && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (exp2)))) |
c6df88cb | 6432 | MEM_SET_IN_STRUCT_P (temp, 1); |
b5f88157 | 6433 | |
2c4c436a | 6434 | MEM_VOLATILE_P (temp) = TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (exp) | flag_volatile; |
41472af8 | 6435 | MEM_ALIAS_SET (temp) = get_alias_set (exp); |
1125706f RK |
6436 | |
6437 | /* It is incorrect to set RTX_UNCHANGING_P from TREE_READONLY | |
6438 | here, because, in C and C++, the fact that a location is accessed | |
6439 | through a pointer to const does not mean that the value there can | |
6440 | never change. Languages where it can never change should | |
6441 | also set TREE_STATIC. */ | |
5cb7a25a | 6442 | RTX_UNCHANGING_P (temp) = TREE_READONLY (exp) & TREE_STATIC (exp); |
14a774a9 RK |
6443 | |
6444 | /* If we are writing to this object and its type is a record with | |
6445 | readonly fields, we must mark it as readonly so it will | |
6446 | conflict with readonly references to those fields. */ | |
6447 | if (modifier == EXPAND_MEMORY_USE_WO | |
6448 | && TREE_CODE (type) == RECORD_TYPE && readonly_fields_p (type)) | |
6449 | RTX_UNCHANGING_P (temp) = 1; | |
6450 | ||
8c8a8e34 JW |
6451 | return temp; |
6452 | } | |
bbf6f052 RK |
6453 | |
6454 | case ARRAY_REF: | |
742920c7 RK |
6455 | if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))) != ARRAY_TYPE) |
6456 | abort (); | |
bbf6f052 | 6457 | |
bbf6f052 | 6458 | { |
742920c7 RK |
6459 | tree array = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0); |
6460 | tree domain = TYPE_DOMAIN (TREE_TYPE (array)); | |
6461 | tree low_bound = domain ? TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain) : integer_zero_node; | |
fed3cef0 | 6462 | tree index = convert (sizetype, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)); |
08293add | 6463 | HOST_WIDE_INT i; |
b50d17a1 | 6464 | |
d4c89139 PB |
6465 | /* Optimize the special-case of a zero lower bound. |
6466 | ||
6467 | We convert the low_bound to sizetype to avoid some problems | |
6468 | with constant folding. (E.g. suppose the lower bound is 1, | |
6469 | and its mode is QI. Without the conversion, (ARRAY | |
6470 | +(INDEX-(unsigned char)1)) becomes ((ARRAY+(-(unsigned char)1)) | |
fed3cef0 | 6471 | +INDEX), which becomes (ARRAY+255+INDEX). Oops!) */ |
d4c89139 | 6472 | |
742920c7 | 6473 | if (! integer_zerop (low_bound)) |
fed3cef0 | 6474 | index = size_diffop (index, convert (sizetype, low_bound)); |
742920c7 | 6475 | |
742920c7 | 6476 | /* Fold an expression like: "foo"[2]. |
ad2e7dd0 RK |
6477 | This is not done in fold so it won't happen inside &. |
6478 | Don't fold if this is for wide characters since it's too | |
6479 | difficult to do correctly and this is a very rare case. */ | |
742920c7 RK |
6480 | |
6481 | if (TREE_CODE (array) == STRING_CST | |
6482 | && TREE_CODE (index) == INTEGER_CST | |
05bccae2 | 6483 | && compare_tree_int (index, TREE_STRING_LENGTH (array)) < 0 |
ad2e7dd0 RK |
6484 | && GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT |
6485 | && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) == 1) | |
05bccae2 RK |
6486 | return |
6487 | GEN_INT (TREE_STRING_POINTER (array)[TREE_INT_CST_LOW (index)]); | |
bbf6f052 | 6488 | |
742920c7 RK |
6489 | /* If this is a constant index into a constant array, |
6490 | just get the value from the array. Handle both the cases when | |
6491 | we have an explicit constructor and when our operand is a variable | |
6492 | that was declared const. */ | |
4af3895e | 6493 | |
05bccae2 RK |
6494 | if (TREE_CODE (array) == CONSTRUCTOR && ! TREE_SIDE_EFFECTS (array) |
6495 | && TREE_CODE (index) == INTEGER_CST | |
6496 | && 0 > compare_tree_int (index, | |
6497 | list_length (CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS | |
6498 | (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))))) | |
742920c7 | 6499 | { |
05bccae2 RK |
6500 | tree elem; |
6501 | ||
6502 | for (elem = CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)), | |
6503 | i = TREE_INT_CST_LOW (index); | |
6504 | elem != 0 && i != 0; i--, elem = TREE_CHAIN (elem)) | |
6505 | ; | |
6506 | ||
6507 | if (elem) | |
6508 | return expand_expr (fold (TREE_VALUE (elem)), target, | |
6509 | tmode, ro_modifier); | |
742920c7 | 6510 | } |
4af3895e | 6511 | |
742920c7 RK |
6512 | else if (optimize >= 1 |
6513 | && TREE_READONLY (array) && ! TREE_SIDE_EFFECTS (array) | |
6514 | && TREE_CODE (array) == VAR_DECL && DECL_INITIAL (array) | |
6515 | && TREE_CODE (DECL_INITIAL (array)) != ERROR_MARK) | |
6516 | { | |
08293add | 6517 | if (TREE_CODE (index) == INTEGER_CST) |
742920c7 RK |
6518 | { |
6519 | tree init = DECL_INITIAL (array); | |
6520 | ||
742920c7 RK |
6521 | if (TREE_CODE (init) == CONSTRUCTOR) |
6522 | { | |
6523 | tree elem = CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (init); | |
6524 | ||
05bccae2 RK |
6525 | for (elem = CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (init); |
6526 | ! tree_int_cst_equal (TREE_PURPOSE (elem), index); | |
6527 | elem = TREE_CHAIN (elem)) | |
6528 | ; | |
6529 | ||
742920c7 RK |
6530 | if (elem) |
6531 | return expand_expr (fold (TREE_VALUE (elem)), target, | |
921b3427 | 6532 | tmode, ro_modifier); |
742920c7 RK |
6533 | } |
6534 | else if (TREE_CODE (init) == STRING_CST | |
05bccae2 RK |
6535 | && 0 > compare_tree_int (index, |
6536 | TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init))) | |
08293add RK |
6537 | return (GEN_INT |
6538 | (TREE_STRING_POINTER | |
6539 | (init)[TREE_INT_CST_LOW (index)])); | |
742920c7 RK |
6540 | } |
6541 | } | |
6542 | } | |
8c8a8e34 | 6543 | |
08293add | 6544 | /* ... fall through ... */ |
bbf6f052 RK |
6545 | |
6546 | case COMPONENT_REF: | |
6547 | case BIT_FIELD_REF: | |
4af3895e | 6548 | /* If the operand is a CONSTRUCTOR, we can just extract the |
7a0b7b9a RK |
6549 | appropriate field if it is present. Don't do this if we have |
6550 | already written the data since we want to refer to that copy | |
6551 | and varasm.c assumes that's what we'll do. */ | |
4af3895e | 6552 | if (code != ARRAY_REF |
7a0b7b9a RK |
6553 | && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) == CONSTRUCTOR |
6554 | && TREE_CST_RTL (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) == 0) | |
4af3895e JVA |
6555 | { |
6556 | tree elt; | |
6557 | ||
6558 | for (elt = CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)); elt; | |
6559 | elt = TREE_CHAIN (elt)) | |
86b5812c RK |
6560 | if (TREE_PURPOSE (elt) == TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1) |
6561 | /* We can normally use the value of the field in the | |
6562 | CONSTRUCTOR. However, if this is a bitfield in | |
6563 | an integral mode that we can fit in a HOST_WIDE_INT, | |
6564 | we must mask only the number of bits in the bitfield, | |
6565 | since this is done implicitly by the constructor. If | |
6566 | the bitfield does not meet either of those conditions, | |
6567 | we can't do this optimization. */ | |
6568 | && (! DECL_BIT_FIELD (TREE_PURPOSE (elt)) | |
6569 | || ((GET_MODE_CLASS (DECL_MODE (TREE_PURPOSE (elt))) | |
6570 | == MODE_INT) | |
6571 | && (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (DECL_MODE (TREE_PURPOSE (elt))) | |
6572 | <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)))) | |
6573 | { | |
6574 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_VALUE (elt), target, tmode, modifier); | |
6575 | if (DECL_BIT_FIELD (TREE_PURPOSE (elt))) | |
6576 | { | |
9df2c88c RK |
6577 | HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize |
6578 | = TREE_INT_CST_LOW (DECL_SIZE (TREE_PURPOSE (elt))); | |
86b5812c RK |
6579 | |
6580 | if (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_PURPOSE (elt)))) | |
6581 | { | |
6582 | op1 = GEN_INT (((HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 << bitsize) - 1); | |
6583 | op0 = expand_and (op0, op1, target); | |
6584 | } | |
6585 | else | |
6586 | { | |
e5e809f4 JL |
6587 | enum machine_mode imode |
6588 | = TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_PURPOSE (elt))); | |
86b5812c | 6589 | tree count |
e5e809f4 JL |
6590 | = build_int_2 (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (imode) - bitsize, |
6591 | 0); | |
86b5812c RK |
6592 | |
6593 | op0 = expand_shift (LSHIFT_EXPR, imode, op0, count, | |
6594 | target, 0); | |
6595 | op0 = expand_shift (RSHIFT_EXPR, imode, op0, count, | |
6596 | target, 0); | |
6597 | } | |
6598 | } | |
6599 | ||
6600 | return op0; | |
6601 | } | |
4af3895e JVA |
6602 | } |
6603 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
6604 | { |
6605 | enum machine_mode mode1; | |
6606 | int bitsize; | |
6607 | int bitpos; | |
7bb0943f | 6608 | tree offset; |
bbf6f052 | 6609 | int volatilep = 0; |
729a2125 | 6610 | unsigned int alignment; |
839c4796 RK |
6611 | tree tem = get_inner_reference (exp, &bitsize, &bitpos, &offset, |
6612 | &mode1, &unsignedp, &volatilep, | |
6613 | &alignment); | |
bbf6f052 | 6614 | |
e7f3c83f RK |
6615 | /* If we got back the original object, something is wrong. Perhaps |
6616 | we are evaluating an expression too early. In any event, don't | |
6617 | infinitely recurse. */ | |
6618 | if (tem == exp) | |
6619 | abort (); | |
6620 | ||
3d27140a | 6621 | /* If TEM's type is a union of variable size, pass TARGET to the inner |
b74f5ff2 RK |
6622 | computation, since it will need a temporary and TARGET is known |
6623 | to have to do. This occurs in unchecked conversion in Ada. */ | |
6624 | ||
6625 | op0 = expand_expr (tem, | |
6626 | (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (tem)) == UNION_TYPE | |
6627 | && (TREE_CODE (TYPE_SIZE (TREE_TYPE (tem))) | |
6628 | != INTEGER_CST) | |
6629 | ? target : NULL_RTX), | |
4ed67205 | 6630 | VOIDmode, |
14a774a9 RK |
6631 | (modifier == EXPAND_INITIALIZER |
6632 | || modifier == EXPAND_CONST_ADDRESS) | |
e5e809f4 | 6633 | ? modifier : EXPAND_NORMAL); |
bbf6f052 | 6634 | |
8c8a8e34 | 6635 | /* If this is a constant, put it into a register if it is a |
14a774a9 | 6636 | legitimate constant and OFFSET is 0 and memory if it isn't. */ |
8c8a8e34 JW |
6637 | if (CONSTANT_P (op0)) |
6638 | { | |
6639 | enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (tem)); | |
14a774a9 RK |
6640 | if (mode != BLKmode && LEGITIMATE_CONSTANT_P (op0) |
6641 | && offset == 0) | |
8c8a8e34 JW |
6642 | op0 = force_reg (mode, op0); |
6643 | else | |
6644 | op0 = validize_mem (force_const_mem (mode, op0)); | |
6645 | } | |
6646 | ||
7bb0943f RS |
6647 | if (offset != 0) |
6648 | { | |
906c4e36 | 6649 | rtx offset_rtx = expand_expr (offset, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); |
7bb0943f | 6650 | |
14a774a9 RK |
6651 | /* If this object is in memory, put it into a register. |
6652 | This case can't occur in C, but can in Ada if we have | |
6653 | unchecked conversion of an expression from a scalar type to | |
6654 | an array or record type. */ | |
6655 | if (GET_CODE (op0) == REG || GET_CODE (op0) == SUBREG | |
6656 | || GET_CODE (op0) == CONCAT || GET_CODE (op0) == ADDRESSOF) | |
6657 | { | |
6658 | rtx memloc = assign_temp (TREE_TYPE (tem), 1, 1, 1); | |
6659 | ||
6660 | mark_temp_addr_taken (memloc); | |
6661 | emit_move_insn (memloc, op0); | |
6662 | op0 = memloc; | |
6663 | } | |
6664 | ||
7bb0943f RS |
6665 | if (GET_CODE (op0) != MEM) |
6666 | abort (); | |
2d48c13d JL |
6667 | |
6668 | if (GET_MODE (offset_rtx) != ptr_mode) | |
bd070e1a | 6669 | { |
2d48c13d | 6670 | #ifdef POINTERS_EXTEND_UNSIGNED |
822a3443 | 6671 | offset_rtx = convert_memory_address (ptr_mode, offset_rtx); |
2d48c13d | 6672 | #else |
bd070e1a | 6673 | offset_rtx = convert_to_mode (ptr_mode, offset_rtx, 0); |
2d48c13d | 6674 | #endif |
bd070e1a | 6675 | } |
2d48c13d | 6676 | |
14a774a9 | 6677 | /* A constant address in OP0 can have VOIDmode, we must not try |
efd07ca7 | 6678 | to call force_reg for that case. Avoid that case. */ |
89752202 HB |
6679 | if (GET_CODE (op0) == MEM |
6680 | && GET_MODE (op0) == BLKmode | |
efd07ca7 | 6681 | && GET_MODE (XEXP (op0, 0)) != VOIDmode |
14a774a9 | 6682 | && bitsize != 0 |
89752202 HB |
6683 | && (bitpos % bitsize) == 0 |
6684 | && (bitsize % GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (mode1)) == 0 | |
6685 | && (alignment * BITS_PER_UNIT) == GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (mode1)) | |
6686 | { | |
6687 | rtx temp = change_address (op0, mode1, | |
6688 | plus_constant (XEXP (op0, 0), | |
6689 | (bitpos / | |
6690 | BITS_PER_UNIT))); | |
6691 | if (GET_CODE (XEXP (temp, 0)) == REG) | |
6692 | op0 = temp; | |
6693 | else | |
6694 | op0 = change_address (op0, mode1, | |
6695 | force_reg (GET_MODE (XEXP (temp, 0)), | |
6696 | XEXP (temp, 0))); | |
6697 | bitpos = 0; | |
6698 | } | |
6699 | ||
6700 | ||
7bb0943f | 6701 | op0 = change_address (op0, VOIDmode, |
38a448ca | 6702 | gen_rtx_PLUS (ptr_mode, XEXP (op0, 0), |
c5c76735 JL |
6703 | force_reg (ptr_mode, |
6704 | offset_rtx))); | |
7bb0943f RS |
6705 | } |
6706 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
6707 | /* Don't forget about volatility even if this is a bitfield. */ |
6708 | if (GET_CODE (op0) == MEM && volatilep && ! MEM_VOLATILE_P (op0)) | |
6709 | { | |
6710 | op0 = copy_rtx (op0); | |
6711 | MEM_VOLATILE_P (op0) = 1; | |
6712 | } | |
6713 | ||
921b3427 | 6714 | /* Check the access. */ |
c5c76735 | 6715 | if (current_function_check_memory_usage && GET_CODE (op0) == MEM) |
921b3427 RK |
6716 | { |
6717 | enum memory_use_mode memory_usage; | |
6718 | memory_usage = get_memory_usage_from_modifier (modifier); | |
6719 | ||
6720 | if (memory_usage != MEMORY_USE_DONT) | |
6721 | { | |
6722 | rtx to; | |
6723 | int size; | |
6724 | ||
6725 | to = plus_constant (XEXP (op0, 0), (bitpos / BITS_PER_UNIT)); | |
6726 | size = (bitpos % BITS_PER_UNIT) + bitsize + BITS_PER_UNIT - 1; | |
6727 | ||
6728 | /* Check the access right of the pointer. */ | |
e9a25f70 JL |
6729 | if (size > BITS_PER_UNIT) |
6730 | emit_library_call (chkr_check_addr_libfunc, 1, VOIDmode, 3, | |
6a9c4aed | 6731 | to, Pmode, |
e9a25f70 JL |
6732 | GEN_INT (size / BITS_PER_UNIT), |
6733 | TYPE_MODE (sizetype), | |
956d6950 JL |
6734 | GEN_INT (memory_usage), |
6735 | TYPE_MODE (integer_type_node)); | |
921b3427 RK |
6736 | } |
6737 | } | |
6738 | ||
ccc98036 RS |
6739 | /* In cases where an aligned union has an unaligned object |
6740 | as a field, we might be extracting a BLKmode value from | |
6741 | an integer-mode (e.g., SImode) object. Handle this case | |
6742 | by doing the extract into an object as wide as the field | |
6743 | (which we know to be the width of a basic mode), then | |
f2420d0b JW |
6744 | storing into memory, and changing the mode to BLKmode. |
6745 | If we ultimately want the address (EXPAND_CONST_ADDRESS or | |
6746 | EXPAND_INITIALIZER), then we must not copy to a temporary. */ | |
bbf6f052 | 6747 | if (mode1 == VOIDmode |
ccc98036 | 6748 | || GET_CODE (op0) == REG || GET_CODE (op0) == SUBREG |
f9409c3a | 6749 | || (modifier != EXPAND_CONST_ADDRESS |
f9409c3a | 6750 | && modifier != EXPAND_INITIALIZER |
c2722ef6 RK |
6751 | && ((mode1 != BLKmode && ! direct_load[(int) mode1] |
6752 | && GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) != MODE_COMPLEX_INT | |
6753 | && GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) != MODE_COMPLEX_FLOAT) | |
f9409c3a JW |
6754 | /* If the field isn't aligned enough to fetch as a memref, |
6755 | fetch it as a bit field. */ | |
e1565e65 DE |
6756 | || (mode1 != BLKmode |
6757 | && SLOW_UNALIGNED_ACCESS (mode1, alignment) | |
14a774a9 RK |
6758 | && ((TYPE_ALIGN (TREE_TYPE (tem)) |
6759 | < (unsigned int) GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (mode)) | |
dd841181 RK |
6760 | || (bitpos % GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (mode) != 0))) |
6761 | /* If the type and the field are a constant size and the | |
6762 | size of the type isn't the same size as the bitfield, | |
6763 | we must use bitfield operations. */ | |
6764 | || ((bitsize >= 0 | |
6765 | && (TREE_CODE (TYPE_SIZE (TREE_TYPE (exp))) | |
6766 | == INTEGER_CST) | |
05bccae2 RK |
6767 | && 0 != compare_tree_int (TYPE_SIZE (TREE_TYPE (exp)), |
6768 | bitsize))))) | |
14a774a9 RK |
6769 | || (modifier != EXPAND_CONST_ADDRESS |
6770 | && modifier != EXPAND_INITIALIZER | |
6771 | && mode == BLKmode | |
e1565e65 | 6772 | && SLOW_UNALIGNED_ACCESS (mode, alignment) |
14a774a9 RK |
6773 | && (TYPE_ALIGN (type) > alignment * BITS_PER_UNIT |
6774 | || bitpos % TYPE_ALIGN (type) != 0))) | |
bbf6f052 | 6775 | { |
bbf6f052 RK |
6776 | enum machine_mode ext_mode = mode; |
6777 | ||
14a774a9 RK |
6778 | if (ext_mode == BLKmode |
6779 | && ! (target != 0 && GET_CODE (op0) == MEM | |
6780 | && GET_CODE (target) == MEM | |
6781 | && bitpos % BITS_PER_UNIT == 0)) | |
bbf6f052 RK |
6782 | ext_mode = mode_for_size (bitsize, MODE_INT, 1); |
6783 | ||
6784 | if (ext_mode == BLKmode) | |
a281e72d RK |
6785 | { |
6786 | /* In this case, BITPOS must start at a byte boundary and | |
6787 | TARGET, if specified, must be a MEM. */ | |
6788 | if (GET_CODE (op0) != MEM | |
6789 | || (target != 0 && GET_CODE (target) != MEM) | |
6790 | || bitpos % BITS_PER_UNIT != 0) | |
6791 | abort (); | |
6792 | ||
6793 | op0 = change_address (op0, VOIDmode, | |
6794 | plus_constant (XEXP (op0, 0), | |
6795 | bitpos / BITS_PER_UNIT)); | |
6796 | if (target == 0) | |
6797 | target = assign_temp (type, 0, 1, 1); | |
6798 | ||
6799 | emit_block_move (target, op0, | |
6800 | GEN_INT ((bitsize + BITS_PER_UNIT - 1) | |
6801 | / BITS_PER_UNIT), | |
6802 | 1); | |
6803 | ||
6804 | return target; | |
6805 | } | |
bbf6f052 | 6806 | |
dc6d66b3 RK |
6807 | op0 = validize_mem (op0); |
6808 | ||
6809 | if (GET_CODE (op0) == MEM && GET_CODE (XEXP (op0, 0)) == REG) | |
6810 | mark_reg_pointer (XEXP (op0, 0), alignment); | |
6811 | ||
6812 | op0 = extract_bit_field (op0, bitsize, bitpos, | |
bbf6f052 | 6813 | unsignedp, target, ext_mode, ext_mode, |
034f9101 | 6814 | alignment, |
bbf6f052 | 6815 | int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (tem))); |
ef19912d RK |
6816 | |
6817 | /* If the result is a record type and BITSIZE is narrower than | |
6818 | the mode of OP0, an integral mode, and this is a big endian | |
6819 | machine, we must put the field into the high-order bits. */ | |
6820 | if (TREE_CODE (type) == RECORD_TYPE && BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN | |
6821 | && GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (op0)) == MODE_INT | |
6822 | && bitsize < GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (op0))) | |
6823 | op0 = expand_shift (LSHIFT_EXPR, GET_MODE (op0), op0, | |
6824 | size_int (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (op0)) | |
6825 | - bitsize), | |
6826 | op0, 1); | |
6827 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
6828 | if (mode == BLKmode) |
6829 | { | |
6830 | rtx new = assign_stack_temp (ext_mode, | |
6831 | bitsize / BITS_PER_UNIT, 0); | |
6832 | ||
6833 | emit_move_insn (new, op0); | |
6834 | op0 = copy_rtx (new); | |
6835 | PUT_MODE (op0, BLKmode); | |
c6df88cb | 6836 | MEM_SET_IN_STRUCT_P (op0, 1); |
bbf6f052 RK |
6837 | } |
6838 | ||
6839 | return op0; | |
6840 | } | |
6841 | ||
05019f83 RK |
6842 | /* If the result is BLKmode, use that to access the object |
6843 | now as well. */ | |
6844 | if (mode == BLKmode) | |
6845 | mode1 = BLKmode; | |
6846 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
6847 | /* Get a reference to just this component. */ |
6848 | if (modifier == EXPAND_CONST_ADDRESS | |
6849 | || modifier == EXPAND_SUM || modifier == EXPAND_INITIALIZER) | |
38a448ca RH |
6850 | op0 = gen_rtx_MEM (mode1, plus_constant (XEXP (op0, 0), |
6851 | (bitpos / BITS_PER_UNIT))); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
6852 | else |
6853 | op0 = change_address (op0, mode1, | |
6854 | plus_constant (XEXP (op0, 0), | |
6855 | (bitpos / BITS_PER_UNIT))); | |
41472af8 MM |
6856 | |
6857 | if (GET_CODE (op0) == MEM) | |
6858 | MEM_ALIAS_SET (op0) = get_alias_set (exp); | |
14a774a9 | 6859 | |
dc6d66b3 RK |
6860 | if (GET_CODE (XEXP (op0, 0)) == REG) |
6861 | mark_reg_pointer (XEXP (op0, 0), alignment); | |
6862 | ||
c6df88cb | 6863 | MEM_SET_IN_STRUCT_P (op0, 1); |
bbf6f052 | 6864 | MEM_VOLATILE_P (op0) |= volatilep; |
0d15e60c | 6865 | if (mode == mode1 || mode1 == BLKmode || mode1 == tmode |
08bbd316 | 6866 | || modifier == EXPAND_CONST_ADDRESS |
0d15e60c | 6867 | || modifier == EXPAND_INITIALIZER) |
bbf6f052 | 6868 | return op0; |
0d15e60c | 6869 | else if (target == 0) |
bbf6f052 | 6870 | target = gen_reg_rtx (tmode != VOIDmode ? tmode : mode); |
0d15e60c | 6871 | |
bbf6f052 RK |
6872 | convert_move (target, op0, unsignedp); |
6873 | return target; | |
6874 | } | |
6875 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
6876 | /* Intended for a reference to a buffer of a file-object in Pascal. |
6877 | But it's not certain that a special tree code will really be | |
6878 | necessary for these. INDIRECT_REF might work for them. */ | |
6879 | case BUFFER_REF: | |
6880 | abort (); | |
6881 | ||
7308a047 | 6882 | case IN_EXPR: |
7308a047 | 6883 | { |
d6a5ac33 RK |
6884 | /* Pascal set IN expression. |
6885 | ||
6886 | Algorithm: | |
6887 | rlo = set_low - (set_low%bits_per_word); | |
6888 | the_word = set [ (index - rlo)/bits_per_word ]; | |
6889 | bit_index = index % bits_per_word; | |
6890 | bitmask = 1 << bit_index; | |
6891 | return !!(the_word & bitmask); */ | |
6892 | ||
7308a047 RS |
6893 | tree set = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0); |
6894 | tree index = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1); | |
d6a5ac33 | 6895 | int iunsignedp = TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (index)); |
7308a047 | 6896 | tree set_type = TREE_TYPE (set); |
7308a047 RS |
6897 | tree set_low_bound = TYPE_MIN_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (set_type)); |
6898 | tree set_high_bound = TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (set_type)); | |
d6a5ac33 RK |
6899 | rtx index_val = expand_expr (index, 0, VOIDmode, 0); |
6900 | rtx lo_r = expand_expr (set_low_bound, 0, VOIDmode, 0); | |
6901 | rtx hi_r = expand_expr (set_high_bound, 0, VOIDmode, 0); | |
6902 | rtx setval = expand_expr (set, 0, VOIDmode, 0); | |
6903 | rtx setaddr = XEXP (setval, 0); | |
6904 | enum machine_mode index_mode = TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (index)); | |
7308a047 RS |
6905 | rtx rlow; |
6906 | rtx diff, quo, rem, addr, bit, result; | |
7308a047 | 6907 | |
d6a5ac33 RK |
6908 | preexpand_calls (exp); |
6909 | ||
6910 | /* If domain is empty, answer is no. Likewise if index is constant | |
6911 | and out of bounds. */ | |
51723711 | 6912 | if (((TREE_CODE (set_high_bound) == INTEGER_CST |
d6a5ac33 | 6913 | && TREE_CODE (set_low_bound) == INTEGER_CST |
51723711 | 6914 | && tree_int_cst_lt (set_high_bound, set_low_bound)) |
d6a5ac33 RK |
6915 | || (TREE_CODE (index) == INTEGER_CST |
6916 | && TREE_CODE (set_low_bound) == INTEGER_CST | |
6917 | && tree_int_cst_lt (index, set_low_bound)) | |
6918 | || (TREE_CODE (set_high_bound) == INTEGER_CST | |
6919 | && TREE_CODE (index) == INTEGER_CST | |
6920 | && tree_int_cst_lt (set_high_bound, index)))) | |
7308a047 RS |
6921 | return const0_rtx; |
6922 | ||
d6a5ac33 RK |
6923 | if (target == 0) |
6924 | target = gen_reg_rtx (tmode != VOIDmode ? tmode : mode); | |
7308a047 RS |
6925 | |
6926 | /* If we get here, we have to generate the code for both cases | |
6927 | (in range and out of range). */ | |
6928 | ||
6929 | op0 = gen_label_rtx (); | |
6930 | op1 = gen_label_rtx (); | |
6931 | ||
6932 | if (! (GET_CODE (index_val) == CONST_INT | |
6933 | && GET_CODE (lo_r) == CONST_INT)) | |
6934 | { | |
c5d5d461 JL |
6935 | emit_cmp_and_jump_insns (index_val, lo_r, LT, NULL_RTX, |
6936 | GET_MODE (index_val), iunsignedp, 0, op1); | |
7308a047 RS |
6937 | } |
6938 | ||
6939 | if (! (GET_CODE (index_val) == CONST_INT | |
6940 | && GET_CODE (hi_r) == CONST_INT)) | |
6941 | { | |
c5d5d461 JL |
6942 | emit_cmp_and_jump_insns (index_val, hi_r, GT, NULL_RTX, |
6943 | GET_MODE (index_val), iunsignedp, 0, op1); | |
7308a047 RS |
6944 | } |
6945 | ||
6946 | /* Calculate the element number of bit zero in the first word | |
6947 | of the set. */ | |
6948 | if (GET_CODE (lo_r) == CONST_INT) | |
17938e57 RK |
6949 | rlow = GEN_INT (INTVAL (lo_r) |
6950 | & ~ ((HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 << BITS_PER_UNIT)); | |
7308a047 | 6951 | else |
17938e57 RK |
6952 | rlow = expand_binop (index_mode, and_optab, lo_r, |
6953 | GEN_INT (~((HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 << BITS_PER_UNIT)), | |
d6a5ac33 | 6954 | NULL_RTX, iunsignedp, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN); |
7308a047 | 6955 | |
d6a5ac33 RK |
6956 | diff = expand_binop (index_mode, sub_optab, index_val, rlow, |
6957 | NULL_RTX, iunsignedp, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN); | |
7308a047 RS |
6958 | |
6959 | quo = expand_divmod (0, TRUNC_DIV_EXPR, index_mode, diff, | |
d6a5ac33 | 6960 | GEN_INT (BITS_PER_UNIT), NULL_RTX, iunsignedp); |
7308a047 | 6961 | rem = expand_divmod (1, TRUNC_MOD_EXPR, index_mode, index_val, |
d6a5ac33 RK |
6962 | GEN_INT (BITS_PER_UNIT), NULL_RTX, iunsignedp); |
6963 | ||
7308a047 | 6964 | addr = memory_address (byte_mode, |
d6a5ac33 RK |
6965 | expand_binop (index_mode, add_optab, diff, |
6966 | setaddr, NULL_RTX, iunsignedp, | |
17938e57 | 6967 | OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN)); |
d6a5ac33 | 6968 | |
7308a047 RS |
6969 | /* Extract the bit we want to examine */ |
6970 | bit = expand_shift (RSHIFT_EXPR, byte_mode, | |
38a448ca | 6971 | gen_rtx_MEM (byte_mode, addr), |
17938e57 RK |
6972 | make_tree (TREE_TYPE (index), rem), |
6973 | NULL_RTX, 1); | |
6974 | result = expand_binop (byte_mode, and_optab, bit, const1_rtx, | |
6975 | GET_MODE (target) == byte_mode ? target : 0, | |
7308a047 | 6976 | 1, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN); |
17938e57 RK |
6977 | |
6978 | if (result != target) | |
6979 | convert_move (target, result, 1); | |
7308a047 RS |
6980 | |
6981 | /* Output the code to handle the out-of-range case. */ | |
6982 | emit_jump (op0); | |
6983 | emit_label (op1); | |
6984 | emit_move_insn (target, const0_rtx); | |
6985 | emit_label (op0); | |
6986 | return target; | |
6987 | } | |
6988 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
6989 | case WITH_CLEANUP_EXPR: |
6990 | if (RTL_EXPR_RTL (exp) == 0) | |
6991 | { | |
6992 | RTL_EXPR_RTL (exp) | |
921b3427 | 6993 | = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), target, tmode, ro_modifier); |
e976b8b2 MS |
6994 | expand_decl_cleanup (NULL_TREE, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2)); |
6995 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
6996 | /* That's it for this cleanup. */ |
6997 | TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2) = 0; | |
6998 | } | |
6999 | return RTL_EXPR_RTL (exp); | |
7000 | ||
5dab5552 MS |
7001 | case CLEANUP_POINT_EXPR: |
7002 | { | |
e976b8b2 MS |
7003 | /* Start a new binding layer that will keep track of all cleanup |
7004 | actions to be performed. */ | |
8e91754e | 7005 | expand_start_bindings (2); |
e976b8b2 | 7006 | |
d93d4205 | 7007 | target_temp_slot_level = temp_slot_level; |
e976b8b2 | 7008 | |
921b3427 | 7009 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), target, tmode, ro_modifier); |
f283f66b JM |
7010 | /* If we're going to use this value, load it up now. */ |
7011 | if (! ignore) | |
7012 | op0 = force_not_mem (op0); | |
d93d4205 | 7013 | preserve_temp_slots (op0); |
e976b8b2 | 7014 | expand_end_bindings (NULL_TREE, 0, 0); |
5dab5552 MS |
7015 | } |
7016 | return op0; | |
7017 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
7018 | case CALL_EXPR: |
7019 | /* Check for a built-in function. */ | |
7020 | if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) == ADDR_EXPR | |
d6a5ac33 RK |
7021 | && (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0)) |
7022 | == FUNCTION_DECL) | |
bbf6f052 RK |
7023 | && DECL_BUILT_IN (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0))) |
7024 | return expand_builtin (exp, target, subtarget, tmode, ignore); | |
d6a5ac33 | 7025 | |
bbf6f052 RK |
7026 | /* If this call was expanded already by preexpand_calls, |
7027 | just return the result we got. */ | |
7028 | if (CALL_EXPR_RTL (exp) != 0) | |
7029 | return CALL_EXPR_RTL (exp); | |
d6a5ac33 | 7030 | |
8129842c | 7031 | return expand_call (exp, target, ignore); |
bbf6f052 RK |
7032 | |
7033 | case NON_LVALUE_EXPR: | |
7034 | case NOP_EXPR: | |
7035 | case CONVERT_EXPR: | |
7036 | case REFERENCE_EXPR: | |
bbf6f052 RK |
7037 | if (TREE_CODE (type) == UNION_TYPE) |
7038 | { | |
7039 | tree valtype = TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)); | |
14a774a9 RK |
7040 | |
7041 | /* If both input and output are BLKmode, this conversion | |
7042 | isn't actually doing anything unless we need to make the | |
7043 | alignment stricter. */ | |
7044 | if (mode == BLKmode && TYPE_MODE (valtype) == BLKmode | |
7045 | && (TYPE_ALIGN (type) <= TYPE_ALIGN (valtype) | |
7046 | || TYPE_ALIGN (type) >= BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT)) | |
7047 | return expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), target, tmode, | |
7048 | modifier); | |
7049 | ||
bbf6f052 | 7050 | if (target == 0) |
06089a8b RK |
7051 | { |
7052 | if (mode != BLKmode) | |
7053 | target = gen_reg_rtx (tmode != VOIDmode ? tmode : mode); | |
7054 | else | |
7055 | target = assign_temp (type, 0, 1, 1); | |
7056 | } | |
d6a5ac33 | 7057 | |
bbf6f052 RK |
7058 | if (GET_CODE (target) == MEM) |
7059 | /* Store data into beginning of memory target. */ | |
7060 | store_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), | |
1499e0a8 RK |
7061 | change_address (target, TYPE_MODE (valtype), 0), 0); |
7062 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
7063 | else if (GET_CODE (target) == REG) |
7064 | /* Store this field into a union of the proper type. */ | |
14a774a9 RK |
7065 | store_field (target, |
7066 | MIN ((int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE | |
7067 | (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))) | |
7068 | * BITS_PER_UNIT), | |
7069 | GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode)), | |
7070 | 0, TYPE_MODE (valtype), TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), | |
7071 | VOIDmode, 0, 1, int_size_in_bytes (type), 0); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
7072 | else |
7073 | abort (); | |
7074 | ||
7075 | /* Return the entire union. */ | |
7076 | return target; | |
7077 | } | |
d6a5ac33 | 7078 | |
7f62854a RK |
7079 | if (mode == TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)))) |
7080 | { | |
7081 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), target, VOIDmode, | |
921b3427 | 7082 | ro_modifier); |
7f62854a RK |
7083 | |
7084 | /* If the signedness of the conversion differs and OP0 is | |
7085 | a promoted SUBREG, clear that indication since we now | |
7086 | have to do the proper extension. */ | |
7087 | if (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))) != unsignedp | |
7088 | && GET_CODE (op0) == SUBREG) | |
7089 | SUBREG_PROMOTED_VAR_P (op0) = 0; | |
7090 | ||
7091 | return op0; | |
7092 | } | |
7093 | ||
1499e0a8 | 7094 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), NULL_RTX, mode, 0); |
12342f90 RS |
7095 | if (GET_MODE (op0) == mode) |
7096 | return op0; | |
12342f90 | 7097 | |
d6a5ac33 RK |
7098 | /* If OP0 is a constant, just convert it into the proper mode. */ |
7099 | if (CONSTANT_P (op0)) | |
7100 | return | |
7101 | convert_modes (mode, TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))), | |
7102 | op0, TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)))); | |
12342f90 | 7103 | |
26fcb35a | 7104 | if (modifier == EXPAND_INITIALIZER) |
38a448ca | 7105 | return gen_rtx_fmt_e (unsignedp ? ZERO_EXTEND : SIGN_EXTEND, mode, op0); |
d6a5ac33 | 7106 | |
bbf6f052 | 7107 | if (target == 0) |
d6a5ac33 RK |
7108 | return |
7109 | convert_to_mode (mode, op0, | |
7110 | TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)))); | |
bbf6f052 | 7111 | else |
d6a5ac33 RK |
7112 | convert_move (target, op0, |
7113 | TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)))); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
7114 | return target; |
7115 | ||
7116 | case PLUS_EXPR: | |
0f41302f MS |
7117 | /* We come here from MINUS_EXPR when the second operand is a |
7118 | constant. */ | |
bbf6f052 RK |
7119 | plus_expr: |
7120 | this_optab = add_optab; | |
7121 | ||
7122 | /* If we are adding a constant, an RTL_EXPR that is sp, fp, or ap, and | |
7123 | something else, make sure we add the register to the constant and | |
7124 | then to the other thing. This case can occur during strength | |
7125 | reduction and doing it this way will produce better code if the | |
7126 | frame pointer or argument pointer is eliminated. | |
7127 | ||
7128 | fold-const.c will ensure that the constant is always in the inner | |
7129 | PLUS_EXPR, so the only case we need to do anything about is if | |
7130 | sp, ap, or fp is our second argument, in which case we must swap | |
7131 | the innermost first argument and our second argument. */ | |
7132 | ||
7133 | if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) == PLUS_EXPR | |
7134 | && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 1)) == INTEGER_CST | |
7135 | && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) == RTL_EXPR | |
7136 | && (RTL_EXPR_RTL (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) == frame_pointer_rtx | |
7137 | || RTL_EXPR_RTL (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) == stack_pointer_rtx | |
7138 | || RTL_EXPR_RTL (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) == arg_pointer_rtx)) | |
7139 | { | |
7140 | tree t = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1); | |
7141 | ||
7142 | TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1) = TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0); | |
7143 | TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0) = t; | |
7144 | } | |
7145 | ||
88f63c77 | 7146 | /* If the result is to be ptr_mode and we are adding an integer to |
bbf6f052 RK |
7147 | something, we might be forming a constant. So try to use |
7148 | plus_constant. If it produces a sum and we can't accept it, | |
7149 | use force_operand. This allows P = &ARR[const] to generate | |
7150 | efficient code on machines where a SYMBOL_REF is not a valid | |
7151 | address. | |
7152 | ||
7153 | If this is an EXPAND_SUM call, always return the sum. */ | |
c980ac49 | 7154 | if (modifier == EXPAND_SUM || modifier == EXPAND_INITIALIZER |
88f63c77 | 7155 | || mode == ptr_mode) |
bbf6f052 | 7156 | { |
c980ac49 RS |
7157 | if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) == INTEGER_CST |
7158 | && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT | |
7159 | && TREE_CONSTANT (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1))) | |
7160 | { | |
cbbc503e JL |
7161 | rtx constant_part; |
7162 | ||
c980ac49 RS |
7163 | op1 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), subtarget, VOIDmode, |
7164 | EXPAND_SUM); | |
cbbc503e JL |
7165 | /* Use immed_double_const to ensure that the constant is |
7166 | truncated according to the mode of OP1, then sign extended | |
7167 | to a HOST_WIDE_INT. Using the constant directly can result | |
7168 | in non-canonical RTL in a 64x32 cross compile. */ | |
7169 | constant_part | |
7170 | = immed_double_const (TREE_INT_CST_LOW (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)), | |
7171 | (HOST_WIDE_INT) 0, | |
a5efcd63 | 7172 | TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)))); |
7f401c74 | 7173 | op1 = plus_constant (op1, INTVAL (constant_part)); |
c980ac49 RS |
7174 | if (modifier != EXPAND_SUM && modifier != EXPAND_INITIALIZER) |
7175 | op1 = force_operand (op1, target); | |
7176 | return op1; | |
7177 | } | |
bbf6f052 | 7178 | |
c980ac49 RS |
7179 | else if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) == INTEGER_CST |
7180 | && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) <= HOST_BITS_PER_INT | |
7181 | && TREE_CONSTANT (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))) | |
7182 | { | |
cbbc503e JL |
7183 | rtx constant_part; |
7184 | ||
c980ac49 RS |
7185 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), subtarget, VOIDmode, |
7186 | EXPAND_SUM); | |
7187 | if (! CONSTANT_P (op0)) | |
7188 | { | |
7189 | op1 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), NULL_RTX, | |
7190 | VOIDmode, modifier); | |
709f5be1 RS |
7191 | /* Don't go to both_summands if modifier |
7192 | says it's not right to return a PLUS. */ | |
7193 | if (modifier != EXPAND_SUM && modifier != EXPAND_INITIALIZER) | |
7194 | goto binop2; | |
c980ac49 RS |
7195 | goto both_summands; |
7196 | } | |
cbbc503e JL |
7197 | /* Use immed_double_const to ensure that the constant is |
7198 | truncated according to the mode of OP1, then sign extended | |
7199 | to a HOST_WIDE_INT. Using the constant directly can result | |
7200 | in non-canonical RTL in a 64x32 cross compile. */ | |
7201 | constant_part | |
7202 | = immed_double_const (TREE_INT_CST_LOW (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)), | |
7203 | (HOST_WIDE_INT) 0, | |
2a94e396 | 7204 | TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)))); |
7f401c74 | 7205 | op0 = plus_constant (op0, INTVAL (constant_part)); |
c980ac49 RS |
7206 | if (modifier != EXPAND_SUM && modifier != EXPAND_INITIALIZER) |
7207 | op0 = force_operand (op0, target); | |
7208 | return op0; | |
7209 | } | |
bbf6f052 RK |
7210 | } |
7211 | ||
7212 | /* No sense saving up arithmetic to be done | |
7213 | if it's all in the wrong mode to form part of an address. | |
7214 | And force_operand won't know whether to sign-extend or | |
7215 | zero-extend. */ | |
7216 | if ((modifier != EXPAND_SUM && modifier != EXPAND_INITIALIZER) | |
88f63c77 | 7217 | || mode != ptr_mode) |
c980ac49 | 7218 | goto binop; |
bbf6f052 RK |
7219 | |
7220 | preexpand_calls (exp); | |
e5e809f4 | 7221 | if (! safe_from_p (subtarget, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), 1)) |
bbf6f052 RK |
7222 | subtarget = 0; |
7223 | ||
921b3427 RK |
7224 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), subtarget, VOIDmode, ro_modifier); |
7225 | op1 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, ro_modifier); | |
bbf6f052 | 7226 | |
c980ac49 | 7227 | both_summands: |
bbf6f052 RK |
7228 | /* Make sure any term that's a sum with a constant comes last. */ |
7229 | if (GET_CODE (op0) == PLUS | |
7230 | && CONSTANT_P (XEXP (op0, 1))) | |
7231 | { | |
7232 | temp = op0; | |
7233 | op0 = op1; | |
7234 | op1 = temp; | |
7235 | } | |
7236 | /* If adding to a sum including a constant, | |
7237 | associate it to put the constant outside. */ | |
7238 | if (GET_CODE (op1) == PLUS | |
7239 | && CONSTANT_P (XEXP (op1, 1))) | |
7240 | { | |
7241 | rtx constant_term = const0_rtx; | |
7242 | ||
7243 | temp = simplify_binary_operation (PLUS, mode, XEXP (op1, 0), op0); | |
7244 | if (temp != 0) | |
7245 | op0 = temp; | |
6f90e075 JW |
7246 | /* Ensure that MULT comes first if there is one. */ |
7247 | else if (GET_CODE (op0) == MULT) | |
38a448ca | 7248 | op0 = gen_rtx_PLUS (mode, op0, XEXP (op1, 0)); |
bbf6f052 | 7249 | else |
38a448ca | 7250 | op0 = gen_rtx_PLUS (mode, XEXP (op1, 0), op0); |
bbf6f052 RK |
7251 | |
7252 | /* Let's also eliminate constants from op0 if possible. */ | |
7253 | op0 = eliminate_constant_term (op0, &constant_term); | |
7254 | ||
7255 | /* CONSTANT_TERM and XEXP (op1, 1) are known to be constant, so | |
7256 | their sum should be a constant. Form it into OP1, since the | |
7257 | result we want will then be OP0 + OP1. */ | |
7258 | ||
7259 | temp = simplify_binary_operation (PLUS, mode, constant_term, | |
7260 | XEXP (op1, 1)); | |
7261 | if (temp != 0) | |
7262 | op1 = temp; | |
7263 | else | |
38a448ca | 7264 | op1 = gen_rtx_PLUS (mode, constant_term, XEXP (op1, 1)); |
bbf6f052 RK |
7265 | } |
7266 | ||
7267 | /* Put a constant term last and put a multiplication first. */ | |
7268 | if (CONSTANT_P (op0) || GET_CODE (op1) == MULT) | |
7269 | temp = op1, op1 = op0, op0 = temp; | |
7270 | ||
7271 | temp = simplify_binary_operation (PLUS, mode, op0, op1); | |
38a448ca | 7272 | return temp ? temp : gen_rtx_PLUS (mode, op0, op1); |
bbf6f052 RK |
7273 | |
7274 | case MINUS_EXPR: | |
ea87523e RK |
7275 | /* For initializers, we are allowed to return a MINUS of two |
7276 | symbolic constants. Here we handle all cases when both operands | |
7277 | are constant. */ | |
bbf6f052 RK |
7278 | /* Handle difference of two symbolic constants, |
7279 | for the sake of an initializer. */ | |
7280 | if ((modifier == EXPAND_SUM || modifier == EXPAND_INITIALIZER) | |
7281 | && really_constant_p (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) | |
7282 | && really_constant_p (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1))) | |
7283 | { | |
906c4e36 | 7284 | rtx op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), NULL_RTX, |
921b3427 | 7285 | VOIDmode, ro_modifier); |
906c4e36 | 7286 | rtx op1 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), NULL_RTX, |
921b3427 | 7287 | VOIDmode, ro_modifier); |
ea87523e | 7288 | |
ea87523e RK |
7289 | /* If the last operand is a CONST_INT, use plus_constant of |
7290 | the negated constant. Else make the MINUS. */ | |
7291 | if (GET_CODE (op1) == CONST_INT) | |
7292 | return plus_constant (op0, - INTVAL (op1)); | |
7293 | else | |
38a448ca | 7294 | return gen_rtx_MINUS (mode, op0, op1); |
bbf6f052 RK |
7295 | } |
7296 | /* Convert A - const to A + (-const). */ | |
7297 | if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) == INTEGER_CST) | |
7298 | { | |
ae431183 RK |
7299 | tree negated = fold (build1 (NEGATE_EXPR, type, |
7300 | TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1))); | |
7301 | ||
ae431183 | 7302 | if (TREE_UNSIGNED (type) || TREE_OVERFLOW (negated)) |
6fbfac92 JM |
7303 | /* If we can't negate the constant in TYPE, leave it alone and |
7304 | expand_binop will negate it for us. We used to try to do it | |
7305 | here in the signed version of TYPE, but that doesn't work | |
7306 | on POINTER_TYPEs. */; | |
ae431183 RK |
7307 | else |
7308 | { | |
7309 | exp = build (PLUS_EXPR, type, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), negated); | |
7310 | goto plus_expr; | |
7311 | } | |
bbf6f052 RK |
7312 | } |
7313 | this_optab = sub_optab; | |
7314 | goto binop; | |
7315 | ||
7316 | case MULT_EXPR: | |
7317 | preexpand_calls (exp); | |
7318 | /* If first operand is constant, swap them. | |
7319 | Thus the following special case checks need only | |
7320 | check the second operand. */ | |
7321 | if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) == INTEGER_CST) | |
7322 | { | |
7323 | register tree t1 = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0); | |
7324 | TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0) = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1); | |
7325 | TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1) = t1; | |
7326 | } | |
7327 | ||
7328 | /* Attempt to return something suitable for generating an | |
7329 | indexed address, for machines that support that. */ | |
7330 | ||
88f63c77 | 7331 | if (modifier == EXPAND_SUM && mode == ptr_mode |
bbf6f052 | 7332 | && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) == INTEGER_CST |
906c4e36 | 7333 | && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT) |
bbf6f052 | 7334 | { |
921b3427 RK |
7335 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), subtarget, VOIDmode, |
7336 | EXPAND_SUM); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
7337 | |
7338 | /* Apply distributive law if OP0 is x+c. */ | |
7339 | if (GET_CODE (op0) == PLUS | |
7340 | && GET_CODE (XEXP (op0, 1)) == CONST_INT) | |
c5c76735 JL |
7341 | return |
7342 | gen_rtx_PLUS | |
7343 | (mode, | |
7344 | gen_rtx_MULT | |
7345 | (mode, XEXP (op0, 0), | |
7346 | GEN_INT (TREE_INT_CST_LOW (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)))), | |
7347 | GEN_INT (TREE_INT_CST_LOW (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) | |
7348 | * INTVAL (XEXP (op0, 1)))); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
7349 | |
7350 | if (GET_CODE (op0) != REG) | |
906c4e36 | 7351 | op0 = force_operand (op0, NULL_RTX); |
bbf6f052 RK |
7352 | if (GET_CODE (op0) != REG) |
7353 | op0 = copy_to_mode_reg (mode, op0); | |
7354 | ||
c5c76735 JL |
7355 | return |
7356 | gen_rtx_MULT (mode, op0, | |
7357 | GEN_INT (TREE_INT_CST_LOW (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)))); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
7358 | } |
7359 | ||
e5e809f4 | 7360 | if (! safe_from_p (subtarget, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), 1)) |
bbf6f052 RK |
7361 | subtarget = 0; |
7362 | ||
7363 | /* Check for multiplying things that have been extended | |
7364 | from a narrower type. If this machine supports multiplying | |
7365 | in that narrower type with a result in the desired type, | |
7366 | do it that way, and avoid the explicit type-conversion. */ | |
7367 | if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) == NOP_EXPR | |
7368 | && TREE_CODE (type) == INTEGER_TYPE | |
7369 | && (TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0))) | |
7370 | < TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)))) | |
7371 | && ((TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) == INTEGER_CST | |
7372 | && int_fits_type_p (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), | |
7373 | TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0))) | |
7374 | /* Don't use a widening multiply if a shift will do. */ | |
7375 | && ((GET_MODE_BITSIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)))) | |
906c4e36 | 7376 | > HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT) |
bbf6f052 RK |
7377 | || exact_log2 (TREE_INT_CST_LOW (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1))) < 0)) |
7378 | || | |
7379 | (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) == NOP_EXPR | |
7380 | && (TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), 0))) | |
7381 | == | |
7382 | TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0)))) | |
7383 | /* If both operands are extended, they must either both | |
7384 | be zero-extended or both be sign-extended. */ | |
7385 | && (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), 0))) | |
7386 | == | |
7387 | TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0))))))) | |
7388 | { | |
7389 | enum machine_mode innermode | |
7390 | = TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0))); | |
b10af0c8 TG |
7391 | optab other_optab = (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0))) |
7392 | ? smul_widen_optab : umul_widen_optab); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
7393 | this_optab = (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0))) |
7394 | ? umul_widen_optab : smul_widen_optab); | |
b10af0c8 | 7395 | if (mode == GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (innermode)) |
bbf6f052 | 7396 | { |
b10af0c8 TG |
7397 | if (this_optab->handlers[(int) mode].insn_code != CODE_FOR_nothing) |
7398 | { | |
7399 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0), | |
7400 | NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); | |
7401 | if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) == INTEGER_CST) | |
7402 | op1 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), NULL_RTX, | |
7403 | VOIDmode, 0); | |
7404 | else | |
7405 | op1 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), 0), | |
7406 | NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); | |
7407 | goto binop2; | |
7408 | } | |
7409 | else if (other_optab->handlers[(int) mode].insn_code != CODE_FOR_nothing | |
7410 | && innermode == word_mode) | |
7411 | { | |
7412 | rtx htem; | |
7413 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0), | |
7414 | NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); | |
7415 | if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) == INTEGER_CST) | |
7416 | op1 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), NULL_RTX, | |
7417 | VOIDmode, 0); | |
7418 | else | |
7419 | op1 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), 0), | |
7420 | NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); | |
7421 | temp = expand_binop (mode, other_optab, op0, op1, target, | |
7422 | unsignedp, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN); | |
7423 | htem = expand_mult_highpart_adjust (innermode, | |
7424 | gen_highpart (innermode, temp), | |
7425 | op0, op1, | |
7426 | gen_highpart (innermode, temp), | |
7427 | unsignedp); | |
7428 | emit_move_insn (gen_highpart (innermode, temp), htem); | |
7429 | return temp; | |
7430 | } | |
bbf6f052 RK |
7431 | } |
7432 | } | |
7433 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), subtarget, VOIDmode, 0); | |
906c4e36 | 7434 | op1 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); |
bbf6f052 RK |
7435 | return expand_mult (mode, op0, op1, target, unsignedp); |
7436 | ||
7437 | case TRUNC_DIV_EXPR: | |
7438 | case FLOOR_DIV_EXPR: | |
7439 | case CEIL_DIV_EXPR: | |
7440 | case ROUND_DIV_EXPR: | |
7441 | case EXACT_DIV_EXPR: | |
7442 | preexpand_calls (exp); | |
e5e809f4 | 7443 | if (! safe_from_p (subtarget, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), 1)) |
bbf6f052 RK |
7444 | subtarget = 0; |
7445 | /* Possible optimization: compute the dividend with EXPAND_SUM | |
7446 | then if the divisor is constant can optimize the case | |
7447 | where some terms of the dividend have coeffs divisible by it. */ | |
7448 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), subtarget, VOIDmode, 0); | |
906c4e36 | 7449 | op1 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); |
bbf6f052 RK |
7450 | return expand_divmod (0, code, mode, op0, op1, target, unsignedp); |
7451 | ||
7452 | case RDIV_EXPR: | |
7453 | this_optab = flodiv_optab; | |
7454 | goto binop; | |
7455 | ||
7456 | case TRUNC_MOD_EXPR: | |
7457 | case FLOOR_MOD_EXPR: | |
7458 | case CEIL_MOD_EXPR: | |
7459 | case ROUND_MOD_EXPR: | |
7460 | preexpand_calls (exp); | |
e5e809f4 | 7461 | if (! safe_from_p (subtarget, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), 1)) |
bbf6f052 RK |
7462 | subtarget = 0; |
7463 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), subtarget, VOIDmode, 0); | |
906c4e36 | 7464 | op1 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); |
bbf6f052 RK |
7465 | return expand_divmod (1, code, mode, op0, op1, target, unsignedp); |
7466 | ||
7467 | case FIX_ROUND_EXPR: | |
7468 | case FIX_FLOOR_EXPR: | |
7469 | case FIX_CEIL_EXPR: | |
7470 | abort (); /* Not used for C. */ | |
7471 | ||
7472 | case FIX_TRUNC_EXPR: | |
906c4e36 | 7473 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); |
bbf6f052 RK |
7474 | if (target == 0) |
7475 | target = gen_reg_rtx (mode); | |
7476 | expand_fix (target, op0, unsignedp); | |
7477 | return target; | |
7478 | ||
7479 | case FLOAT_EXPR: | |
906c4e36 | 7480 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); |
bbf6f052 RK |
7481 | if (target == 0) |
7482 | target = gen_reg_rtx (mode); | |
7483 | /* expand_float can't figure out what to do if FROM has VOIDmode. | |
7484 | So give it the correct mode. With -O, cse will optimize this. */ | |
7485 | if (GET_MODE (op0) == VOIDmode) | |
7486 | op0 = copy_to_mode_reg (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))), | |
7487 | op0); | |
7488 | expand_float (target, op0, | |
7489 | TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)))); | |
7490 | return target; | |
7491 | ||
7492 | case NEGATE_EXPR: | |
5b22bee8 | 7493 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), subtarget, VOIDmode, 0); |
bbf6f052 RK |
7494 | temp = expand_unop (mode, neg_optab, op0, target, 0); |
7495 | if (temp == 0) | |
7496 | abort (); | |
7497 | return temp; | |
7498 | ||
7499 | case ABS_EXPR: | |
7500 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), subtarget, VOIDmode, 0); | |
7501 | ||
2d7050fd | 7502 | /* Handle complex values specially. */ |
d6a5ac33 RK |
7503 | if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_COMPLEX_INT |
7504 | || GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_COMPLEX_FLOAT) | |
7505 | return expand_complex_abs (mode, op0, target, unsignedp); | |
2d7050fd | 7506 | |
bbf6f052 RK |
7507 | /* Unsigned abs is simply the operand. Testing here means we don't |
7508 | risk generating incorrect code below. */ | |
7509 | if (TREE_UNSIGNED (type)) | |
7510 | return op0; | |
7511 | ||
91813b28 | 7512 | return expand_abs (mode, op0, target, |
e5e809f4 | 7513 | safe_from_p (target, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 1)); |
bbf6f052 RK |
7514 | |
7515 | case MAX_EXPR: | |
7516 | case MIN_EXPR: | |
7517 | target = original_target; | |
e5e809f4 | 7518 | if (target == 0 || ! safe_from_p (target, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), 1) |
fc155707 | 7519 | || (GET_CODE (target) == MEM && MEM_VOLATILE_P (target)) |
d6a5ac33 | 7520 | || GET_MODE (target) != mode |
bbf6f052 RK |
7521 | || (GET_CODE (target) == REG |
7522 | && REGNO (target) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)) | |
7523 | target = gen_reg_rtx (mode); | |
906c4e36 | 7524 | op1 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); |
bbf6f052 RK |
7525 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), target, VOIDmode, 0); |
7526 | ||
7527 | /* First try to do it with a special MIN or MAX instruction. | |
7528 | If that does not win, use a conditional jump to select the proper | |
7529 | value. */ | |
7530 | this_optab = (TREE_UNSIGNED (type) | |
7531 | ? (code == MIN_EXPR ? umin_optab : umax_optab) | |
7532 | : (code == MIN_EXPR ? smin_optab : smax_optab)); | |
7533 | ||
7534 | temp = expand_binop (mode, this_optab, op0, op1, target, unsignedp, | |
7535 | OPTAB_WIDEN); | |
7536 | if (temp != 0) | |
7537 | return temp; | |
7538 | ||
fa2981d8 JW |
7539 | /* At this point, a MEM target is no longer useful; we will get better |
7540 | code without it. */ | |
7541 | ||
7542 | if (GET_CODE (target) == MEM) | |
7543 | target = gen_reg_rtx (mode); | |
7544 | ||
ee456b1c RK |
7545 | if (target != op0) |
7546 | emit_move_insn (target, op0); | |
d6a5ac33 | 7547 | |
bbf6f052 | 7548 | op0 = gen_label_rtx (); |
d6a5ac33 | 7549 | |
f81497d9 RS |
7550 | /* If this mode is an integer too wide to compare properly, |
7551 | compare word by word. Rely on cse to optimize constant cases. */ | |
1eb8759b RH |
7552 | if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT |
7553 | && ! can_compare_p (GE, mode, ccp_jump)) | |
bbf6f052 | 7554 | { |
f81497d9 | 7555 | if (code == MAX_EXPR) |
d6a5ac33 RK |
7556 | do_jump_by_parts_greater_rtx (mode, TREE_UNSIGNED (type), |
7557 | target, op1, NULL_RTX, op0); | |
bbf6f052 | 7558 | else |
d6a5ac33 RK |
7559 | do_jump_by_parts_greater_rtx (mode, TREE_UNSIGNED (type), |
7560 | op1, target, NULL_RTX, op0); | |
bbf6f052 | 7561 | } |
f81497d9 RS |
7562 | else |
7563 | { | |
b30f05db BS |
7564 | int unsignedp = TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1))); |
7565 | do_compare_rtx_and_jump (target, op1, code == MAX_EXPR ? GE : LE, | |
7566 | unsignedp, mode, NULL_RTX, 0, NULL_RTX, | |
7567 | op0); | |
f81497d9 | 7568 | } |
b30f05db | 7569 | emit_move_insn (target, op1); |
bbf6f052 RK |
7570 | emit_label (op0); |
7571 | return target; | |
7572 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
7573 | case BIT_NOT_EXPR: |
7574 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), subtarget, VOIDmode, 0); | |
7575 | temp = expand_unop (mode, one_cmpl_optab, op0, target, 1); | |
7576 | if (temp == 0) | |
7577 | abort (); | |
7578 | return temp; | |
7579 | ||
7580 | case FFS_EXPR: | |
7581 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), subtarget, VOIDmode, 0); | |
7582 | temp = expand_unop (mode, ffs_optab, op0, target, 1); | |
7583 | if (temp == 0) | |
7584 | abort (); | |
7585 | return temp; | |
7586 | ||
d6a5ac33 RK |
7587 | /* ??? Can optimize bitwise operations with one arg constant. |
7588 | Can optimize (a bitwise1 n) bitwise2 (a bitwise3 b) | |
7589 | and (a bitwise1 b) bitwise2 b (etc) | |
7590 | but that is probably not worth while. */ | |
7591 | ||
7592 | /* BIT_AND_EXPR is for bitwise anding. TRUTH_AND_EXPR is for anding two | |
7593 | boolean values when we want in all cases to compute both of them. In | |
7594 | general it is fastest to do TRUTH_AND_EXPR by computing both operands | |
7595 | as actual zero-or-1 values and then bitwise anding. In cases where | |
7596 | there cannot be any side effects, better code would be made by | |
7597 | treating TRUTH_AND_EXPR like TRUTH_ANDIF_EXPR; but the question is | |
7598 | how to recognize those cases. */ | |
7599 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
7600 | case TRUTH_AND_EXPR: |
7601 | case BIT_AND_EXPR: | |
7602 | this_optab = and_optab; | |
7603 | goto binop; | |
7604 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
7605 | case TRUTH_OR_EXPR: |
7606 | case BIT_IOR_EXPR: | |
7607 | this_optab = ior_optab; | |
7608 | goto binop; | |
7609 | ||
874726a8 | 7610 | case TRUTH_XOR_EXPR: |
bbf6f052 RK |
7611 | case BIT_XOR_EXPR: |
7612 | this_optab = xor_optab; | |
7613 | goto binop; | |
7614 | ||
7615 | case LSHIFT_EXPR: | |
7616 | case RSHIFT_EXPR: | |
7617 | case LROTATE_EXPR: | |
7618 | case RROTATE_EXPR: | |
7619 | preexpand_calls (exp); | |
e5e809f4 | 7620 | if (! safe_from_p (subtarget, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), 1)) |
bbf6f052 RK |
7621 | subtarget = 0; |
7622 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), subtarget, VOIDmode, 0); | |
7623 | return expand_shift (code, mode, op0, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), target, | |
7624 | unsignedp); | |
7625 | ||
d6a5ac33 RK |
7626 | /* Could determine the answer when only additive constants differ. Also, |
7627 | the addition of one can be handled by changing the condition. */ | |
bbf6f052 RK |
7628 | case LT_EXPR: |
7629 | case LE_EXPR: | |
7630 | case GT_EXPR: | |
7631 | case GE_EXPR: | |
7632 | case EQ_EXPR: | |
7633 | case NE_EXPR: | |
1eb8759b RH |
7634 | case UNORDERED_EXPR: |
7635 | case ORDERED_EXPR: | |
7636 | case UNLT_EXPR: | |
7637 | case UNLE_EXPR: | |
7638 | case UNGT_EXPR: | |
7639 | case UNGE_EXPR: | |
7640 | case UNEQ_EXPR: | |
bbf6f052 RK |
7641 | preexpand_calls (exp); |
7642 | temp = do_store_flag (exp, target, tmode != VOIDmode ? tmode : mode, 0); | |
7643 | if (temp != 0) | |
7644 | return temp; | |
d6a5ac33 | 7645 | |
0f41302f | 7646 | /* For foo != 0, load foo, and if it is nonzero load 1 instead. */ |
bbf6f052 RK |
7647 | if (code == NE_EXPR && integer_zerop (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) |
7648 | && original_target | |
7649 | && GET_CODE (original_target) == REG | |
7650 | && (GET_MODE (original_target) | |
7651 | == TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))))) | |
7652 | { | |
d6a5ac33 RK |
7653 | temp = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), original_target, |
7654 | VOIDmode, 0); | |
7655 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
7656 | if (temp != original_target) |
7657 | temp = copy_to_reg (temp); | |
d6a5ac33 | 7658 | |
bbf6f052 | 7659 | op1 = gen_label_rtx (); |
c5d5d461 JL |
7660 | emit_cmp_and_jump_insns (temp, const0_rtx, EQ, NULL_RTX, |
7661 | GET_MODE (temp), unsignedp, 0, op1); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
7662 | emit_move_insn (temp, const1_rtx); |
7663 | emit_label (op1); | |
7664 | return temp; | |
7665 | } | |
d6a5ac33 | 7666 | |
bbf6f052 RK |
7667 | /* If no set-flag instruction, must generate a conditional |
7668 | store into a temporary variable. Drop through | |
7669 | and handle this like && and ||. */ | |
7670 | ||
7671 | case TRUTH_ANDIF_EXPR: | |
7672 | case TRUTH_ORIF_EXPR: | |
e44842fe | 7673 | if (! ignore |
e5e809f4 | 7674 | && (target == 0 || ! safe_from_p (target, exp, 1) |
e44842fe RK |
7675 | /* Make sure we don't have a hard reg (such as function's return |
7676 | value) live across basic blocks, if not optimizing. */ | |
7677 | || (!optimize && GET_CODE (target) == REG | |
7678 | && REGNO (target) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER))) | |
bbf6f052 | 7679 | target = gen_reg_rtx (tmode != VOIDmode ? tmode : mode); |
e44842fe RK |
7680 | |
7681 | if (target) | |
7682 | emit_clr_insn (target); | |
7683 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
7684 | op1 = gen_label_rtx (); |
7685 | jumpifnot (exp, op1); | |
e44842fe RK |
7686 | |
7687 | if (target) | |
7688 | emit_0_to_1_insn (target); | |
7689 | ||
bbf6f052 | 7690 | emit_label (op1); |
e44842fe | 7691 | return ignore ? const0_rtx : target; |
bbf6f052 RK |
7692 | |
7693 | case TRUTH_NOT_EXPR: | |
7694 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), target, VOIDmode, 0); | |
7695 | /* The parser is careful to generate TRUTH_NOT_EXPR | |
7696 | only with operands that are always zero or one. */ | |
906c4e36 | 7697 | temp = expand_binop (mode, xor_optab, op0, const1_rtx, |
bbf6f052 RK |
7698 | target, 1, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN); |
7699 | if (temp == 0) | |
7700 | abort (); | |
7701 | return temp; | |
7702 | ||
7703 | case COMPOUND_EXPR: | |
7704 | expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), const0_rtx, VOIDmode, 0); | |
7705 | emit_queue (); | |
7706 | return expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), | |
7707 | (ignore ? const0_rtx : target), | |
7708 | VOIDmode, 0); | |
7709 | ||
7710 | case COND_EXPR: | |
ac01eace RK |
7711 | /* If we would have a "singleton" (see below) were it not for a |
7712 | conversion in each arm, bring that conversion back out. */ | |
7713 | if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) == NOP_EXPR | |
7714 | && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2)) == NOP_EXPR | |
7715 | && (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), 0)) | |
7716 | == TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2), 0)))) | |
7717 | { | |
7718 | tree true = TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), 0); | |
7719 | tree false = TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2), 0); | |
7720 | ||
7721 | if ((TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (true)) == '2' | |
7722 | && operand_equal_p (false, TREE_OPERAND (true, 0), 0)) | |
7723 | || (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (false)) == '2' | |
7724 | && operand_equal_p (true, TREE_OPERAND (false, 0), 0)) | |
7725 | || (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (true)) == '1' | |
7726 | && operand_equal_p (false, TREE_OPERAND (true, 0), 0)) | |
7727 | || (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (false)) == '1' | |
7728 | && operand_equal_p (true, TREE_OPERAND (false, 0), 0))) | |
7729 | return expand_expr (build1 (NOP_EXPR, type, | |
7730 | build (COND_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (true), | |
7731 | TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), | |
7732 | true, false)), | |
7733 | target, tmode, modifier); | |
7734 | } | |
7735 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
7736 | { |
7737 | /* Note that COND_EXPRs whose type is a structure or union | |
7738 | are required to be constructed to contain assignments of | |
7739 | a temporary variable, so that we can evaluate them here | |
7740 | for side effect only. If type is void, we must do likewise. */ | |
7741 | ||
7742 | /* If an arm of the branch requires a cleanup, | |
7743 | only that cleanup is performed. */ | |
7744 | ||
7745 | tree singleton = 0; | |
7746 | tree binary_op = 0, unary_op = 0; | |
bbf6f052 RK |
7747 | |
7748 | /* If this is (A ? 1 : 0) and A is a condition, just evaluate it and | |
7749 | convert it to our mode, if necessary. */ | |
7750 | if (integer_onep (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) | |
7751 | && integer_zerop (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2)) | |
7752 | && TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))) == '<') | |
7753 | { | |
dd27116b RK |
7754 | if (ignore) |
7755 | { | |
7756 | expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), const0_rtx, VOIDmode, | |
921b3427 | 7757 | ro_modifier); |
dd27116b RK |
7758 | return const0_rtx; |
7759 | } | |
7760 | ||
921b3427 | 7761 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), target, mode, ro_modifier); |
bbf6f052 RK |
7762 | if (GET_MODE (op0) == mode) |
7763 | return op0; | |
d6a5ac33 | 7764 | |
bbf6f052 RK |
7765 | if (target == 0) |
7766 | target = gen_reg_rtx (mode); | |
7767 | convert_move (target, op0, unsignedp); | |
7768 | return target; | |
7769 | } | |
7770 | ||
ac01eace RK |
7771 | /* Check for X ? A + B : A. If we have this, we can copy A to the |
7772 | output and conditionally add B. Similarly for unary operations. | |
7773 | Don't do this if X has side-effects because those side effects | |
7774 | might affect A or B and the "?" operation is a sequence point in | |
7775 | ANSI. (operand_equal_p tests for side effects.) */ | |
bbf6f052 RK |
7776 | |
7777 | if (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1))) == '2' | |
7778 | && operand_equal_p (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2), | |
7779 | TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), 0), 0)) | |
7780 | singleton = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2), binary_op = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1); | |
7781 | else if (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2))) == '2' | |
7782 | && operand_equal_p (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), | |
7783 | TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2), 0), 0)) | |
7784 | singleton = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), binary_op = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2); | |
7785 | else if (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1))) == '1' | |
7786 | && operand_equal_p (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2), | |
7787 | TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), 0), 0)) | |
7788 | singleton = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2), unary_op = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1); | |
7789 | else if (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2))) == '1' | |
7790 | && operand_equal_p (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), | |
7791 | TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2), 0), 0)) | |
7792 | singleton = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), unary_op = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2); | |
7793 | ||
01c8a7c8 RK |
7794 | /* If we are not to produce a result, we have no target. Otherwise, |
7795 | if a target was specified use it; it will not be used as an | |
7796 | intermediate target unless it is safe. If no target, use a | |
7797 | temporary. */ | |
7798 | ||
7799 | if (ignore) | |
7800 | temp = 0; | |
7801 | else if (original_target | |
e5e809f4 | 7802 | && (safe_from_p (original_target, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 1) |
01c8a7c8 RK |
7803 | || (singleton && GET_CODE (original_target) == REG |
7804 | && REGNO (original_target) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER | |
7805 | && original_target == var_rtx (singleton))) | |
7806 | && GET_MODE (original_target) == mode | |
7c00d1fe RK |
7807 | #ifdef HAVE_conditional_move |
7808 | && (! can_conditionally_move_p (mode) | |
7809 | || GET_CODE (original_target) == REG | |
7810 | || TREE_ADDRESSABLE (type)) | |
7811 | #endif | |
01c8a7c8 RK |
7812 | && ! (GET_CODE (original_target) == MEM |
7813 | && MEM_VOLATILE_P (original_target))) | |
7814 | temp = original_target; | |
7815 | else if (TREE_ADDRESSABLE (type)) | |
7816 | abort (); | |
7817 | else | |
7818 | temp = assign_temp (type, 0, 0, 1); | |
7819 | ||
ac01eace RK |
7820 | /* If we had X ? A + C : A, with C a constant power of 2, and we can |
7821 | do the test of X as a store-flag operation, do this as | |
7822 | A + ((X != 0) << log C). Similarly for other simple binary | |
7823 | operators. Only do for C == 1 if BRANCH_COST is low. */ | |
dd27116b | 7824 | if (temp && singleton && binary_op |
bbf6f052 RK |
7825 | && (TREE_CODE (binary_op) == PLUS_EXPR |
7826 | || TREE_CODE (binary_op) == MINUS_EXPR | |
7827 | || TREE_CODE (binary_op) == BIT_IOR_EXPR | |
9fbd9f58 | 7828 | || TREE_CODE (binary_op) == BIT_XOR_EXPR) |
ac01eace RK |
7829 | && (BRANCH_COST >= 3 ? integer_pow2p (TREE_OPERAND (binary_op, 1)) |
7830 | : integer_onep (TREE_OPERAND (binary_op, 1))) | |
bbf6f052 RK |
7831 | && TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))) == '<') |
7832 | { | |
7833 | rtx result; | |
7834 | optab boptab = (TREE_CODE (binary_op) == PLUS_EXPR ? add_optab | |
7835 | : TREE_CODE (binary_op) == MINUS_EXPR ? sub_optab | |
7836 | : TREE_CODE (binary_op) == BIT_IOR_EXPR ? ior_optab | |
2d444001 | 7837 | : xor_optab); |
bbf6f052 RK |
7838 | |
7839 | /* If we had X ? A : A + 1, do this as A + (X == 0). | |
7840 | ||
7841 | We have to invert the truth value here and then put it | |
7842 | back later if do_store_flag fails. We cannot simply copy | |
7843 | TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0) to another variable and modify that | |
7844 | because invert_truthvalue can modify the tree pointed to | |
7845 | by its argument. */ | |
7846 | if (singleton == TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) | |
7847 | TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0) | |
7848 | = invert_truthvalue (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)); | |
7849 | ||
7850 | result = do_store_flag (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), | |
e5e809f4 | 7851 | (safe_from_p (temp, singleton, 1) |
906c4e36 | 7852 | ? temp : NULL_RTX), |
bbf6f052 RK |
7853 | mode, BRANCH_COST <= 1); |
7854 | ||
ac01eace RK |
7855 | if (result != 0 && ! integer_onep (TREE_OPERAND (binary_op, 1))) |
7856 | result = expand_shift (LSHIFT_EXPR, mode, result, | |
7857 | build_int_2 (tree_log2 | |
7858 | (TREE_OPERAND | |
7859 | (binary_op, 1)), | |
7860 | 0), | |
e5e809f4 | 7861 | (safe_from_p (temp, singleton, 1) |
ac01eace RK |
7862 | ? temp : NULL_RTX), 0); |
7863 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
7864 | if (result) |
7865 | { | |
906c4e36 | 7866 | op1 = expand_expr (singleton, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); |
bbf6f052 RK |
7867 | return expand_binop (mode, boptab, op1, result, temp, |
7868 | unsignedp, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN); | |
7869 | } | |
7870 | else if (singleton == TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) | |
7871 | TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0) | |
7872 | = invert_truthvalue (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)); | |
7873 | } | |
7874 | ||
dabf8373 | 7875 | do_pending_stack_adjust (); |
bbf6f052 RK |
7876 | NO_DEFER_POP; |
7877 | op0 = gen_label_rtx (); | |
7878 | ||
7879 | if (singleton && ! TREE_SIDE_EFFECTS (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))) | |
7880 | { | |
7881 | if (temp != 0) | |
7882 | { | |
7883 | /* If the target conflicts with the other operand of the | |
7884 | binary op, we can't use it. Also, we can't use the target | |
7885 | if it is a hard register, because evaluating the condition | |
7886 | might clobber it. */ | |
7887 | if ((binary_op | |
e5e809f4 | 7888 | && ! safe_from_p (temp, TREE_OPERAND (binary_op, 1), 1)) |
bbf6f052 RK |
7889 | || (GET_CODE (temp) == REG |
7890 | && REGNO (temp) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)) | |
7891 | temp = gen_reg_rtx (mode); | |
7892 | store_expr (singleton, temp, 0); | |
7893 | } | |
7894 | else | |
906c4e36 | 7895 | expand_expr (singleton, |
2937cf87 | 7896 | ignore ? const0_rtx : NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); |
bbf6f052 RK |
7897 | if (singleton == TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) |
7898 | jumpif (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), op0); | |
7899 | else | |
7900 | jumpifnot (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), op0); | |
7901 | ||
956d6950 | 7902 | start_cleanup_deferral (); |
bbf6f052 RK |
7903 | if (binary_op && temp == 0) |
7904 | /* Just touch the other operand. */ | |
7905 | expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (binary_op, 1), | |
906c4e36 | 7906 | ignore ? const0_rtx : NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); |
bbf6f052 RK |
7907 | else if (binary_op) |
7908 | store_expr (build (TREE_CODE (binary_op), type, | |
7909 | make_tree (type, temp), | |
7910 | TREE_OPERAND (binary_op, 1)), | |
7911 | temp, 0); | |
7912 | else | |
7913 | store_expr (build1 (TREE_CODE (unary_op), type, | |
7914 | make_tree (type, temp)), | |
7915 | temp, 0); | |
7916 | op1 = op0; | |
bbf6f052 | 7917 | } |
bbf6f052 RK |
7918 | /* Check for A op 0 ? A : FOO and A op 0 ? FOO : A where OP is any |
7919 | comparison operator. If we have one of these cases, set the | |
7920 | output to A, branch on A (cse will merge these two references), | |
7921 | then set the output to FOO. */ | |
7922 | else if (temp | |
7923 | && TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))) == '<' | |
7924 | && integer_zerop (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 1)) | |
7925 | && operand_equal_p (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0), | |
7926 | TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), 0) | |
e9a25f70 JL |
7927 | && (! TREE_SIDE_EFFECTS (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) |
7928 | || TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) == SAVE_EXPR) | |
e5e809f4 | 7929 | && safe_from_p (temp, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2), 1)) |
bbf6f052 RK |
7930 | { |
7931 | if (GET_CODE (temp) == REG && REGNO (temp) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER) | |
7932 | temp = gen_reg_rtx (mode); | |
7933 | store_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), temp, 0); | |
7934 | jumpif (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), op0); | |
5dab5552 | 7935 | |
956d6950 | 7936 | start_cleanup_deferral (); |
bbf6f052 RK |
7937 | store_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2), temp, 0); |
7938 | op1 = op0; | |
7939 | } | |
7940 | else if (temp | |
7941 | && TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))) == '<' | |
7942 | && integer_zerop (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 1)) | |
7943 | && operand_equal_p (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0), | |
7944 | TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2), 0) | |
e9a25f70 JL |
7945 | && (! TREE_SIDE_EFFECTS (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) |
7946 | || TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2)) == SAVE_EXPR) | |
e5e809f4 | 7947 | && safe_from_p (temp, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), 1)) |
bbf6f052 RK |
7948 | { |
7949 | if (GET_CODE (temp) == REG && REGNO (temp) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER) | |
7950 | temp = gen_reg_rtx (mode); | |
7951 | store_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2), temp, 0); | |
7952 | jumpifnot (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), op0); | |
5dab5552 | 7953 | |
956d6950 | 7954 | start_cleanup_deferral (); |
bbf6f052 RK |
7955 | store_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), temp, 0); |
7956 | op1 = op0; | |
7957 | } | |
7958 | else | |
7959 | { | |
7960 | op1 = gen_label_rtx (); | |
7961 | jumpifnot (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), op0); | |
5dab5552 | 7962 | |
956d6950 | 7963 | start_cleanup_deferral (); |
2ac84cfe NS |
7964 | |
7965 | /* One branch of the cond can be void, if it never returns. For | |
7966 | example A ? throw : E */ | |
7967 | if (temp != 0 | |
7968 | && TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) != void_type_node) | |
bbf6f052 RK |
7969 | store_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), temp, 0); |
7970 | else | |
906c4e36 RK |
7971 | expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), |
7972 | ignore ? const0_rtx : NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); | |
956d6950 | 7973 | end_cleanup_deferral (); |
bbf6f052 RK |
7974 | emit_queue (); |
7975 | emit_jump_insn (gen_jump (op1)); | |
7976 | emit_barrier (); | |
7977 | emit_label (op0); | |
956d6950 | 7978 | start_cleanup_deferral (); |
2ac84cfe NS |
7979 | if (temp != 0 |
7980 | && TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2)) != void_type_node) | |
bbf6f052 RK |
7981 | store_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2), temp, 0); |
7982 | else | |
906c4e36 RK |
7983 | expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2), |
7984 | ignore ? const0_rtx : NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
7985 | } |
7986 | ||
956d6950 | 7987 | end_cleanup_deferral (); |
bbf6f052 RK |
7988 | |
7989 | emit_queue (); | |
7990 | emit_label (op1); | |
7991 | OK_DEFER_POP; | |
5dab5552 | 7992 | |
bbf6f052 RK |
7993 | return temp; |
7994 | } | |
7995 | ||
7996 | case TARGET_EXPR: | |
7997 | { | |
7998 | /* Something needs to be initialized, but we didn't know | |
7999 | where that thing was when building the tree. For example, | |
8000 | it could be the return value of a function, or a parameter | |
8001 | to a function which lays down in the stack, or a temporary | |
8002 | variable which must be passed by reference. | |
8003 | ||
8004 | We guarantee that the expression will either be constructed | |
8005 | or copied into our original target. */ | |
8006 | ||
8007 | tree slot = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0); | |
2a888d4c | 8008 | tree cleanups = NULL_TREE; |
5c062816 | 8009 | tree exp1; |
bbf6f052 RK |
8010 | |
8011 | if (TREE_CODE (slot) != VAR_DECL) | |
8012 | abort (); | |
8013 | ||
9c51f375 RK |
8014 | if (! ignore) |
8015 | target = original_target; | |
8016 | ||
6fbfac92 JM |
8017 | /* Set this here so that if we get a target that refers to a |
8018 | register variable that's already been used, put_reg_into_stack | |
8019 | knows that it should fix up those uses. */ | |
8020 | TREE_USED (slot) = 1; | |
8021 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
8022 | if (target == 0) |
8023 | { | |
8024 | if (DECL_RTL (slot) != 0) | |
ac993f4f MS |
8025 | { |
8026 | target = DECL_RTL (slot); | |
5c062816 | 8027 | /* If we have already expanded the slot, so don't do |
ac993f4f | 8028 | it again. (mrs) */ |
5c062816 MS |
8029 | if (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1) == NULL_TREE) |
8030 | return target; | |
ac993f4f | 8031 | } |
bbf6f052 RK |
8032 | else |
8033 | { | |
e9a25f70 | 8034 | target = assign_temp (type, 2, 0, 1); |
bbf6f052 RK |
8035 | /* All temp slots at this level must not conflict. */ |
8036 | preserve_temp_slots (target); | |
8037 | DECL_RTL (slot) = target; | |
e9a25f70 JL |
8038 | if (TREE_ADDRESSABLE (slot)) |
8039 | { | |
8040 | TREE_ADDRESSABLE (slot) = 0; | |
8041 | mark_addressable (slot); | |
8042 | } | |
bbf6f052 | 8043 | |
e287fd6e RK |
8044 | /* Since SLOT is not known to the called function |
8045 | to belong to its stack frame, we must build an explicit | |
8046 | cleanup. This case occurs when we must build up a reference | |
8047 | to pass the reference as an argument. In this case, | |
8048 | it is very likely that such a reference need not be | |
8049 | built here. */ | |
8050 | ||
8051 | if (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2) == 0) | |
8052 | TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2) = maybe_build_cleanup (slot); | |
2a888d4c | 8053 | cleanups = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2); |
e287fd6e | 8054 | } |
bbf6f052 RK |
8055 | } |
8056 | else | |
8057 | { | |
8058 | /* This case does occur, when expanding a parameter which | |
8059 | needs to be constructed on the stack. The target | |
8060 | is the actual stack address that we want to initialize. | |
8061 | The function we call will perform the cleanup in this case. */ | |
8062 | ||
8c042b47 RS |
8063 | /* If we have already assigned it space, use that space, |
8064 | not target that we were passed in, as our target | |
8065 | parameter is only a hint. */ | |
8066 | if (DECL_RTL (slot) != 0) | |
8067 | { | |
8068 | target = DECL_RTL (slot); | |
8069 | /* If we have already expanded the slot, so don't do | |
8070 | it again. (mrs) */ | |
8071 | if (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1) == NULL_TREE) | |
8072 | return target; | |
8073 | } | |
21002281 JW |
8074 | else |
8075 | { | |
8076 | DECL_RTL (slot) = target; | |
8077 | /* If we must have an addressable slot, then make sure that | |
8078 | the RTL that we just stored in slot is OK. */ | |
8079 | if (TREE_ADDRESSABLE (slot)) | |
8080 | { | |
8081 | TREE_ADDRESSABLE (slot) = 0; | |
8082 | mark_addressable (slot); | |
8083 | } | |
8084 | } | |
bbf6f052 RK |
8085 | } |
8086 | ||
4847c938 | 8087 | exp1 = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 3) = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1); |
5c062816 MS |
8088 | /* Mark it as expanded. */ |
8089 | TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1) = NULL_TREE; | |
8090 | ||
41531e5b | 8091 | store_expr (exp1, target, 0); |
61d6b1cc | 8092 | |
e976b8b2 | 8093 | expand_decl_cleanup (NULL_TREE, cleanups); |
61d6b1cc | 8094 | |
41531e5b | 8095 | return target; |
bbf6f052 RK |
8096 | } |
8097 | ||
8098 | case INIT_EXPR: | |
8099 | { | |
8100 | tree lhs = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0); | |
8101 | tree rhs = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1); | |
8102 | tree noncopied_parts = 0; | |
8103 | tree lhs_type = TREE_TYPE (lhs); | |
8104 | ||
8105 | temp = expand_assignment (lhs, rhs, ! ignore, original_target != 0); | |
8106 | if (TYPE_NONCOPIED_PARTS (lhs_type) != 0 && !fixed_type_p (rhs)) | |
8107 | noncopied_parts = init_noncopied_parts (stabilize_reference (lhs), | |
8108 | TYPE_NONCOPIED_PARTS (lhs_type)); | |
8109 | while (noncopied_parts != 0) | |
8110 | { | |
8111 | expand_assignment (TREE_VALUE (noncopied_parts), | |
8112 | TREE_PURPOSE (noncopied_parts), 0, 0); | |
8113 | noncopied_parts = TREE_CHAIN (noncopied_parts); | |
8114 | } | |
8115 | return temp; | |
8116 | } | |
8117 | ||
8118 | case MODIFY_EXPR: | |
8119 | { | |
8120 | /* If lhs is complex, expand calls in rhs before computing it. | |
8121 | That's so we don't compute a pointer and save it over a call. | |
8122 | If lhs is simple, compute it first so we can give it as a | |
8123 | target if the rhs is just a call. This avoids an extra temp and copy | |
8124 | and that prevents a partial-subsumption which makes bad code. | |
8125 | Actually we could treat component_ref's of vars like vars. */ | |
8126 | ||
8127 | tree lhs = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0); | |
8128 | tree rhs = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1); | |
8129 | tree noncopied_parts = 0; | |
8130 | tree lhs_type = TREE_TYPE (lhs); | |
8131 | ||
8132 | temp = 0; | |
8133 | ||
8134 | if (TREE_CODE (lhs) != VAR_DECL | |
8135 | && TREE_CODE (lhs) != RESULT_DECL | |
b60334e8 RK |
8136 | && TREE_CODE (lhs) != PARM_DECL |
8137 | && ! (TREE_CODE (lhs) == INDIRECT_REF | |
8138 | && TYPE_READONLY (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (lhs, 0))))) | |
bbf6f052 RK |
8139 | preexpand_calls (exp); |
8140 | ||
8141 | /* Check for |= or &= of a bitfield of size one into another bitfield | |
8142 | of size 1. In this case, (unless we need the result of the | |
8143 | assignment) we can do this more efficiently with a | |
8144 | test followed by an assignment, if necessary. | |
8145 | ||
8146 | ??? At this point, we can't get a BIT_FIELD_REF here. But if | |
8147 | things change so we do, this code should be enhanced to | |
8148 | support it. */ | |
8149 | if (ignore | |
8150 | && TREE_CODE (lhs) == COMPONENT_REF | |
8151 | && (TREE_CODE (rhs) == BIT_IOR_EXPR | |
8152 | || TREE_CODE (rhs) == BIT_AND_EXPR) | |
8153 | && TREE_OPERAND (rhs, 0) == lhs | |
8154 | && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (rhs, 1)) == COMPONENT_REF | |
05bccae2 RK |
8155 | && integer_onep (DECL_SIZE (TREE_OPERAND (lhs, 1))) |
8156 | && integer_onep (DECL_SIZE (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (rhs, 1), 1)))) | |
bbf6f052 RK |
8157 | { |
8158 | rtx label = gen_label_rtx (); | |
8159 | ||
8160 | do_jump (TREE_OPERAND (rhs, 1), | |
8161 | TREE_CODE (rhs) == BIT_IOR_EXPR ? label : 0, | |
8162 | TREE_CODE (rhs) == BIT_AND_EXPR ? label : 0); | |
8163 | expand_assignment (lhs, convert (TREE_TYPE (rhs), | |
8164 | (TREE_CODE (rhs) == BIT_IOR_EXPR | |
8165 | ? integer_one_node | |
8166 | : integer_zero_node)), | |
8167 | 0, 0); | |
e7c33f54 | 8168 | do_pending_stack_adjust (); |
bbf6f052 RK |
8169 | emit_label (label); |
8170 | return const0_rtx; | |
8171 | } | |
8172 | ||
8173 | if (TYPE_NONCOPIED_PARTS (lhs_type) != 0 | |
8174 | && ! (fixed_type_p (lhs) && fixed_type_p (rhs))) | |
8175 | noncopied_parts = save_noncopied_parts (stabilize_reference (lhs), | |
8176 | TYPE_NONCOPIED_PARTS (lhs_type)); | |
8177 | ||
8178 | temp = expand_assignment (lhs, rhs, ! ignore, original_target != 0); | |
8179 | while (noncopied_parts != 0) | |
8180 | { | |
8181 | expand_assignment (TREE_PURPOSE (noncopied_parts), | |
8182 | TREE_VALUE (noncopied_parts), 0, 0); | |
8183 | noncopied_parts = TREE_CHAIN (noncopied_parts); | |
8184 | } | |
8185 | return temp; | |
8186 | } | |
8187 | ||
6e7f84a7 APB |
8188 | case RETURN_EXPR: |
8189 | if (!TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) | |
8190 | expand_null_return (); | |
8191 | else | |
8192 | expand_return (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)); | |
8193 | return const0_rtx; | |
8194 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
8195 | case PREINCREMENT_EXPR: |
8196 | case PREDECREMENT_EXPR: | |
7b8b9722 | 8197 | return expand_increment (exp, 0, ignore); |
bbf6f052 RK |
8198 | |
8199 | case POSTINCREMENT_EXPR: | |
8200 | case POSTDECREMENT_EXPR: | |
8201 | /* Faster to treat as pre-increment if result is not used. */ | |
7b8b9722 | 8202 | return expand_increment (exp, ! ignore, ignore); |
bbf6f052 RK |
8203 | |
8204 | case ADDR_EXPR: | |
987c71d9 | 8205 | /* If nonzero, TEMP will be set to the address of something that might |
0f41302f | 8206 | be a MEM corresponding to a stack slot. */ |
987c71d9 RK |
8207 | temp = 0; |
8208 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
8209 | /* Are we taking the address of a nested function? */ |
8210 | if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) == FUNCTION_DECL | |
38ee6ed9 | 8211 | && decl_function_context (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) != 0 |
e5e809f4 JL |
8212 | && ! DECL_NO_STATIC_CHAIN (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) |
8213 | && ! TREE_STATIC (exp)) | |
bbf6f052 RK |
8214 | { |
8215 | op0 = trampoline_address (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)); | |
8216 | op0 = force_operand (op0, target); | |
8217 | } | |
682ba3a6 RK |
8218 | /* If we are taking the address of something erroneous, just |
8219 | return a zero. */ | |
8220 | else if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) == ERROR_MARK) | |
8221 | return const0_rtx; | |
bbf6f052 RK |
8222 | else |
8223 | { | |
e287fd6e RK |
8224 | /* We make sure to pass const0_rtx down if we came in with |
8225 | ignore set, to avoid doing the cleanups twice for something. */ | |
8226 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), | |
8227 | ignore ? const0_rtx : NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, | |
bbf6f052 RK |
8228 | (modifier == EXPAND_INITIALIZER |
8229 | ? modifier : EXPAND_CONST_ADDRESS)); | |
896102d0 | 8230 | |
119af78a RK |
8231 | /* If we are going to ignore the result, OP0 will have been set |
8232 | to const0_rtx, so just return it. Don't get confused and | |
8233 | think we are taking the address of the constant. */ | |
8234 | if (ignore) | |
8235 | return op0; | |
8236 | ||
3539e816 MS |
8237 | op0 = protect_from_queue (op0, 0); |
8238 | ||
c5c76735 JL |
8239 | /* We would like the object in memory. If it is a constant, we can |
8240 | have it be statically allocated into memory. For a non-constant, | |
8241 | we need to allocate some memory and store the value into it. */ | |
896102d0 RK |
8242 | |
8243 | if (CONSTANT_P (op0)) | |
8244 | op0 = force_const_mem (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))), | |
8245 | op0); | |
987c71d9 | 8246 | else if (GET_CODE (op0) == MEM) |
af5b53ed RK |
8247 | { |
8248 | mark_temp_addr_taken (op0); | |
8249 | temp = XEXP (op0, 0); | |
8250 | } | |
896102d0 | 8251 | |
682ba3a6 | 8252 | else if (GET_CODE (op0) == REG || GET_CODE (op0) == SUBREG |
6c8538cc | 8253 | || GET_CODE (op0) == CONCAT || GET_CODE (op0) == ADDRESSOF) |
896102d0 RK |
8254 | { |
8255 | /* If this object is in a register, it must be not | |
0f41302f | 8256 | be BLKmode. */ |
896102d0 | 8257 | tree inner_type = TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)); |
06089a8b | 8258 | rtx memloc = assign_temp (inner_type, 1, 1, 1); |
896102d0 | 8259 | |
7a0b7b9a | 8260 | mark_temp_addr_taken (memloc); |
896102d0 RK |
8261 | emit_move_insn (memloc, op0); |
8262 | op0 = memloc; | |
8263 | } | |
8264 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
8265 | if (GET_CODE (op0) != MEM) |
8266 | abort (); | |
8267 | ||
8268 | if (modifier == EXPAND_SUM || modifier == EXPAND_INITIALIZER) | |
88f63c77 RK |
8269 | { |
8270 | temp = XEXP (op0, 0); | |
8271 | #ifdef POINTERS_EXTEND_UNSIGNED | |
8272 | if (GET_MODE (temp) == Pmode && GET_MODE (temp) != mode | |
8273 | && mode == ptr_mode) | |
9fcfcce7 | 8274 | temp = convert_memory_address (ptr_mode, temp); |
88f63c77 RK |
8275 | #endif |
8276 | return temp; | |
8277 | } | |
987c71d9 | 8278 | |
bbf6f052 RK |
8279 | op0 = force_operand (XEXP (op0, 0), target); |
8280 | } | |
987c71d9 | 8281 | |
bbf6f052 | 8282 | if (flag_force_addr && GET_CODE (op0) != REG) |
987c71d9 RK |
8283 | op0 = force_reg (Pmode, op0); |
8284 | ||
dc6d66b3 RK |
8285 | if (GET_CODE (op0) == REG |
8286 | && ! REG_USERVAR_P (op0)) | |
8287 | mark_reg_pointer (op0, TYPE_ALIGN (TREE_TYPE (type)) / BITS_PER_UNIT); | |
987c71d9 RK |
8288 | |
8289 | /* If we might have had a temp slot, add an equivalent address | |
8290 | for it. */ | |
8291 | if (temp != 0) | |
8292 | update_temp_slot_address (temp, op0); | |
8293 | ||
88f63c77 RK |
8294 | #ifdef POINTERS_EXTEND_UNSIGNED |
8295 | if (GET_MODE (op0) == Pmode && GET_MODE (op0) != mode | |
8296 | && mode == ptr_mode) | |
9fcfcce7 | 8297 | op0 = convert_memory_address (ptr_mode, op0); |
88f63c77 RK |
8298 | #endif |
8299 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
8300 | return op0; |
8301 | ||
8302 | case ENTRY_VALUE_EXPR: | |
8303 | abort (); | |
8304 | ||
7308a047 RS |
8305 | /* COMPLEX type for Extended Pascal & Fortran */ |
8306 | case COMPLEX_EXPR: | |
8307 | { | |
8308 | enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (exp))); | |
6551fa4d | 8309 | rtx insns; |
7308a047 RS |
8310 | |
8311 | /* Get the rtx code of the operands. */ | |
8312 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0, VOIDmode, 0); | |
8313 | op1 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), 0, VOIDmode, 0); | |
8314 | ||
8315 | if (! target) | |
8316 | target = gen_reg_rtx (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp))); | |
8317 | ||
6551fa4d | 8318 | start_sequence (); |
7308a047 RS |
8319 | |
8320 | /* Move the real (op0) and imaginary (op1) parts to their location. */ | |
2d7050fd RS |
8321 | emit_move_insn (gen_realpart (mode, target), op0); |
8322 | emit_move_insn (gen_imagpart (mode, target), op1); | |
7308a047 | 8323 | |
6551fa4d JW |
8324 | insns = get_insns (); |
8325 | end_sequence (); | |
8326 | ||
7308a047 | 8327 | /* Complex construction should appear as a single unit. */ |
6551fa4d JW |
8328 | /* If TARGET is a CONCAT, we got insns like RD = RS, ID = IS, |
8329 | each with a separate pseudo as destination. | |
8330 | It's not correct for flow to treat them as a unit. */ | |
6d6e61ce | 8331 | if (GET_CODE (target) != CONCAT) |
6551fa4d JW |
8332 | emit_no_conflict_block (insns, target, op0, op1, NULL_RTX); |
8333 | else | |
8334 | emit_insns (insns); | |
7308a047 RS |
8335 | |
8336 | return target; | |
8337 | } | |
8338 | ||
8339 | case REALPART_EXPR: | |
2d7050fd RS |
8340 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0, VOIDmode, 0); |
8341 | return gen_realpart (mode, op0); | |
7308a047 RS |
8342 | |
8343 | case IMAGPART_EXPR: | |
2d7050fd RS |
8344 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0, VOIDmode, 0); |
8345 | return gen_imagpart (mode, op0); | |
7308a047 RS |
8346 | |
8347 | case CONJ_EXPR: | |
8348 | { | |
62acb978 | 8349 | enum machine_mode partmode = TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (exp))); |
7308a047 | 8350 | rtx imag_t; |
6551fa4d | 8351 | rtx insns; |
7308a047 RS |
8352 | |
8353 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0, VOIDmode, 0); | |
8354 | ||
8355 | if (! target) | |
d6a5ac33 | 8356 | target = gen_reg_rtx (mode); |
7308a047 | 8357 | |
6551fa4d | 8358 | start_sequence (); |
7308a047 RS |
8359 | |
8360 | /* Store the realpart and the negated imagpart to target. */ | |
62acb978 RK |
8361 | emit_move_insn (gen_realpart (partmode, target), |
8362 | gen_realpart (partmode, op0)); | |
7308a047 | 8363 | |
62acb978 RK |
8364 | imag_t = gen_imagpart (partmode, target); |
8365 | temp = expand_unop (partmode, neg_optab, | |
8366 | gen_imagpart (partmode, op0), imag_t, 0); | |
7308a047 RS |
8367 | if (temp != imag_t) |
8368 | emit_move_insn (imag_t, temp); | |
8369 | ||
6551fa4d JW |
8370 | insns = get_insns (); |
8371 | end_sequence (); | |
8372 | ||
d6a5ac33 RK |
8373 | /* Conjugate should appear as a single unit |
8374 | If TARGET is a CONCAT, we got insns like RD = RS, ID = - IS, | |
6551fa4d JW |
8375 | each with a separate pseudo as destination. |
8376 | It's not correct for flow to treat them as a unit. */ | |
6d6e61ce | 8377 | if (GET_CODE (target) != CONCAT) |
6551fa4d JW |
8378 | emit_no_conflict_block (insns, target, op0, NULL_RTX, NULL_RTX); |
8379 | else | |
8380 | emit_insns (insns); | |
7308a047 RS |
8381 | |
8382 | return target; | |
8383 | } | |
8384 | ||
e976b8b2 MS |
8385 | case TRY_CATCH_EXPR: |
8386 | { | |
8387 | tree handler = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1); | |
8388 | ||
8389 | expand_eh_region_start (); | |
8390 | ||
8391 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0, VOIDmode, 0); | |
8392 | ||
8393 | expand_eh_region_end (handler); | |
8394 | ||
8395 | return op0; | |
8396 | } | |
8397 | ||
b335b813 PB |
8398 | case TRY_FINALLY_EXPR: |
8399 | { | |
8400 | tree try_block = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0); | |
8401 | tree finally_block = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1); | |
8402 | rtx finally_label = gen_label_rtx (); | |
8403 | rtx done_label = gen_label_rtx (); | |
8404 | rtx return_link = gen_reg_rtx (Pmode); | |
8405 | tree cleanup = build (GOTO_SUBROUTINE_EXPR, void_type_node, | |
8406 | (tree) finally_label, (tree) return_link); | |
8407 | TREE_SIDE_EFFECTS (cleanup) = 1; | |
8408 | ||
8409 | /* Start a new binding layer that will keep track of all cleanup | |
8410 | actions to be performed. */ | |
8e91754e | 8411 | expand_start_bindings (2); |
b335b813 PB |
8412 | |
8413 | target_temp_slot_level = temp_slot_level; | |
8414 | ||
8415 | expand_decl_cleanup (NULL_TREE, cleanup); | |
8416 | op0 = expand_expr (try_block, target, tmode, modifier); | |
8417 | ||
8418 | preserve_temp_slots (op0); | |
8419 | expand_end_bindings (NULL_TREE, 0, 0); | |
8420 | emit_jump (done_label); | |
8421 | emit_label (finally_label); | |
8422 | expand_expr (finally_block, const0_rtx, VOIDmode, 0); | |
8423 | emit_indirect_jump (return_link); | |
8424 | emit_label (done_label); | |
8425 | return op0; | |
8426 | } | |
8427 | ||
8428 | case GOTO_SUBROUTINE_EXPR: | |
8429 | { | |
8430 | rtx subr = (rtx) TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0); | |
8431 | rtx return_link = *(rtx *) &TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1); | |
8432 | rtx return_address = gen_label_rtx (); | |
8433 | emit_move_insn (return_link, gen_rtx_LABEL_REF (Pmode, return_address)); | |
8434 | emit_jump (subr); | |
8435 | emit_label (return_address); | |
8436 | return const0_rtx; | |
8437 | } | |
8438 | ||
e976b8b2 MS |
8439 | case POPDCC_EXPR: |
8440 | { | |
8441 | rtx dcc = get_dynamic_cleanup_chain (); | |
38a448ca | 8442 | emit_move_insn (dcc, validize_mem (gen_rtx_MEM (Pmode, dcc))); |
e976b8b2 MS |
8443 | return const0_rtx; |
8444 | } | |
8445 | ||
8446 | case POPDHC_EXPR: | |
8447 | { | |
8448 | rtx dhc = get_dynamic_handler_chain (); | |
38a448ca | 8449 | emit_move_insn (dhc, validize_mem (gen_rtx_MEM (Pmode, dhc))); |
e976b8b2 MS |
8450 | return const0_rtx; |
8451 | } | |
8452 | ||
d3707adb RH |
8453 | case VA_ARG_EXPR: |
8454 | return expand_builtin_va_arg (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), type); | |
8455 | ||
bbf6f052 | 8456 | default: |
90764a87 | 8457 | return (*lang_expand_expr) (exp, original_target, tmode, modifier); |
bbf6f052 RK |
8458 | } |
8459 | ||
8460 | /* Here to do an ordinary binary operator, generating an instruction | |
8461 | from the optab already placed in `this_optab'. */ | |
8462 | binop: | |
8463 | preexpand_calls (exp); | |
e5e809f4 | 8464 | if (! safe_from_p (subtarget, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), 1)) |
bbf6f052 RK |
8465 | subtarget = 0; |
8466 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), subtarget, VOIDmode, 0); | |
906c4e36 | 8467 | op1 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); |
bbf6f052 RK |
8468 | binop2: |
8469 | temp = expand_binop (mode, this_optab, op0, op1, target, | |
8470 | unsignedp, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN); | |
8471 | if (temp == 0) | |
8472 | abort (); | |
8473 | return temp; | |
8474 | } | |
b93a436e | 8475 | \f |
14a774a9 RK |
8476 | /* Similar to expand_expr, except that we don't specify a target, target |
8477 | mode, or modifier and we return the alignment of the inner type. This is | |
8478 | used in cases where it is not necessary to align the result to the | |
8479 | alignment of its type as long as we know the alignment of the result, for | |
8480 | example for comparisons of BLKmode values. */ | |
8481 | ||
8482 | static rtx | |
8483 | expand_expr_unaligned (exp, palign) | |
8484 | register tree exp; | |
729a2125 | 8485 | unsigned int *palign; |
14a774a9 RK |
8486 | { |
8487 | register rtx op0; | |
8488 | tree type = TREE_TYPE (exp); | |
8489 | register enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (type); | |
8490 | ||
8491 | /* Default the alignment we return to that of the type. */ | |
8492 | *palign = TYPE_ALIGN (type); | |
8493 | ||
8494 | /* The only cases in which we do anything special is if the resulting mode | |
8495 | is BLKmode. */ | |
8496 | if (mode != BLKmode) | |
8497 | return expand_expr (exp, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, EXPAND_NORMAL); | |
8498 | ||
8499 | switch (TREE_CODE (exp)) | |
8500 | { | |
8501 | case CONVERT_EXPR: | |
8502 | case NOP_EXPR: | |
8503 | case NON_LVALUE_EXPR: | |
8504 | /* Conversions between BLKmode values don't change the underlying | |
8505 | alignment or value. */ | |
8506 | if (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))) == BLKmode) | |
8507 | return expand_expr_unaligned (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), palign); | |
8508 | break; | |
8509 | ||
8510 | case ARRAY_REF: | |
8511 | /* Much of the code for this case is copied directly from expand_expr. | |
8512 | We need to duplicate it here because we will do something different | |
8513 | in the fall-through case, so we need to handle the same exceptions | |
8514 | it does. */ | |
8515 | { | |
8516 | tree array = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0); | |
8517 | tree domain = TYPE_DOMAIN (TREE_TYPE (array)); | |
8518 | tree low_bound = domain ? TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain) : integer_zero_node; | |
fed3cef0 | 8519 | tree index = convert (sizetype, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)); |
14a774a9 RK |
8520 | HOST_WIDE_INT i; |
8521 | ||
8522 | if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))) != ARRAY_TYPE) | |
8523 | abort (); | |
8524 | ||
8525 | /* Optimize the special-case of a zero lower bound. | |
8526 | ||
8527 | We convert the low_bound to sizetype to avoid some problems | |
8528 | with constant folding. (E.g. suppose the lower bound is 1, | |
8529 | and its mode is QI. Without the conversion, (ARRAY | |
8530 | +(INDEX-(unsigned char)1)) becomes ((ARRAY+(-(unsigned char)1)) | |
fed3cef0 | 8531 | +INDEX), which becomes (ARRAY+255+INDEX). Oops!) */ |
14a774a9 RK |
8532 | |
8533 | if (! integer_zerop (low_bound)) | |
fed3cef0 | 8534 | index = size_diffop (index, convert (sizetype, low_bound)); |
14a774a9 RK |
8535 | |
8536 | /* If this is a constant index into a constant array, | |
8537 | just get the value from the array. Handle both the cases when | |
8538 | we have an explicit constructor and when our operand is a variable | |
8539 | that was declared const. */ | |
8540 | ||
05bccae2 RK |
8541 | if (TREE_CODE (array) == CONSTRUCTOR && ! TREE_SIDE_EFFECTS (array) |
8542 | && 0 > compare_tree_int (index, | |
8543 | list_length (CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS | |
8544 | (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))))) | |
14a774a9 | 8545 | { |
05bccae2 RK |
8546 | tree elem; |
8547 | ||
8548 | for (elem = CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)), | |
8549 | i = TREE_INT_CST_LOW (index); | |
8550 | elem != 0 && i != 0; i--, elem = TREE_CHAIN (elem)) | |
8551 | ; | |
8552 | ||
8553 | if (elem) | |
8554 | return expand_expr_unaligned (fold (TREE_VALUE (elem)), palign); | |
14a774a9 RK |
8555 | } |
8556 | ||
8557 | else if (optimize >= 1 | |
8558 | && TREE_READONLY (array) && ! TREE_SIDE_EFFECTS (array) | |
8559 | && TREE_CODE (array) == VAR_DECL && DECL_INITIAL (array) | |
8560 | && TREE_CODE (DECL_INITIAL (array)) != ERROR_MARK) | |
8561 | { | |
8562 | if (TREE_CODE (index) == INTEGER_CST) | |
8563 | { | |
8564 | tree init = DECL_INITIAL (array); | |
8565 | ||
14a774a9 RK |
8566 | if (TREE_CODE (init) == CONSTRUCTOR) |
8567 | { | |
05bccae2 RK |
8568 | tree elem; |
8569 | ||
8570 | for (elem = CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (init); | |
8571 | ! tree_int_cst_equal (TREE_PURPOSE (elem), index); | |
8572 | elem = TREE_CHAIN (elem)) | |
8573 | ; | |
14a774a9 | 8574 | |
14a774a9 RK |
8575 | if (elem) |
8576 | return expand_expr_unaligned (fold (TREE_VALUE (elem)), | |
8577 | palign); | |
8578 | } | |
8579 | } | |
8580 | } | |
8581 | } | |
8582 | ||
8583 | /* ... fall through ... */ | |
8584 | ||
8585 | case COMPONENT_REF: | |
8586 | case BIT_FIELD_REF: | |
8587 | /* If the operand is a CONSTRUCTOR, we can just extract the | |
8588 | appropriate field if it is present. Don't do this if we have | |
8589 | already written the data since we want to refer to that copy | |
8590 | and varasm.c assumes that's what we'll do. */ | |
8591 | if (TREE_CODE (exp) != ARRAY_REF | |
8592 | && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) == CONSTRUCTOR | |
8593 | && TREE_CST_RTL (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) == 0) | |
8594 | { | |
8595 | tree elt; | |
8596 | ||
8597 | for (elt = CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)); elt; | |
8598 | elt = TREE_CHAIN (elt)) | |
8599 | if (TREE_PURPOSE (elt) == TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) | |
8600 | /* Note that unlike the case in expand_expr, we know this is | |
8601 | BLKmode and hence not an integer. */ | |
8602 | return expand_expr_unaligned (TREE_VALUE (elt), palign); | |
8603 | } | |
8604 | ||
8605 | { | |
8606 | enum machine_mode mode1; | |
8607 | int bitsize; | |
8608 | int bitpos; | |
8609 | tree offset; | |
8610 | int volatilep = 0; | |
729a2125 | 8611 | unsigned int alignment; |
14a774a9 RK |
8612 | int unsignedp; |
8613 | tree tem = get_inner_reference (exp, &bitsize, &bitpos, &offset, | |
8614 | &mode1, &unsignedp, &volatilep, | |
8615 | &alignment); | |
8616 | ||
8617 | /* If we got back the original object, something is wrong. Perhaps | |
8618 | we are evaluating an expression too early. In any event, don't | |
8619 | infinitely recurse. */ | |
8620 | if (tem == exp) | |
8621 | abort (); | |
8622 | ||
8623 | op0 = expand_expr (tem, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, EXPAND_NORMAL); | |
8624 | ||
8625 | /* If this is a constant, put it into a register if it is a | |
8626 | legitimate constant and OFFSET is 0 and memory if it isn't. */ | |
8627 | if (CONSTANT_P (op0)) | |
8628 | { | |
8629 | enum machine_mode inner_mode = TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (tem)); | |
8630 | ||
8631 | if (inner_mode != BLKmode && LEGITIMATE_CONSTANT_P (op0) | |
8632 | && offset == 0) | |
8633 | op0 = force_reg (inner_mode, op0); | |
8634 | else | |
8635 | op0 = validize_mem (force_const_mem (inner_mode, op0)); | |
8636 | } | |
8637 | ||
8638 | if (offset != 0) | |
8639 | { | |
8640 | rtx offset_rtx = expand_expr (offset, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); | |
8641 | ||
8642 | /* If this object is in a register, put it into memory. | |
8643 | This case can't occur in C, but can in Ada if we have | |
8644 | unchecked conversion of an expression from a scalar type to | |
8645 | an array or record type. */ | |
8646 | if (GET_CODE (op0) == REG || GET_CODE (op0) == SUBREG | |
8647 | || GET_CODE (op0) == CONCAT || GET_CODE (op0) == ADDRESSOF) | |
8648 | { | |
8649 | rtx memloc = assign_temp (TREE_TYPE (tem), 1, 1, 1); | |
8650 | ||
8651 | mark_temp_addr_taken (memloc); | |
8652 | emit_move_insn (memloc, op0); | |
8653 | op0 = memloc; | |
8654 | } | |
8655 | ||
8656 | if (GET_CODE (op0) != MEM) | |
8657 | abort (); | |
8658 | ||
8659 | if (GET_MODE (offset_rtx) != ptr_mode) | |
8660 | { | |
8661 | #ifdef POINTERS_EXTEND_UNSIGNED | |
8662 | offset_rtx = convert_memory_address (ptr_mode, offset_rtx); | |
8663 | #else | |
8664 | offset_rtx = convert_to_mode (ptr_mode, offset_rtx, 0); | |
8665 | #endif | |
8666 | } | |
8667 | ||
8668 | op0 = change_address (op0, VOIDmode, | |
8669 | gen_rtx_PLUS (ptr_mode, XEXP (op0, 0), | |
8670 | force_reg (ptr_mode, | |
8671 | offset_rtx))); | |
8672 | } | |
8673 | ||
8674 | /* Don't forget about volatility even if this is a bitfield. */ | |
8675 | if (GET_CODE (op0) == MEM && volatilep && ! MEM_VOLATILE_P (op0)) | |
8676 | { | |
8677 | op0 = copy_rtx (op0); | |
8678 | MEM_VOLATILE_P (op0) = 1; | |
8679 | } | |
8680 | ||
8681 | /* Check the access. */ | |
8682 | if (current_function_check_memory_usage && GET_CODE (op0) == MEM) | |
8683 | { | |
8684 | rtx to; | |
8685 | int size; | |
8686 | ||
8687 | to = plus_constant (XEXP (op0, 0), (bitpos / BITS_PER_UNIT)); | |
8688 | size = (bitpos % BITS_PER_UNIT) + bitsize + BITS_PER_UNIT - 1; | |
8689 | ||
8690 | /* Check the access right of the pointer. */ | |
8691 | if (size > BITS_PER_UNIT) | |
8692 | emit_library_call (chkr_check_addr_libfunc, 1, VOIDmode, 3, | |
8693 | to, ptr_mode, GEN_INT (size / BITS_PER_UNIT), | |
8694 | TYPE_MODE (sizetype), | |
8695 | GEN_INT (MEMORY_USE_RO), | |
8696 | TYPE_MODE (integer_type_node)); | |
8697 | } | |
8698 | ||
a2b99161 RK |
8699 | /* In cases where an aligned union has an unaligned object |
8700 | as a field, we might be extracting a BLKmode value from | |
8701 | an integer-mode (e.g., SImode) object. Handle this case | |
8702 | by doing the extract into an object as wide as the field | |
8703 | (which we know to be the width of a basic mode), then | |
8704 | storing into memory, and changing the mode to BLKmode. | |
8705 | If we ultimately want the address (EXPAND_CONST_ADDRESS or | |
8706 | EXPAND_INITIALIZER), then we must not copy to a temporary. */ | |
8707 | if (mode1 == VOIDmode | |
8708 | || GET_CODE (op0) == REG || GET_CODE (op0) == SUBREG | |
e1565e65 | 8709 | || (SLOW_UNALIGNED_ACCESS (mode1, alignment) |
a2b99161 RK |
8710 | && (TYPE_ALIGN (type) > alignment * BITS_PER_UNIT |
8711 | || bitpos % TYPE_ALIGN (type) != 0))) | |
8712 | { | |
8713 | enum machine_mode ext_mode = mode_for_size (bitsize, MODE_INT, 1); | |
8714 | ||
8715 | if (ext_mode == BLKmode) | |
8716 | { | |
8717 | /* In this case, BITPOS must start at a byte boundary. */ | |
8718 | if (GET_CODE (op0) != MEM | |
8719 | || bitpos % BITS_PER_UNIT != 0) | |
8720 | abort (); | |
8721 | ||
8722 | op0 = change_address (op0, VOIDmode, | |
8723 | plus_constant (XEXP (op0, 0), | |
8724 | bitpos / BITS_PER_UNIT)); | |
8725 | } | |
8726 | else | |
8727 | { | |
8728 | rtx new = assign_stack_temp (ext_mode, | |
8729 | bitsize / BITS_PER_UNIT, 0); | |
8730 | ||
8731 | op0 = extract_bit_field (validize_mem (op0), bitsize, bitpos, | |
8732 | unsignedp, NULL_RTX, ext_mode, | |
8733 | ext_mode, alignment, | |
8734 | int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (tem))); | |
8735 | ||
8736 | /* If the result is a record type and BITSIZE is narrower than | |
8737 | the mode of OP0, an integral mode, and this is a big endian | |
8738 | machine, we must put the field into the high-order bits. */ | |
8739 | if (TREE_CODE (type) == RECORD_TYPE && BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN | |
8740 | && GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (op0)) == MODE_INT | |
8741 | && bitsize < GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (op0))) | |
8742 | op0 = expand_shift (LSHIFT_EXPR, GET_MODE (op0), op0, | |
8743 | size_int (GET_MODE_BITSIZE | |
8744 | (GET_MODE (op0)) | |
8745 | - bitsize), | |
8746 | op0, 1); | |
8747 | ||
8748 | ||
8749 | emit_move_insn (new, op0); | |
8750 | op0 = copy_rtx (new); | |
8751 | PUT_MODE (op0, BLKmode); | |
8752 | } | |
8753 | } | |
8754 | else | |
8755 | /* Get a reference to just this component. */ | |
8756 | op0 = change_address (op0, mode1, | |
8757 | plus_constant (XEXP (op0, 0), | |
8758 | (bitpos / BITS_PER_UNIT))); | |
14a774a9 RK |
8759 | |
8760 | MEM_ALIAS_SET (op0) = get_alias_set (exp); | |
8761 | ||
8762 | /* Adjust the alignment in case the bit position is not | |
8763 | a multiple of the alignment of the inner object. */ | |
8764 | while (bitpos % alignment != 0) | |
8765 | alignment >>= 1; | |
8766 | ||
8767 | if (GET_CODE (XEXP (op0, 0)) == REG) | |
8768 | mark_reg_pointer (XEXP (op0, 0), alignment); | |
8769 | ||
8770 | MEM_IN_STRUCT_P (op0) = 1; | |
8771 | MEM_VOLATILE_P (op0) |= volatilep; | |
8772 | ||
8773 | *palign = alignment; | |
8774 | return op0; | |
8775 | } | |
8776 | ||
8777 | default: | |
8778 | break; | |
8779 | ||
8780 | } | |
8781 | ||
8782 | return expand_expr (exp, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, EXPAND_NORMAL); | |
8783 | } | |
8784 | \f | |
fed3cef0 RK |
8785 | /* Return the tree node if a ARG corresponds to a string constant or zero |
8786 | if it doesn't. If we return non-zero, set *PTR_OFFSET to the offset | |
8787 | in bytes within the string that ARG is accessing. The type of the | |
8788 | offset will be `sizetype'. */ | |
b93a436e | 8789 | |
28f4ec01 | 8790 | tree |
b93a436e JL |
8791 | string_constant (arg, ptr_offset) |
8792 | tree arg; | |
8793 | tree *ptr_offset; | |
8794 | { | |
8795 | STRIP_NOPS (arg); | |
8796 | ||
8797 | if (TREE_CODE (arg) == ADDR_EXPR | |
8798 | && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (arg, 0)) == STRING_CST) | |
8799 | { | |
fed3cef0 | 8800 | *ptr_offset = size_zero_node; |
b93a436e JL |
8801 | return TREE_OPERAND (arg, 0); |
8802 | } | |
8803 | else if (TREE_CODE (arg) == PLUS_EXPR) | |
8804 | { | |
8805 | tree arg0 = TREE_OPERAND (arg, 0); | |
8806 | tree arg1 = TREE_OPERAND (arg, 1); | |
8807 | ||
8808 | STRIP_NOPS (arg0); | |
8809 | STRIP_NOPS (arg1); | |
8810 | ||
8811 | if (TREE_CODE (arg0) == ADDR_EXPR | |
8812 | && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (arg0, 0)) == STRING_CST) | |
bbf6f052 | 8813 | { |
fed3cef0 | 8814 | *ptr_offset = convert (sizetype, arg1); |
b93a436e | 8815 | return TREE_OPERAND (arg0, 0); |
bbf6f052 | 8816 | } |
b93a436e JL |
8817 | else if (TREE_CODE (arg1) == ADDR_EXPR |
8818 | && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (arg1, 0)) == STRING_CST) | |
bbf6f052 | 8819 | { |
fed3cef0 | 8820 | *ptr_offset = convert (sizetype, arg0); |
b93a436e | 8821 | return TREE_OPERAND (arg1, 0); |
bbf6f052 | 8822 | } |
b93a436e | 8823 | } |
ca695ac9 | 8824 | |
b93a436e JL |
8825 | return 0; |
8826 | } | |
ca695ac9 | 8827 | \f |
b93a436e JL |
8828 | /* Expand code for a post- or pre- increment or decrement |
8829 | and return the RTX for the result. | |
8830 | POST is 1 for postinc/decrements and 0 for preinc/decrements. */ | |
1499e0a8 | 8831 | |
b93a436e JL |
8832 | static rtx |
8833 | expand_increment (exp, post, ignore) | |
8834 | register tree exp; | |
8835 | int post, ignore; | |
ca695ac9 | 8836 | { |
b93a436e JL |
8837 | register rtx op0, op1; |
8838 | register rtx temp, value; | |
8839 | register tree incremented = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0); | |
8840 | optab this_optab = add_optab; | |
8841 | int icode; | |
8842 | enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)); | |
8843 | int op0_is_copy = 0; | |
8844 | int single_insn = 0; | |
8845 | /* 1 means we can't store into OP0 directly, | |
8846 | because it is a subreg narrower than a word, | |
8847 | and we don't dare clobber the rest of the word. */ | |
8848 | int bad_subreg = 0; | |
1499e0a8 | 8849 | |
b93a436e JL |
8850 | /* Stabilize any component ref that might need to be |
8851 | evaluated more than once below. */ | |
8852 | if (!post | |
8853 | || TREE_CODE (incremented) == BIT_FIELD_REF | |
8854 | || (TREE_CODE (incremented) == COMPONENT_REF | |
8855 | && (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (incremented, 0)) != INDIRECT_REF | |
8856 | || DECL_BIT_FIELD (TREE_OPERAND (incremented, 1))))) | |
8857 | incremented = stabilize_reference (incremented); | |
8858 | /* Nested *INCREMENT_EXPRs can happen in C++. We must force innermost | |
8859 | ones into save exprs so that they don't accidentally get evaluated | |
8860 | more than once by the code below. */ | |
8861 | if (TREE_CODE (incremented) == PREINCREMENT_EXPR | |
8862 | || TREE_CODE (incremented) == PREDECREMENT_EXPR) | |
8863 | incremented = save_expr (incremented); | |
e9a25f70 | 8864 | |
b93a436e JL |
8865 | /* Compute the operands as RTX. |
8866 | Note whether OP0 is the actual lvalue or a copy of it: | |
8867 | I believe it is a copy iff it is a register or subreg | |
8868 | and insns were generated in computing it. */ | |
e9a25f70 | 8869 | |
b93a436e JL |
8870 | temp = get_last_insn (); |
8871 | op0 = expand_expr (incremented, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, EXPAND_MEMORY_USE_RW); | |
e9a25f70 | 8872 | |
b93a436e JL |
8873 | /* If OP0 is a SUBREG made for a promoted variable, we cannot increment |
8874 | in place but instead must do sign- or zero-extension during assignment, | |
8875 | so we copy it into a new register and let the code below use it as | |
8876 | a copy. | |
e9a25f70 | 8877 | |
b93a436e JL |
8878 | Note that we can safely modify this SUBREG since it is know not to be |
8879 | shared (it was made by the expand_expr call above). */ | |
8880 | ||
8881 | if (GET_CODE (op0) == SUBREG && SUBREG_PROMOTED_VAR_P (op0)) | |
8882 | { | |
8883 | if (post) | |
8884 | SUBREG_REG (op0) = copy_to_reg (SUBREG_REG (op0)); | |
8885 | else | |
8886 | bad_subreg = 1; | |
8887 | } | |
8888 | else if (GET_CODE (op0) == SUBREG | |
8889 | && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (op0)) < BITS_PER_WORD) | |
8890 | { | |
8891 | /* We cannot increment this SUBREG in place. If we are | |
8892 | post-incrementing, get a copy of the old value. Otherwise, | |
8893 | just mark that we cannot increment in place. */ | |
8894 | if (post) | |
8895 | op0 = copy_to_reg (op0); | |
8896 | else | |
8897 | bad_subreg = 1; | |
e9a25f70 JL |
8898 | } |
8899 | ||
b93a436e JL |
8900 | op0_is_copy = ((GET_CODE (op0) == SUBREG || GET_CODE (op0) == REG) |
8901 | && temp != get_last_insn ()); | |
8902 | op1 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, | |
8903 | EXPAND_MEMORY_USE_BAD); | |
1499e0a8 | 8904 | |
b93a436e JL |
8905 | /* Decide whether incrementing or decrementing. */ |
8906 | if (TREE_CODE (exp) == POSTDECREMENT_EXPR | |
8907 | || TREE_CODE (exp) == PREDECREMENT_EXPR) | |
8908 | this_optab = sub_optab; | |
8909 | ||
8910 | /* Convert decrement by a constant into a negative increment. */ | |
8911 | if (this_optab == sub_optab | |
8912 | && GET_CODE (op1) == CONST_INT) | |
ca695ac9 | 8913 | { |
b93a436e JL |
8914 | op1 = GEN_INT (- INTVAL (op1)); |
8915 | this_optab = add_optab; | |
ca695ac9 | 8916 | } |
1499e0a8 | 8917 | |
b93a436e JL |
8918 | /* For a preincrement, see if we can do this with a single instruction. */ |
8919 | if (!post) | |
8920 | { | |
8921 | icode = (int) this_optab->handlers[(int) mode].insn_code; | |
8922 | if (icode != (int) CODE_FOR_nothing | |
8923 | /* Make sure that OP0 is valid for operands 0 and 1 | |
8924 | of the insn we want to queue. */ | |
a995e389 RH |
8925 | && (*insn_data[icode].operand[0].predicate) (op0, mode) |
8926 | && (*insn_data[icode].operand[1].predicate) (op0, mode) | |
8927 | && (*insn_data[icode].operand[2].predicate) (op1, mode)) | |
b93a436e JL |
8928 | single_insn = 1; |
8929 | } | |
bbf6f052 | 8930 | |
b93a436e JL |
8931 | /* If OP0 is not the actual lvalue, but rather a copy in a register, |
8932 | then we cannot just increment OP0. We must therefore contrive to | |
8933 | increment the original value. Then, for postincrement, we can return | |
8934 | OP0 since it is a copy of the old value. For preincrement, expand here | |
8935 | unless we can do it with a single insn. | |
bbf6f052 | 8936 | |
b93a436e JL |
8937 | Likewise if storing directly into OP0 would clobber high bits |
8938 | we need to preserve (bad_subreg). */ | |
8939 | if (op0_is_copy || (!post && !single_insn) || bad_subreg) | |
a358cee0 | 8940 | { |
b93a436e JL |
8941 | /* This is the easiest way to increment the value wherever it is. |
8942 | Problems with multiple evaluation of INCREMENTED are prevented | |
8943 | because either (1) it is a component_ref or preincrement, | |
8944 | in which case it was stabilized above, or (2) it is an array_ref | |
8945 | with constant index in an array in a register, which is | |
8946 | safe to reevaluate. */ | |
8947 | tree newexp = build (((TREE_CODE (exp) == POSTDECREMENT_EXPR | |
8948 | || TREE_CODE (exp) == PREDECREMENT_EXPR) | |
8949 | ? MINUS_EXPR : PLUS_EXPR), | |
8950 | TREE_TYPE (exp), | |
8951 | incremented, | |
8952 | TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)); | |
a358cee0 | 8953 | |
b93a436e JL |
8954 | while (TREE_CODE (incremented) == NOP_EXPR |
8955 | || TREE_CODE (incremented) == CONVERT_EXPR) | |
8956 | { | |
8957 | newexp = convert (TREE_TYPE (incremented), newexp); | |
8958 | incremented = TREE_OPERAND (incremented, 0); | |
8959 | } | |
bbf6f052 | 8960 | |
b93a436e JL |
8961 | temp = expand_assignment (incremented, newexp, ! post && ! ignore , 0); |
8962 | return post ? op0 : temp; | |
8963 | } | |
bbf6f052 | 8964 | |
b93a436e JL |
8965 | if (post) |
8966 | { | |
8967 | /* We have a true reference to the value in OP0. | |
8968 | If there is an insn to add or subtract in this mode, queue it. | |
8969 | Queueing the increment insn avoids the register shuffling | |
8970 | that often results if we must increment now and first save | |
8971 | the old value for subsequent use. */ | |
bbf6f052 | 8972 | |
b93a436e JL |
8973 | #if 0 /* Turned off to avoid making extra insn for indexed memref. */ |
8974 | op0 = stabilize (op0); | |
8975 | #endif | |
41dfd40c | 8976 | |
b93a436e JL |
8977 | icode = (int) this_optab->handlers[(int) mode].insn_code; |
8978 | if (icode != (int) CODE_FOR_nothing | |
8979 | /* Make sure that OP0 is valid for operands 0 and 1 | |
8980 | of the insn we want to queue. */ | |
a995e389 RH |
8981 | && (*insn_data[icode].operand[0].predicate) (op0, mode) |
8982 | && (*insn_data[icode].operand[1].predicate) (op0, mode)) | |
b93a436e | 8983 | { |
a995e389 | 8984 | if (! (*insn_data[icode].operand[2].predicate) (op1, mode)) |
b93a436e | 8985 | op1 = force_reg (mode, op1); |
bbf6f052 | 8986 | |
b93a436e JL |
8987 | return enqueue_insn (op0, GEN_FCN (icode) (op0, op0, op1)); |
8988 | } | |
8989 | if (icode != (int) CODE_FOR_nothing && GET_CODE (op0) == MEM) | |
8990 | { | |
8991 | rtx addr = (general_operand (XEXP (op0, 0), mode) | |
8992 | ? force_reg (Pmode, XEXP (op0, 0)) | |
8993 | : copy_to_reg (XEXP (op0, 0))); | |
8994 | rtx temp, result; | |
ca695ac9 | 8995 | |
b93a436e JL |
8996 | op0 = change_address (op0, VOIDmode, addr); |
8997 | temp = force_reg (GET_MODE (op0), op0); | |
a995e389 | 8998 | if (! (*insn_data[icode].operand[2].predicate) (op1, mode)) |
b93a436e | 8999 | op1 = force_reg (mode, op1); |
ca695ac9 | 9000 | |
b93a436e JL |
9001 | /* The increment queue is LIFO, thus we have to `queue' |
9002 | the instructions in reverse order. */ | |
9003 | enqueue_insn (op0, gen_move_insn (op0, temp)); | |
9004 | result = enqueue_insn (temp, GEN_FCN (icode) (temp, temp, op1)); | |
9005 | return result; | |
bbf6f052 RK |
9006 | } |
9007 | } | |
ca695ac9 | 9008 | |
b93a436e JL |
9009 | /* Preincrement, or we can't increment with one simple insn. */ |
9010 | if (post) | |
9011 | /* Save a copy of the value before inc or dec, to return it later. */ | |
9012 | temp = value = copy_to_reg (op0); | |
9013 | else | |
9014 | /* Arrange to return the incremented value. */ | |
9015 | /* Copy the rtx because expand_binop will protect from the queue, | |
9016 | and the results of that would be invalid for us to return | |
9017 | if our caller does emit_queue before using our result. */ | |
9018 | temp = copy_rtx (value = op0); | |
bbf6f052 | 9019 | |
b93a436e JL |
9020 | /* Increment however we can. */ |
9021 | op1 = expand_binop (mode, this_optab, value, op1, | |
7d384cc0 | 9022 | current_function_check_memory_usage ? NULL_RTX : op0, |
b93a436e JL |
9023 | TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (exp)), OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN); |
9024 | /* Make sure the value is stored into OP0. */ | |
9025 | if (op1 != op0) | |
9026 | emit_move_insn (op0, op1); | |
5718612f | 9027 | |
b93a436e JL |
9028 | return temp; |
9029 | } | |
9030 | \f | |
9031 | /* Expand all function calls contained within EXP, innermost ones first. | |
9032 | But don't look within expressions that have sequence points. | |
9033 | For each CALL_EXPR, record the rtx for its value | |
9034 | in the CALL_EXPR_RTL field. */ | |
5718612f | 9035 | |
b93a436e JL |
9036 | static void |
9037 | preexpand_calls (exp) | |
9038 | tree exp; | |
9039 | { | |
9040 | register int nops, i; | |
9041 | int type = TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (exp)); | |
5718612f | 9042 | |
b93a436e JL |
9043 | if (! do_preexpand_calls) |
9044 | return; | |
5718612f | 9045 | |
b93a436e | 9046 | /* Only expressions and references can contain calls. */ |
bbf6f052 | 9047 | |
b93a436e JL |
9048 | if (type != 'e' && type != '<' && type != '1' && type != '2' && type != 'r') |
9049 | return; | |
bbf6f052 | 9050 | |
b93a436e JL |
9051 | switch (TREE_CODE (exp)) |
9052 | { | |
9053 | case CALL_EXPR: | |
9054 | /* Do nothing if already expanded. */ | |
9055 | if (CALL_EXPR_RTL (exp) != 0 | |
9056 | /* Do nothing if the call returns a variable-sized object. */ | |
9057 | || TREE_CODE (TYPE_SIZE (TREE_TYPE(exp))) != INTEGER_CST | |
9058 | /* Do nothing to built-in functions. */ | |
9059 | || (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) == ADDR_EXPR | |
9060 | && (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0)) | |
9061 | == FUNCTION_DECL) | |
9062 | && DECL_BUILT_IN (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0)))) | |
9063 | return; | |
bbf6f052 | 9064 | |
b93a436e JL |
9065 | CALL_EXPR_RTL (exp) = expand_call (exp, NULL_RTX, 0); |
9066 | return; | |
bbf6f052 | 9067 | |
b93a436e JL |
9068 | case COMPOUND_EXPR: |
9069 | case COND_EXPR: | |
9070 | case TRUTH_ANDIF_EXPR: | |
9071 | case TRUTH_ORIF_EXPR: | |
9072 | /* If we find one of these, then we can be sure | |
9073 | the adjust will be done for it (since it makes jumps). | |
9074 | Do it now, so that if this is inside an argument | |
9075 | of a function, we don't get the stack adjustment | |
9076 | after some other args have already been pushed. */ | |
9077 | do_pending_stack_adjust (); | |
9078 | return; | |
bbf6f052 | 9079 | |
b93a436e JL |
9080 | case BLOCK: |
9081 | case RTL_EXPR: | |
9082 | case WITH_CLEANUP_EXPR: | |
9083 | case CLEANUP_POINT_EXPR: | |
9084 | case TRY_CATCH_EXPR: | |
9085 | return; | |
bbf6f052 | 9086 | |
b93a436e JL |
9087 | case SAVE_EXPR: |
9088 | if (SAVE_EXPR_RTL (exp) != 0) | |
9089 | return; | |
9090 | ||
9091 | default: | |
9092 | break; | |
ca695ac9 | 9093 | } |
bbf6f052 | 9094 | |
b93a436e JL |
9095 | nops = tree_code_length[(int) TREE_CODE (exp)]; |
9096 | for (i = 0; i < nops; i++) | |
9097 | if (TREE_OPERAND (exp, i) != 0) | |
9098 | { | |
19832c77 MM |
9099 | if (TREE_CODE (exp) == TARGET_EXPR && i == 2) |
9100 | /* We don't need to preexpand the cleanup for a TARGET_EXPR. | |
9101 | It doesn't happen before the call is made. */ | |
9102 | ; | |
9103 | else | |
9104 | { | |
9105 | type = TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, i))); | |
9106 | if (type == 'e' || type == '<' || type == '1' || type == '2' | |
9107 | || type == 'r') | |
9108 | preexpand_calls (TREE_OPERAND (exp, i)); | |
9109 | } | |
b93a436e JL |
9110 | } |
9111 | } | |
9112 | \f | |
9113 | /* At the start of a function, record that we have no previously-pushed | |
9114 | arguments waiting to be popped. */ | |
bbf6f052 | 9115 | |
b93a436e JL |
9116 | void |
9117 | init_pending_stack_adjust () | |
9118 | { | |
9119 | pending_stack_adjust = 0; | |
9120 | } | |
bbf6f052 | 9121 | |
b93a436e | 9122 | /* When exiting from function, if safe, clear out any pending stack adjust |
060fbabf JL |
9123 | so the adjustment won't get done. |
9124 | ||
9125 | Note, if the current function calls alloca, then it must have a | |
9126 | frame pointer regardless of the value of flag_omit_frame_pointer. */ | |
bbf6f052 | 9127 | |
b93a436e JL |
9128 | void |
9129 | clear_pending_stack_adjust () | |
9130 | { | |
9131 | #ifdef EXIT_IGNORE_STACK | |
9132 | if (optimize > 0 | |
060fbabf JL |
9133 | && (! flag_omit_frame_pointer || current_function_calls_alloca) |
9134 | && EXIT_IGNORE_STACK | |
b93a436e JL |
9135 | && ! (DECL_INLINE (current_function_decl) && ! flag_no_inline) |
9136 | && ! flag_inline_functions) | |
9137 | pending_stack_adjust = 0; | |
9138 | #endif | |
9139 | } | |
bbf6f052 | 9140 | |
b93a436e JL |
9141 | /* Pop any previously-pushed arguments that have not been popped yet. */ |
9142 | ||
9143 | void | |
9144 | do_pending_stack_adjust () | |
9145 | { | |
9146 | if (inhibit_defer_pop == 0) | |
ca695ac9 | 9147 | { |
b93a436e JL |
9148 | if (pending_stack_adjust != 0) |
9149 | adjust_stack (GEN_INT (pending_stack_adjust)); | |
9150 | pending_stack_adjust = 0; | |
bbf6f052 | 9151 | } |
bbf6f052 RK |
9152 | } |
9153 | \f | |
b93a436e | 9154 | /* Expand conditional expressions. */ |
bbf6f052 | 9155 | |
b93a436e JL |
9156 | /* Generate code to evaluate EXP and jump to LABEL if the value is zero. |
9157 | LABEL is an rtx of code CODE_LABEL, in this function and all the | |
9158 | functions here. */ | |
bbf6f052 | 9159 | |
b93a436e JL |
9160 | void |
9161 | jumpifnot (exp, label) | |
ca695ac9 | 9162 | tree exp; |
b93a436e | 9163 | rtx label; |
bbf6f052 | 9164 | { |
b93a436e JL |
9165 | do_jump (exp, label, NULL_RTX); |
9166 | } | |
bbf6f052 | 9167 | |
b93a436e | 9168 | /* Generate code to evaluate EXP and jump to LABEL if the value is nonzero. */ |
ca695ac9 | 9169 | |
b93a436e JL |
9170 | void |
9171 | jumpif (exp, label) | |
9172 | tree exp; | |
9173 | rtx label; | |
9174 | { | |
9175 | do_jump (exp, NULL_RTX, label); | |
9176 | } | |
ca695ac9 | 9177 | |
b93a436e JL |
9178 | /* Generate code to evaluate EXP and jump to IF_FALSE_LABEL if |
9179 | the result is zero, or IF_TRUE_LABEL if the result is one. | |
9180 | Either of IF_FALSE_LABEL and IF_TRUE_LABEL may be zero, | |
9181 | meaning fall through in that case. | |
ca695ac9 | 9182 | |
b93a436e JL |
9183 | do_jump always does any pending stack adjust except when it does not |
9184 | actually perform a jump. An example where there is no jump | |
9185 | is when EXP is `(foo (), 0)' and IF_FALSE_LABEL is null. | |
ca695ac9 | 9186 | |
b93a436e JL |
9187 | This function is responsible for optimizing cases such as |
9188 | &&, || and comparison operators in EXP. */ | |
5718612f | 9189 | |
b93a436e JL |
9190 | void |
9191 | do_jump (exp, if_false_label, if_true_label) | |
9192 | tree exp; | |
9193 | rtx if_false_label, if_true_label; | |
9194 | { | |
9195 | register enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (exp); | |
9196 | /* Some cases need to create a label to jump to | |
9197 | in order to properly fall through. | |
9198 | These cases set DROP_THROUGH_LABEL nonzero. */ | |
9199 | rtx drop_through_label = 0; | |
9200 | rtx temp; | |
b93a436e JL |
9201 | int i; |
9202 | tree type; | |
9203 | enum machine_mode mode; | |
ca695ac9 | 9204 | |
dbecbbe4 JL |
9205 | #ifdef MAX_INTEGER_COMPUTATION_MODE |
9206 | check_max_integer_computation_mode (exp); | |
9207 | #endif | |
9208 | ||
b93a436e | 9209 | emit_queue (); |
ca695ac9 | 9210 | |
b93a436e | 9211 | switch (code) |
ca695ac9 | 9212 | { |
b93a436e | 9213 | case ERROR_MARK: |
ca695ac9 | 9214 | break; |
bbf6f052 | 9215 | |
b93a436e JL |
9216 | case INTEGER_CST: |
9217 | temp = integer_zerop (exp) ? if_false_label : if_true_label; | |
9218 | if (temp) | |
9219 | emit_jump (temp); | |
9220 | break; | |
bbf6f052 | 9221 | |
b93a436e JL |
9222 | #if 0 |
9223 | /* This is not true with #pragma weak */ | |
9224 | case ADDR_EXPR: | |
9225 | /* The address of something can never be zero. */ | |
9226 | if (if_true_label) | |
9227 | emit_jump (if_true_label); | |
9228 | break; | |
9229 | #endif | |
bbf6f052 | 9230 | |
b93a436e JL |
9231 | case NOP_EXPR: |
9232 | if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) == COMPONENT_REF | |
9233 | || TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) == BIT_FIELD_REF | |
9234 | || TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) == ARRAY_REF) | |
9235 | goto normal; | |
9236 | case CONVERT_EXPR: | |
9237 | /* If we are narrowing the operand, we have to do the compare in the | |
9238 | narrower mode. */ | |
9239 | if ((TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (exp)) | |
9240 | < TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))))) | |
9241 | goto normal; | |
9242 | case NON_LVALUE_EXPR: | |
9243 | case REFERENCE_EXPR: | |
9244 | case ABS_EXPR: | |
9245 | case NEGATE_EXPR: | |
9246 | case LROTATE_EXPR: | |
9247 | case RROTATE_EXPR: | |
9248 | /* These cannot change zero->non-zero or vice versa. */ | |
9249 | do_jump (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), if_false_label, if_true_label); | |
9250 | break; | |
bbf6f052 | 9251 | |
14a774a9 RK |
9252 | case WITH_RECORD_EXPR: |
9253 | /* Put the object on the placeholder list, recurse through our first | |
9254 | operand, and pop the list. */ | |
9255 | placeholder_list = tree_cons (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), NULL_TREE, | |
9256 | placeholder_list); | |
9257 | do_jump (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), if_false_label, if_true_label); | |
9258 | placeholder_list = TREE_CHAIN (placeholder_list); | |
9259 | break; | |
9260 | ||
b93a436e JL |
9261 | #if 0 |
9262 | /* This is never less insns than evaluating the PLUS_EXPR followed by | |
9263 | a test and can be longer if the test is eliminated. */ | |
9264 | case PLUS_EXPR: | |
9265 | /* Reduce to minus. */ | |
9266 | exp = build (MINUS_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (exp), | |
9267 | TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), | |
9268 | fold (build1 (NEGATE_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)), | |
9269 | TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)))); | |
9270 | /* Process as MINUS. */ | |
ca695ac9 | 9271 | #endif |
bbf6f052 | 9272 | |
b93a436e JL |
9273 | case MINUS_EXPR: |
9274 | /* Non-zero iff operands of minus differ. */ | |
b30f05db BS |
9275 | do_compare_and_jump (build (NE_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (exp), |
9276 | TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), | |
9277 | TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)), | |
9278 | NE, NE, if_false_label, if_true_label); | |
b93a436e | 9279 | break; |
bbf6f052 | 9280 | |
b93a436e JL |
9281 | case BIT_AND_EXPR: |
9282 | /* If we are AND'ing with a small constant, do this comparison in the | |
9283 | smallest type that fits. If the machine doesn't have comparisons | |
9284 | that small, it will be converted back to the wider comparison. | |
9285 | This helps if we are testing the sign bit of a narrower object. | |
9286 | combine can't do this for us because it can't know whether a | |
9287 | ZERO_EXTRACT or a compare in a smaller mode exists, but we do. */ | |
bbf6f052 | 9288 | |
b93a436e JL |
9289 | if (! SLOW_BYTE_ACCESS |
9290 | && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) == INTEGER_CST | |
9291 | && TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (exp)) <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT | |
05bccae2 | 9292 | && (i = tree_floor_log2 (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1))) >= 0 |
b93a436e JL |
9293 | && (mode = mode_for_size (i + 1, MODE_INT, 0)) != BLKmode |
9294 | && (type = type_for_mode (mode, 1)) != 0 | |
9295 | && TYPE_PRECISION (type) < TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (exp)) | |
9296 | && (cmp_optab->handlers[(int) TYPE_MODE (type)].insn_code | |
9297 | != CODE_FOR_nothing)) | |
9298 | { | |
9299 | do_jump (convert (type, exp), if_false_label, if_true_label); | |
9300 | break; | |
9301 | } | |
9302 | goto normal; | |
bbf6f052 | 9303 | |
b93a436e JL |
9304 | case TRUTH_NOT_EXPR: |
9305 | do_jump (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), if_true_label, if_false_label); | |
9306 | break; | |
bbf6f052 | 9307 | |
b93a436e JL |
9308 | case TRUTH_ANDIF_EXPR: |
9309 | if (if_false_label == 0) | |
9310 | if_false_label = drop_through_label = gen_label_rtx (); | |
9311 | do_jump (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), if_false_label, NULL_RTX); | |
9312 | start_cleanup_deferral (); | |
9313 | do_jump (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), if_false_label, if_true_label); | |
9314 | end_cleanup_deferral (); | |
9315 | break; | |
bbf6f052 | 9316 | |
b93a436e JL |
9317 | case TRUTH_ORIF_EXPR: |
9318 | if (if_true_label == 0) | |
9319 | if_true_label = drop_through_label = gen_label_rtx (); | |
9320 | do_jump (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), NULL_RTX, if_true_label); | |
9321 | start_cleanup_deferral (); | |
9322 | do_jump (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), if_false_label, if_true_label); | |
9323 | end_cleanup_deferral (); | |
9324 | break; | |
bbf6f052 | 9325 | |
b93a436e JL |
9326 | case COMPOUND_EXPR: |
9327 | push_temp_slots (); | |
9328 | expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), const0_rtx, VOIDmode, 0); | |
9329 | preserve_temp_slots (NULL_RTX); | |
9330 | free_temp_slots (); | |
9331 | pop_temp_slots (); | |
9332 | emit_queue (); | |
9333 | do_pending_stack_adjust (); | |
9334 | do_jump (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), if_false_label, if_true_label); | |
9335 | break; | |
bbf6f052 | 9336 | |
b93a436e JL |
9337 | case COMPONENT_REF: |
9338 | case BIT_FIELD_REF: | |
9339 | case ARRAY_REF: | |
9340 | { | |
9341 | int bitsize, bitpos, unsignedp; | |
9342 | enum machine_mode mode; | |
9343 | tree type; | |
9344 | tree offset; | |
9345 | int volatilep = 0; | |
729a2125 | 9346 | unsigned int alignment; |
bbf6f052 | 9347 | |
b93a436e JL |
9348 | /* Get description of this reference. We don't actually care |
9349 | about the underlying object here. */ | |
9350 | get_inner_reference (exp, &bitsize, &bitpos, &offset, | |
9351 | &mode, &unsignedp, &volatilep, | |
9352 | &alignment); | |
bbf6f052 | 9353 | |
b93a436e JL |
9354 | type = type_for_size (bitsize, unsignedp); |
9355 | if (! SLOW_BYTE_ACCESS | |
9356 | && type != 0 && bitsize >= 0 | |
9357 | && TYPE_PRECISION (type) < TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (exp)) | |
9358 | && (cmp_optab->handlers[(int) TYPE_MODE (type)].insn_code | |
9359 | != CODE_FOR_nothing)) | |
9360 | { | |
9361 | do_jump (convert (type, exp), if_false_label, if_true_label); | |
9362 | break; | |
9363 | } | |
9364 | goto normal; | |
9365 | } | |
bbf6f052 | 9366 | |
b93a436e JL |
9367 | case COND_EXPR: |
9368 | /* Do (a ? 1 : 0) and (a ? 0 : 1) as special cases. */ | |
9369 | if (integer_onep (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) | |
9370 | && integer_zerop (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2))) | |
9371 | do_jump (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), if_false_label, if_true_label); | |
bbf6f052 | 9372 | |
b93a436e JL |
9373 | else if (integer_zerop (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) |
9374 | && integer_onep (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2))) | |
9375 | do_jump (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), if_true_label, if_false_label); | |
bbf6f052 | 9376 | |
b93a436e JL |
9377 | else |
9378 | { | |
9379 | register rtx label1 = gen_label_rtx (); | |
9380 | drop_through_label = gen_label_rtx (); | |
bbf6f052 | 9381 | |
b93a436e | 9382 | do_jump (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), label1, NULL_RTX); |
bbf6f052 | 9383 | |
b93a436e JL |
9384 | start_cleanup_deferral (); |
9385 | /* Now the THEN-expression. */ | |
9386 | do_jump (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), | |
9387 | if_false_label ? if_false_label : drop_through_label, | |
9388 | if_true_label ? if_true_label : drop_through_label); | |
9389 | /* In case the do_jump just above never jumps. */ | |
9390 | do_pending_stack_adjust (); | |
9391 | emit_label (label1); | |
bbf6f052 | 9392 | |
b93a436e JL |
9393 | /* Now the ELSE-expression. */ |
9394 | do_jump (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2), | |
9395 | if_false_label ? if_false_label : drop_through_label, | |
9396 | if_true_label ? if_true_label : drop_through_label); | |
9397 | end_cleanup_deferral (); | |
9398 | } | |
9399 | break; | |
bbf6f052 | 9400 | |
b93a436e JL |
9401 | case EQ_EXPR: |
9402 | { | |
9403 | tree inner_type = TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)); | |
bbf6f052 | 9404 | |
9ec36da5 JL |
9405 | if (GET_MODE_CLASS (TYPE_MODE (inner_type)) == MODE_COMPLEX_FLOAT |
9406 | || GET_MODE_CLASS (TYPE_MODE (inner_type)) == MODE_COMPLEX_INT) | |
8d62b411 AS |
9407 | { |
9408 | tree exp0 = save_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)); | |
9409 | tree exp1 = save_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)); | |
9410 | do_jump | |
9411 | (fold | |
9412 | (build (TRUTH_ANDIF_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (exp), | |
9413 | fold (build (EQ_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (exp), | |
9414 | fold (build1 (REALPART_EXPR, | |
9415 | TREE_TYPE (inner_type), | |
9416 | exp0)), | |
9417 | fold (build1 (REALPART_EXPR, | |
9418 | TREE_TYPE (inner_type), | |
9419 | exp1)))), | |
9420 | fold (build (EQ_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (exp), | |
9421 | fold (build1 (IMAGPART_EXPR, | |
9422 | TREE_TYPE (inner_type), | |
9423 | exp0)), | |
9424 | fold (build1 (IMAGPART_EXPR, | |
9425 | TREE_TYPE (inner_type), | |
9426 | exp1)))))), | |
9427 | if_false_label, if_true_label); | |
9428 | } | |
9ec36da5 JL |
9429 | |
9430 | else if (integer_zerop (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1))) | |
9431 | do_jump (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), if_true_label, if_false_label); | |
9432 | ||
b93a436e | 9433 | else if (GET_MODE_CLASS (TYPE_MODE (inner_type)) == MODE_INT |
1eb8759b | 9434 | && !can_compare_p (EQ, TYPE_MODE (inner_type), ccp_jump)) |
b93a436e JL |
9435 | do_jump_by_parts_equality (exp, if_false_label, if_true_label); |
9436 | else | |
b30f05db | 9437 | do_compare_and_jump (exp, EQ, EQ, if_false_label, if_true_label); |
b93a436e JL |
9438 | break; |
9439 | } | |
bbf6f052 | 9440 | |
b93a436e JL |
9441 | case NE_EXPR: |
9442 | { | |
9443 | tree inner_type = TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)); | |
bbf6f052 | 9444 | |
9ec36da5 JL |
9445 | if (GET_MODE_CLASS (TYPE_MODE (inner_type)) == MODE_COMPLEX_FLOAT |
9446 | || GET_MODE_CLASS (TYPE_MODE (inner_type)) == MODE_COMPLEX_INT) | |
8d62b411 AS |
9447 | { |
9448 | tree exp0 = save_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)); | |
9449 | tree exp1 = save_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)); | |
9450 | do_jump | |
9451 | (fold | |
9452 | (build (TRUTH_ORIF_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (exp), | |
9453 | fold (build (NE_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (exp), | |
9454 | fold (build1 (REALPART_EXPR, | |
9455 | TREE_TYPE (inner_type), | |
9456 | exp0)), | |
9457 | fold (build1 (REALPART_EXPR, | |
9458 | TREE_TYPE (inner_type), | |
9459 | exp1)))), | |
9460 | fold (build (NE_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (exp), | |
9461 | fold (build1 (IMAGPART_EXPR, | |
9462 | TREE_TYPE (inner_type), | |
9463 | exp0)), | |
9464 | fold (build1 (IMAGPART_EXPR, | |
9465 | TREE_TYPE (inner_type), | |
9466 | exp1)))))), | |
9467 | if_false_label, if_true_label); | |
9468 | } | |
9ec36da5 JL |
9469 | |
9470 | else if (integer_zerop (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1))) | |
9471 | do_jump (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), if_false_label, if_true_label); | |
9472 | ||
b93a436e | 9473 | else if (GET_MODE_CLASS (TYPE_MODE (inner_type)) == MODE_INT |
1eb8759b | 9474 | && !can_compare_p (NE, TYPE_MODE (inner_type), ccp_jump)) |
b93a436e JL |
9475 | do_jump_by_parts_equality (exp, if_true_label, if_false_label); |
9476 | else | |
b30f05db | 9477 | do_compare_and_jump (exp, NE, NE, if_false_label, if_true_label); |
b93a436e JL |
9478 | break; |
9479 | } | |
bbf6f052 | 9480 | |
b93a436e | 9481 | case LT_EXPR: |
1c0290ea BS |
9482 | mode = TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))); |
9483 | if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT | |
1eb8759b | 9484 | && ! can_compare_p (LT, mode, ccp_jump)) |
b93a436e JL |
9485 | do_jump_by_parts_greater (exp, 1, if_false_label, if_true_label); |
9486 | else | |
b30f05db | 9487 | do_compare_and_jump (exp, LT, LTU, if_false_label, if_true_label); |
b93a436e | 9488 | break; |
bbf6f052 | 9489 | |
b93a436e | 9490 | case LE_EXPR: |
1c0290ea BS |
9491 | mode = TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))); |
9492 | if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT | |
1eb8759b | 9493 | && ! can_compare_p (LE, mode, ccp_jump)) |
b93a436e JL |
9494 | do_jump_by_parts_greater (exp, 0, if_true_label, if_false_label); |
9495 | else | |
b30f05db | 9496 | do_compare_and_jump (exp, LE, LEU, if_false_label, if_true_label); |
b93a436e | 9497 | break; |
bbf6f052 | 9498 | |
b93a436e | 9499 | case GT_EXPR: |
1c0290ea BS |
9500 | mode = TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))); |
9501 | if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT | |
1eb8759b | 9502 | && ! can_compare_p (GT, mode, ccp_jump)) |
b93a436e JL |
9503 | do_jump_by_parts_greater (exp, 0, if_false_label, if_true_label); |
9504 | else | |
b30f05db | 9505 | do_compare_and_jump (exp, GT, GTU, if_false_label, if_true_label); |
b93a436e | 9506 | break; |
bbf6f052 | 9507 | |
b93a436e | 9508 | case GE_EXPR: |
1c0290ea BS |
9509 | mode = TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))); |
9510 | if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT | |
1eb8759b | 9511 | && ! can_compare_p (GE, mode, ccp_jump)) |
b93a436e JL |
9512 | do_jump_by_parts_greater (exp, 1, if_true_label, if_false_label); |
9513 | else | |
b30f05db | 9514 | do_compare_and_jump (exp, GE, GEU, if_false_label, if_true_label); |
b93a436e | 9515 | break; |
bbf6f052 | 9516 | |
1eb8759b RH |
9517 | case UNORDERED_EXPR: |
9518 | case ORDERED_EXPR: | |
9519 | { | |
9520 | enum rtx_code cmp, rcmp; | |
9521 | int do_rev; | |
9522 | ||
9523 | if (code == UNORDERED_EXPR) | |
9524 | cmp = UNORDERED, rcmp = ORDERED; | |
9525 | else | |
9526 | cmp = ORDERED, rcmp = UNORDERED; | |
9527 | mode = TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))); | |
9528 | ||
9529 | do_rev = 0; | |
9530 | if (! can_compare_p (cmp, mode, ccp_jump) | |
9531 | && (can_compare_p (rcmp, mode, ccp_jump) | |
9532 | /* If the target doesn't provide either UNORDERED or ORDERED | |
9533 | comparisons, canonicalize on UNORDERED for the library. */ | |
9534 | || rcmp == UNORDERED)) | |
9535 | do_rev = 1; | |
9536 | ||
9537 | if (! do_rev) | |
9538 | do_compare_and_jump (exp, cmp, cmp, if_false_label, if_true_label); | |
9539 | else | |
9540 | do_compare_and_jump (exp, rcmp, rcmp, if_true_label, if_false_label); | |
9541 | } | |
9542 | break; | |
9543 | ||
9544 | { | |
9545 | enum rtx_code rcode1; | |
9546 | enum tree_code tcode2; | |
9547 | ||
9548 | case UNLT_EXPR: | |
9549 | rcode1 = UNLT; | |
9550 | tcode2 = LT_EXPR; | |
9551 | goto unordered_bcc; | |
9552 | case UNLE_EXPR: | |
9553 | rcode1 = UNLE; | |
9554 | tcode2 = LE_EXPR; | |
9555 | goto unordered_bcc; | |
9556 | case UNGT_EXPR: | |
9557 | rcode1 = UNGT; | |
9558 | tcode2 = GT_EXPR; | |
9559 | goto unordered_bcc; | |
9560 | case UNGE_EXPR: | |
9561 | rcode1 = UNGE; | |
9562 | tcode2 = GE_EXPR; | |
9563 | goto unordered_bcc; | |
9564 | case UNEQ_EXPR: | |
9565 | rcode1 = UNEQ; | |
9566 | tcode2 = EQ_EXPR; | |
9567 | goto unordered_bcc; | |
7913f3d0 | 9568 | |
1eb8759b RH |
9569 | unordered_bcc: |
9570 | mode = TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))); | |
9571 | if (can_compare_p (rcode1, mode, ccp_jump)) | |
9572 | do_compare_and_jump (exp, rcode1, rcode1, if_false_label, | |
9573 | if_true_label); | |
9574 | else | |
9575 | { | |
9576 | tree op0 = save_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)); | |
9577 | tree op1 = save_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)); | |
9578 | tree cmp0, cmp1; | |
9579 | ||
9580 | /* If the target doesn't support combined unordered | |
9581 | compares, decompose into UNORDERED + comparison. */ | |
9582 | cmp0 = fold (build (UNORDERED_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (exp), op0, op1)); | |
9583 | cmp1 = fold (build (tcode2, TREE_TYPE (exp), op0, op1)); | |
9584 | exp = build (TRUTH_ORIF_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (exp), cmp0, cmp1); | |
9585 | do_jump (exp, if_false_label, if_true_label); | |
9586 | } | |
9587 | } | |
9588 | break; | |
9589 | ||
b93a436e JL |
9590 | default: |
9591 | normal: | |
9592 | temp = expand_expr (exp, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); | |
9593 | #if 0 | |
9594 | /* This is not needed any more and causes poor code since it causes | |
9595 | comparisons and tests from non-SI objects to have different code | |
9596 | sequences. */ | |
9597 | /* Copy to register to avoid generating bad insns by cse | |
9598 | from (set (mem ...) (arithop)) (set (cc0) (mem ...)). */ | |
9599 | if (!cse_not_expected && GET_CODE (temp) == MEM) | |
9600 | temp = copy_to_reg (temp); | |
ca695ac9 | 9601 | #endif |
b93a436e | 9602 | do_pending_stack_adjust (); |
b30f05db BS |
9603 | /* Do any postincrements in the expression that was tested. */ |
9604 | emit_queue (); | |
9605 | ||
9606 | if (GET_CODE (temp) == CONST_INT || GET_CODE (temp) == LABEL_REF) | |
9607 | { | |
9608 | rtx target = temp == const0_rtx ? if_false_label : if_true_label; | |
9609 | if (target) | |
9610 | emit_jump (target); | |
9611 | } | |
b93a436e | 9612 | else if (GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (temp)) == MODE_INT |
1eb8759b | 9613 | && ! can_compare_p (NE, GET_MODE (temp), ccp_jump)) |
b93a436e JL |
9614 | /* Note swapping the labels gives us not-equal. */ |
9615 | do_jump_by_parts_equality_rtx (temp, if_true_label, if_false_label); | |
9616 | else if (GET_MODE (temp) != VOIDmode) | |
b30f05db BS |
9617 | do_compare_rtx_and_jump (temp, CONST0_RTX (GET_MODE (temp)), |
9618 | NE, TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (exp)), | |
9619 | GET_MODE (temp), NULL_RTX, 0, | |
9620 | if_false_label, if_true_label); | |
b93a436e JL |
9621 | else |
9622 | abort (); | |
9623 | } | |
bbf6f052 | 9624 | |
b93a436e JL |
9625 | if (drop_through_label) |
9626 | { | |
9627 | /* If do_jump produces code that might be jumped around, | |
9628 | do any stack adjusts from that code, before the place | |
9629 | where control merges in. */ | |
9630 | do_pending_stack_adjust (); | |
9631 | emit_label (drop_through_label); | |
9632 | } | |
bbf6f052 | 9633 | } |
b93a436e JL |
9634 | \f |
9635 | /* Given a comparison expression EXP for values too wide to be compared | |
9636 | with one insn, test the comparison and jump to the appropriate label. | |
9637 | The code of EXP is ignored; we always test GT if SWAP is 0, | |
9638 | and LT if SWAP is 1. */ | |
bbf6f052 | 9639 | |
b93a436e JL |
9640 | static void |
9641 | do_jump_by_parts_greater (exp, swap, if_false_label, if_true_label) | |
9642 | tree exp; | |
9643 | int swap; | |
9644 | rtx if_false_label, if_true_label; | |
9645 | { | |
9646 | rtx op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, swap), NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); | |
9647 | rtx op1 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, !swap), NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); | |
9648 | enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))); | |
b93a436e | 9649 | int unsignedp = TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))); |
bbf6f052 | 9650 | |
b30f05db | 9651 | do_jump_by_parts_greater_rtx (mode, unsignedp, op0, op1, if_false_label, if_true_label); |
f81497d9 RS |
9652 | } |
9653 | ||
b93a436e JL |
9654 | /* Compare OP0 with OP1, word at a time, in mode MODE. |
9655 | UNSIGNEDP says to do unsigned comparison. | |
9656 | Jump to IF_TRUE_LABEL if OP0 is greater, IF_FALSE_LABEL otherwise. */ | |
f81497d9 | 9657 | |
b93a436e JL |
9658 | void |
9659 | do_jump_by_parts_greater_rtx (mode, unsignedp, op0, op1, if_false_label, if_true_label) | |
9660 | enum machine_mode mode; | |
9661 | int unsignedp; | |
9662 | rtx op0, op1; | |
9663 | rtx if_false_label, if_true_label; | |
f81497d9 | 9664 | { |
b93a436e JL |
9665 | int nwords = (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) / UNITS_PER_WORD); |
9666 | rtx drop_through_label = 0; | |
9667 | int i; | |
f81497d9 | 9668 | |
b93a436e JL |
9669 | if (! if_true_label || ! if_false_label) |
9670 | drop_through_label = gen_label_rtx (); | |
9671 | if (! if_true_label) | |
9672 | if_true_label = drop_through_label; | |
9673 | if (! if_false_label) | |
9674 | if_false_label = drop_through_label; | |
f81497d9 | 9675 | |
b93a436e JL |
9676 | /* Compare a word at a time, high order first. */ |
9677 | for (i = 0; i < nwords; i++) | |
9678 | { | |
b93a436e | 9679 | rtx op0_word, op1_word; |
bbf6f052 | 9680 | |
b93a436e JL |
9681 | if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN) |
9682 | { | |
9683 | op0_word = operand_subword_force (op0, i, mode); | |
9684 | op1_word = operand_subword_force (op1, i, mode); | |
9685 | } | |
9686 | else | |
9687 | { | |
9688 | op0_word = operand_subword_force (op0, nwords - 1 - i, mode); | |
9689 | op1_word = operand_subword_force (op1, nwords - 1 - i, mode); | |
9690 | } | |
bbf6f052 | 9691 | |
b93a436e | 9692 | /* All but high-order word must be compared as unsigned. */ |
b30f05db BS |
9693 | do_compare_rtx_and_jump (op0_word, op1_word, GT, |
9694 | (unsignedp || i > 0), word_mode, NULL_RTX, 0, | |
9695 | NULL_RTX, if_true_label); | |
bbf6f052 | 9696 | |
b93a436e | 9697 | /* Consider lower words only if these are equal. */ |
b30f05db BS |
9698 | do_compare_rtx_and_jump (op0_word, op1_word, NE, unsignedp, word_mode, |
9699 | NULL_RTX, 0, NULL_RTX, if_false_label); | |
b93a436e | 9700 | } |
bbf6f052 | 9701 | |
b93a436e JL |
9702 | if (if_false_label) |
9703 | emit_jump (if_false_label); | |
9704 | if (drop_through_label) | |
9705 | emit_label (drop_through_label); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
9706 | } |
9707 | ||
b93a436e JL |
9708 | /* Given an EQ_EXPR expression EXP for values too wide to be compared |
9709 | with one insn, test the comparison and jump to the appropriate label. */ | |
bbf6f052 | 9710 | |
b93a436e JL |
9711 | static void |
9712 | do_jump_by_parts_equality (exp, if_false_label, if_true_label) | |
9713 | tree exp; | |
9714 | rtx if_false_label, if_true_label; | |
bbf6f052 | 9715 | { |
b93a436e JL |
9716 | rtx op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); |
9717 | rtx op1 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); | |
9718 | enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))); | |
9719 | int nwords = (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) / UNITS_PER_WORD); | |
9720 | int i; | |
9721 | rtx drop_through_label = 0; | |
bbf6f052 | 9722 | |
b93a436e JL |
9723 | if (! if_false_label) |
9724 | drop_through_label = if_false_label = gen_label_rtx (); | |
bbf6f052 | 9725 | |
b93a436e | 9726 | for (i = 0; i < nwords; i++) |
b30f05db BS |
9727 | do_compare_rtx_and_jump (operand_subword_force (op0, i, mode), |
9728 | operand_subword_force (op1, i, mode), | |
9729 | EQ, TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (exp)), | |
9730 | word_mode, NULL_RTX, 0, if_false_label, | |
9731 | NULL_RTX); | |
bbf6f052 | 9732 | |
b93a436e JL |
9733 | if (if_true_label) |
9734 | emit_jump (if_true_label); | |
9735 | if (drop_through_label) | |
9736 | emit_label (drop_through_label); | |
bbf6f052 | 9737 | } |
b93a436e JL |
9738 | \f |
9739 | /* Jump according to whether OP0 is 0. | |
9740 | We assume that OP0 has an integer mode that is too wide | |
9741 | for the available compare insns. */ | |
bbf6f052 | 9742 | |
f5963e61 | 9743 | void |
b93a436e JL |
9744 | do_jump_by_parts_equality_rtx (op0, if_false_label, if_true_label) |
9745 | rtx op0; | |
9746 | rtx if_false_label, if_true_label; | |
ca695ac9 | 9747 | { |
b93a436e JL |
9748 | int nwords = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (op0)) / UNITS_PER_WORD; |
9749 | rtx part; | |
9750 | int i; | |
9751 | rtx drop_through_label = 0; | |
bbf6f052 | 9752 | |
b93a436e JL |
9753 | /* The fastest way of doing this comparison on almost any machine is to |
9754 | "or" all the words and compare the result. If all have to be loaded | |
9755 | from memory and this is a very wide item, it's possible this may | |
9756 | be slower, but that's highly unlikely. */ | |
bbf6f052 | 9757 | |
b93a436e JL |
9758 | part = gen_reg_rtx (word_mode); |
9759 | emit_move_insn (part, operand_subword_force (op0, 0, GET_MODE (op0))); | |
9760 | for (i = 1; i < nwords && part != 0; i++) | |
9761 | part = expand_binop (word_mode, ior_optab, part, | |
9762 | operand_subword_force (op0, i, GET_MODE (op0)), | |
9763 | part, 1, OPTAB_WIDEN); | |
bbf6f052 | 9764 | |
b93a436e JL |
9765 | if (part != 0) |
9766 | { | |
b30f05db BS |
9767 | do_compare_rtx_and_jump (part, const0_rtx, EQ, 1, word_mode, |
9768 | NULL_RTX, 0, if_false_label, if_true_label); | |
bbf6f052 | 9769 | |
b93a436e JL |
9770 | return; |
9771 | } | |
bbf6f052 | 9772 | |
b93a436e JL |
9773 | /* If we couldn't do the "or" simply, do this with a series of compares. */ |
9774 | if (! if_false_label) | |
9775 | drop_through_label = if_false_label = gen_label_rtx (); | |
bbf6f052 | 9776 | |
b93a436e | 9777 | for (i = 0; i < nwords; i++) |
b30f05db BS |
9778 | do_compare_rtx_and_jump (operand_subword_force (op0, i, GET_MODE (op0)), |
9779 | const0_rtx, EQ, 1, word_mode, NULL_RTX, 0, | |
9780 | if_false_label, NULL_RTX); | |
bbf6f052 | 9781 | |
b93a436e JL |
9782 | if (if_true_label) |
9783 | emit_jump (if_true_label); | |
0f41302f | 9784 | |
b93a436e JL |
9785 | if (drop_through_label) |
9786 | emit_label (drop_through_label); | |
bbf6f052 | 9787 | } |
b93a436e | 9788 | \f |
b30f05db | 9789 | /* Generate code for a comparison of OP0 and OP1 with rtx code CODE. |
b93a436e JL |
9790 | (including code to compute the values to be compared) |
9791 | and set (CC0) according to the result. | |
b30f05db | 9792 | The decision as to signed or unsigned comparison must be made by the caller. |
bbf6f052 | 9793 | |
b93a436e | 9794 | We force a stack adjustment unless there are currently |
b30f05db | 9795 | things pushed on the stack that aren't yet used. |
ca695ac9 | 9796 | |
b30f05db BS |
9797 | If MODE is BLKmode, SIZE is an RTX giving the size of the objects being |
9798 | compared. | |
9799 | ||
9800 | If ALIGN is non-zero, it is the alignment of this type; if zero, the | |
9801 | size of MODE should be used. */ | |
9802 | ||
9803 | rtx | |
9804 | compare_from_rtx (op0, op1, code, unsignedp, mode, size, align) | |
9805 | register rtx op0, op1; | |
9806 | enum rtx_code code; | |
9807 | int unsignedp; | |
9808 | enum machine_mode mode; | |
9809 | rtx size; | |
729a2125 | 9810 | unsigned int align; |
b93a436e | 9811 | { |
b30f05db | 9812 | rtx tem; |
76bbe028 | 9813 | |
b30f05db BS |
9814 | /* If one operand is constant, make it the second one. Only do this |
9815 | if the other operand is not constant as well. */ | |
ca695ac9 | 9816 | |
b30f05db BS |
9817 | if ((CONSTANT_P (op0) && ! CONSTANT_P (op1)) |
9818 | || (GET_CODE (op0) == CONST_INT && GET_CODE (op1) != CONST_INT)) | |
bbf6f052 | 9819 | { |
b30f05db BS |
9820 | tem = op0; |
9821 | op0 = op1; | |
9822 | op1 = tem; | |
9823 | code = swap_condition (code); | |
ca695ac9 | 9824 | } |
bbf6f052 | 9825 | |
b30f05db | 9826 | if (flag_force_mem) |
b93a436e | 9827 | { |
b30f05db BS |
9828 | op0 = force_not_mem (op0); |
9829 | op1 = force_not_mem (op1); | |
9830 | } | |
bbf6f052 | 9831 | |
b30f05db BS |
9832 | do_pending_stack_adjust (); |
9833 | ||
9834 | if (GET_CODE (op0) == CONST_INT && GET_CODE (op1) == CONST_INT | |
9835 | && (tem = simplify_relational_operation (code, mode, op0, op1)) != 0) | |
9836 | return tem; | |
9837 | ||
9838 | #if 0 | |
9839 | /* There's no need to do this now that combine.c can eliminate lots of | |
9840 | sign extensions. This can be less efficient in certain cases on other | |
9841 | machines. */ | |
9842 | ||
9843 | /* If this is a signed equality comparison, we can do it as an | |
9844 | unsigned comparison since zero-extension is cheaper than sign | |
9845 | extension and comparisons with zero are done as unsigned. This is | |
9846 | the case even on machines that can do fast sign extension, since | |
9847 | zero-extension is easier to combine with other operations than | |
9848 | sign-extension is. If we are comparing against a constant, we must | |
9849 | convert it to what it would look like unsigned. */ | |
9850 | if ((code == EQ || code == NE) && ! unsignedp | |
9851 | && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (op0)) <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT) | |
9852 | { | |
9853 | if (GET_CODE (op1) == CONST_INT | |
9854 | && (INTVAL (op1) & GET_MODE_MASK (GET_MODE (op0))) != INTVAL (op1)) | |
9855 | op1 = GEN_INT (INTVAL (op1) & GET_MODE_MASK (GET_MODE (op0))); | |
9856 | unsignedp = 1; | |
b93a436e JL |
9857 | } |
9858 | #endif | |
b30f05db BS |
9859 | |
9860 | emit_cmp_insn (op0, op1, code, size, mode, unsignedp, align); | |
0f41302f | 9861 | |
b30f05db | 9862 | return gen_rtx_fmt_ee (code, VOIDmode, cc0_rtx, const0_rtx); |
ca695ac9 | 9863 | } |
bbf6f052 | 9864 | |
b30f05db | 9865 | /* Like do_compare_and_jump but expects the values to compare as two rtx's. |
b93a436e | 9866 | The decision as to signed or unsigned comparison must be made by the caller. |
bbf6f052 | 9867 | |
b93a436e JL |
9868 | If MODE is BLKmode, SIZE is an RTX giving the size of the objects being |
9869 | compared. | |
bbf6f052 | 9870 | |
b93a436e JL |
9871 | If ALIGN is non-zero, it is the alignment of this type; if zero, the |
9872 | size of MODE should be used. */ | |
ca695ac9 | 9873 | |
b30f05db BS |
9874 | void |
9875 | do_compare_rtx_and_jump (op0, op1, code, unsignedp, mode, size, align, | |
9876 | if_false_label, if_true_label) | |
b93a436e JL |
9877 | register rtx op0, op1; |
9878 | enum rtx_code code; | |
9879 | int unsignedp; | |
9880 | enum machine_mode mode; | |
9881 | rtx size; | |
729a2125 | 9882 | unsigned int align; |
b30f05db | 9883 | rtx if_false_label, if_true_label; |
bbf6f052 | 9884 | { |
b93a436e | 9885 | rtx tem; |
b30f05db BS |
9886 | int dummy_true_label = 0; |
9887 | ||
9888 | /* Reverse the comparison if that is safe and we want to jump if it is | |
9889 | false. */ | |
9890 | if (! if_true_label && ! FLOAT_MODE_P (mode)) | |
9891 | { | |
9892 | if_true_label = if_false_label; | |
9893 | if_false_label = 0; | |
9894 | code = reverse_condition (code); | |
9895 | } | |
bbf6f052 | 9896 | |
b93a436e JL |
9897 | /* If one operand is constant, make it the second one. Only do this |
9898 | if the other operand is not constant as well. */ | |
e7c33f54 | 9899 | |
b93a436e JL |
9900 | if ((CONSTANT_P (op0) && ! CONSTANT_P (op1)) |
9901 | || (GET_CODE (op0) == CONST_INT && GET_CODE (op1) != CONST_INT)) | |
ca695ac9 | 9902 | { |
b93a436e JL |
9903 | tem = op0; |
9904 | op0 = op1; | |
9905 | op1 = tem; | |
9906 | code = swap_condition (code); | |
9907 | } | |
bbf6f052 | 9908 | |
b93a436e JL |
9909 | if (flag_force_mem) |
9910 | { | |
9911 | op0 = force_not_mem (op0); | |
9912 | op1 = force_not_mem (op1); | |
9913 | } | |
bbf6f052 | 9914 | |
b93a436e | 9915 | do_pending_stack_adjust (); |
ca695ac9 | 9916 | |
b93a436e JL |
9917 | if (GET_CODE (op0) == CONST_INT && GET_CODE (op1) == CONST_INT |
9918 | && (tem = simplify_relational_operation (code, mode, op0, op1)) != 0) | |
b30f05db BS |
9919 | { |
9920 | if (tem == const_true_rtx) | |
9921 | { | |
9922 | if (if_true_label) | |
9923 | emit_jump (if_true_label); | |
9924 | } | |
9925 | else | |
9926 | { | |
9927 | if (if_false_label) | |
9928 | emit_jump (if_false_label); | |
9929 | } | |
9930 | return; | |
9931 | } | |
ca695ac9 | 9932 | |
b93a436e JL |
9933 | #if 0 |
9934 | /* There's no need to do this now that combine.c can eliminate lots of | |
9935 | sign extensions. This can be less efficient in certain cases on other | |
9936 | machines. */ | |
ca695ac9 | 9937 | |
b93a436e JL |
9938 | /* If this is a signed equality comparison, we can do it as an |
9939 | unsigned comparison since zero-extension is cheaper than sign | |
9940 | extension and comparisons with zero are done as unsigned. This is | |
9941 | the case even on machines that can do fast sign extension, since | |
9942 | zero-extension is easier to combine with other operations than | |
9943 | sign-extension is. If we are comparing against a constant, we must | |
9944 | convert it to what it would look like unsigned. */ | |
9945 | if ((code == EQ || code == NE) && ! unsignedp | |
9946 | && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (op0)) <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT) | |
9947 | { | |
9948 | if (GET_CODE (op1) == CONST_INT | |
9949 | && (INTVAL (op1) & GET_MODE_MASK (GET_MODE (op0))) != INTVAL (op1)) | |
9950 | op1 = GEN_INT (INTVAL (op1) & GET_MODE_MASK (GET_MODE (op0))); | |
9951 | unsignedp = 1; | |
9952 | } | |
9953 | #endif | |
ca695ac9 | 9954 | |
b30f05db BS |
9955 | if (! if_true_label) |
9956 | { | |
9957 | dummy_true_label = 1; | |
9958 | if_true_label = gen_label_rtx (); | |
9959 | } | |
9960 | ||
9961 | emit_cmp_and_jump_insns (op0, op1, code, size, mode, unsignedp, align, | |
9962 | if_true_label); | |
9963 | ||
9964 | if (if_false_label) | |
9965 | emit_jump (if_false_label); | |
9966 | if (dummy_true_label) | |
9967 | emit_label (if_true_label); | |
9968 | } | |
9969 | ||
9970 | /* Generate code for a comparison expression EXP (including code to compute | |
9971 | the values to be compared) and a conditional jump to IF_FALSE_LABEL and/or | |
9972 | IF_TRUE_LABEL. One of the labels can be NULL_RTX, in which case the | |
9973 | generated code will drop through. | |
9974 | SIGNED_CODE should be the rtx operation for this comparison for | |
9975 | signed data; UNSIGNED_CODE, likewise for use if data is unsigned. | |
9976 | ||
9977 | We force a stack adjustment unless there are currently | |
9978 | things pushed on the stack that aren't yet used. */ | |
9979 | ||
9980 | static void | |
9981 | do_compare_and_jump (exp, signed_code, unsigned_code, if_false_label, | |
9982 | if_true_label) | |
9983 | register tree exp; | |
9984 | enum rtx_code signed_code, unsigned_code; | |
9985 | rtx if_false_label, if_true_label; | |
9986 | { | |
729a2125 | 9987 | unsigned int align0, align1; |
b30f05db BS |
9988 | register rtx op0, op1; |
9989 | register tree type; | |
9990 | register enum machine_mode mode; | |
9991 | int unsignedp; | |
9992 | enum rtx_code code; | |
9993 | ||
9994 | /* Don't crash if the comparison was erroneous. */ | |
14a774a9 | 9995 | op0 = expand_expr_unaligned (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), &align0); |
b30f05db BS |
9996 | if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) == ERROR_MARK) |
9997 | return; | |
9998 | ||
14a774a9 | 9999 | op1 = expand_expr_unaligned (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), &align1); |
b30f05db BS |
10000 | type = TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)); |
10001 | mode = TYPE_MODE (type); | |
10002 | unsignedp = TREE_UNSIGNED (type); | |
10003 | code = unsignedp ? unsigned_code : signed_code; | |
10004 | ||
10005 | #ifdef HAVE_canonicalize_funcptr_for_compare | |
10006 | /* If function pointers need to be "canonicalized" before they can | |
10007 | be reliably compared, then canonicalize them. */ | |
10008 | if (HAVE_canonicalize_funcptr_for_compare | |
10009 | && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))) == POINTER_TYPE | |
10010 | && (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)))) | |
10011 | == FUNCTION_TYPE)) | |
10012 | { | |
10013 | rtx new_op0 = gen_reg_rtx (mode); | |
10014 | ||
10015 | emit_insn (gen_canonicalize_funcptr_for_compare (new_op0, op0)); | |
10016 | op0 = new_op0; | |
10017 | } | |
10018 | ||
10019 | if (HAVE_canonicalize_funcptr_for_compare | |
10020 | && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1))) == POINTER_TYPE | |
10021 | && (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)))) | |
10022 | == FUNCTION_TYPE)) | |
10023 | { | |
10024 | rtx new_op1 = gen_reg_rtx (mode); | |
10025 | ||
10026 | emit_insn (gen_canonicalize_funcptr_for_compare (new_op1, op1)); | |
10027 | op1 = new_op1; | |
10028 | } | |
10029 | #endif | |
10030 | ||
10031 | /* Do any postincrements in the expression that was tested. */ | |
10032 | emit_queue (); | |
10033 | ||
10034 | do_compare_rtx_and_jump (op0, op1, code, unsignedp, mode, | |
10035 | ((mode == BLKmode) | |
10036 | ? expr_size (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) : NULL_RTX), | |
14a774a9 | 10037 | MIN (align0, align1) / BITS_PER_UNIT, |
b30f05db | 10038 | if_false_label, if_true_label); |
b93a436e JL |
10039 | } |
10040 | \f | |
10041 | /* Generate code to calculate EXP using a store-flag instruction | |
10042 | and return an rtx for the result. EXP is either a comparison | |
10043 | or a TRUTH_NOT_EXPR whose operand is a comparison. | |
ca695ac9 | 10044 | |
b93a436e | 10045 | If TARGET is nonzero, store the result there if convenient. |
ca695ac9 | 10046 | |
b93a436e JL |
10047 | If ONLY_CHEAP is non-zero, only do this if it is likely to be very |
10048 | cheap. | |
ca695ac9 | 10049 | |
b93a436e JL |
10050 | Return zero if there is no suitable set-flag instruction |
10051 | available on this machine. | |
ca695ac9 | 10052 | |
b93a436e JL |
10053 | Once expand_expr has been called on the arguments of the comparison, |
10054 | we are committed to doing the store flag, since it is not safe to | |
10055 | re-evaluate the expression. We emit the store-flag insn by calling | |
10056 | emit_store_flag, but only expand the arguments if we have a reason | |
10057 | to believe that emit_store_flag will be successful. If we think that | |
10058 | it will, but it isn't, we have to simulate the store-flag with a | |
10059 | set/jump/set sequence. */ | |
ca695ac9 | 10060 | |
b93a436e JL |
10061 | static rtx |
10062 | do_store_flag (exp, target, mode, only_cheap) | |
10063 | tree exp; | |
10064 | rtx target; | |
10065 | enum machine_mode mode; | |
10066 | int only_cheap; | |
10067 | { | |
10068 | enum rtx_code code; | |
10069 | tree arg0, arg1, type; | |
10070 | tree tem; | |
10071 | enum machine_mode operand_mode; | |
10072 | int invert = 0; | |
10073 | int unsignedp; | |
10074 | rtx op0, op1; | |
10075 | enum insn_code icode; | |
10076 | rtx subtarget = target; | |
381127e8 | 10077 | rtx result, label; |
ca695ac9 | 10078 | |
b93a436e JL |
10079 | /* If this is a TRUTH_NOT_EXPR, set a flag indicating we must invert the |
10080 | result at the end. We can't simply invert the test since it would | |
10081 | have already been inverted if it were valid. This case occurs for | |
10082 | some floating-point comparisons. */ | |
ca695ac9 | 10083 | |
b93a436e JL |
10084 | if (TREE_CODE (exp) == TRUTH_NOT_EXPR) |
10085 | invert = 1, exp = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0); | |
ca695ac9 | 10086 | |
b93a436e JL |
10087 | arg0 = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0); |
10088 | arg1 = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1); | |
10089 | type = TREE_TYPE (arg0); | |
10090 | operand_mode = TYPE_MODE (type); | |
10091 | unsignedp = TREE_UNSIGNED (type); | |
ca695ac9 | 10092 | |
b93a436e JL |
10093 | /* We won't bother with BLKmode store-flag operations because it would mean |
10094 | passing a lot of information to emit_store_flag. */ | |
10095 | if (operand_mode == BLKmode) | |
10096 | return 0; | |
ca695ac9 | 10097 | |
b93a436e JL |
10098 | /* We won't bother with store-flag operations involving function pointers |
10099 | when function pointers must be canonicalized before comparisons. */ | |
10100 | #ifdef HAVE_canonicalize_funcptr_for_compare | |
10101 | if (HAVE_canonicalize_funcptr_for_compare | |
10102 | && ((TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))) == POINTER_TYPE | |
10103 | && (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)))) | |
10104 | == FUNCTION_TYPE)) | |
10105 | || (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1))) == POINTER_TYPE | |
10106 | && (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)))) | |
10107 | == FUNCTION_TYPE)))) | |
10108 | return 0; | |
ca695ac9 JB |
10109 | #endif |
10110 | ||
b93a436e JL |
10111 | STRIP_NOPS (arg0); |
10112 | STRIP_NOPS (arg1); | |
ca695ac9 | 10113 | |
b93a436e JL |
10114 | /* Get the rtx comparison code to use. We know that EXP is a comparison |
10115 | operation of some type. Some comparisons against 1 and -1 can be | |
10116 | converted to comparisons with zero. Do so here so that the tests | |
10117 | below will be aware that we have a comparison with zero. These | |
10118 | tests will not catch constants in the first operand, but constants | |
10119 | are rarely passed as the first operand. */ | |
ca695ac9 | 10120 | |
b93a436e JL |
10121 | switch (TREE_CODE (exp)) |
10122 | { | |
10123 | case EQ_EXPR: | |
10124 | code = EQ; | |
bbf6f052 | 10125 | break; |
b93a436e JL |
10126 | case NE_EXPR: |
10127 | code = NE; | |
bbf6f052 | 10128 | break; |
b93a436e JL |
10129 | case LT_EXPR: |
10130 | if (integer_onep (arg1)) | |
10131 | arg1 = integer_zero_node, code = unsignedp ? LEU : LE; | |
10132 | else | |
10133 | code = unsignedp ? LTU : LT; | |
ca695ac9 | 10134 | break; |
b93a436e JL |
10135 | case LE_EXPR: |
10136 | if (! unsignedp && integer_all_onesp (arg1)) | |
10137 | arg1 = integer_zero_node, code = LT; | |
10138 | else | |
10139 | code = unsignedp ? LEU : LE; | |
ca695ac9 | 10140 | break; |
b93a436e JL |
10141 | case GT_EXPR: |
10142 | if (! unsignedp && integer_all_onesp (arg1)) | |
10143 | arg1 = integer_zero_node, code = GE; | |
10144 | else | |
10145 | code = unsignedp ? GTU : GT; | |
10146 | break; | |
10147 | case GE_EXPR: | |
10148 | if (integer_onep (arg1)) | |
10149 | arg1 = integer_zero_node, code = unsignedp ? GTU : GT; | |
10150 | else | |
10151 | code = unsignedp ? GEU : GE; | |
ca695ac9 | 10152 | break; |
1eb8759b RH |
10153 | |
10154 | case UNORDERED_EXPR: | |
10155 | code = UNORDERED; | |
10156 | break; | |
10157 | case ORDERED_EXPR: | |
10158 | code = ORDERED; | |
10159 | break; | |
10160 | case UNLT_EXPR: | |
10161 | code = UNLT; | |
10162 | break; | |
10163 | case UNLE_EXPR: | |
10164 | code = UNLE; | |
10165 | break; | |
10166 | case UNGT_EXPR: | |
10167 | code = UNGT; | |
10168 | break; | |
10169 | case UNGE_EXPR: | |
10170 | code = UNGE; | |
10171 | break; | |
10172 | case UNEQ_EXPR: | |
10173 | code = UNEQ; | |
10174 | break; | |
1eb8759b | 10175 | |
ca695ac9 | 10176 | default: |
b93a436e | 10177 | abort (); |
bbf6f052 | 10178 | } |
bbf6f052 | 10179 | |
b93a436e JL |
10180 | /* Put a constant second. */ |
10181 | if (TREE_CODE (arg0) == REAL_CST || TREE_CODE (arg0) == INTEGER_CST) | |
10182 | { | |
10183 | tem = arg0; arg0 = arg1; arg1 = tem; | |
10184 | code = swap_condition (code); | |
ca695ac9 | 10185 | } |
bbf6f052 | 10186 | |
b93a436e JL |
10187 | /* If this is an equality or inequality test of a single bit, we can |
10188 | do this by shifting the bit being tested to the low-order bit and | |
10189 | masking the result with the constant 1. If the condition was EQ, | |
10190 | we xor it with 1. This does not require an scc insn and is faster | |
10191 | than an scc insn even if we have it. */ | |
d39985fa | 10192 | |
b93a436e JL |
10193 | if ((code == NE || code == EQ) |
10194 | && TREE_CODE (arg0) == BIT_AND_EXPR && integer_zerop (arg1) | |
10195 | && integer_pow2p (TREE_OPERAND (arg0, 1))) | |
10196 | { | |
10197 | tree inner = TREE_OPERAND (arg0, 0); | |
10198 | int bitnum = tree_log2 (TREE_OPERAND (arg0, 1)); | |
10199 | int ops_unsignedp; | |
bbf6f052 | 10200 | |
b93a436e JL |
10201 | /* If INNER is a right shift of a constant and it plus BITNUM does |
10202 | not overflow, adjust BITNUM and INNER. */ | |
ca695ac9 | 10203 | |
b93a436e JL |
10204 | if (TREE_CODE (inner) == RSHIFT_EXPR |
10205 | && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (inner, 1)) == INTEGER_CST | |
10206 | && TREE_INT_CST_HIGH (TREE_OPERAND (inner, 1)) == 0 | |
05bccae2 RK |
10207 | && bitnum < TYPE_PRECISION (type) |
10208 | && 0 > compare_tree_int (TREE_OPERAND (inner, 1), | |
10209 | bitnum - TYPE_PRECISION (type))) | |
ca695ac9 | 10210 | { |
b93a436e JL |
10211 | bitnum += TREE_INT_CST_LOW (TREE_OPERAND (inner, 1)); |
10212 | inner = TREE_OPERAND (inner, 0); | |
ca695ac9 | 10213 | } |
ca695ac9 | 10214 | |
b93a436e JL |
10215 | /* If we are going to be able to omit the AND below, we must do our |
10216 | operations as unsigned. If we must use the AND, we have a choice. | |
10217 | Normally unsigned is faster, but for some machines signed is. */ | |
10218 | ops_unsignedp = (bitnum == TYPE_PRECISION (type) - 1 ? 1 | |
10219 | #ifdef LOAD_EXTEND_OP | |
10220 | : (LOAD_EXTEND_OP (operand_mode) == SIGN_EXTEND ? 0 : 1) | |
10221 | #else | |
10222 | : 1 | |
10223 | #endif | |
10224 | ); | |
bbf6f052 | 10225 | |
b93a436e JL |
10226 | if (subtarget == 0 || GET_CODE (subtarget) != REG |
10227 | || GET_MODE (subtarget) != operand_mode | |
e5e809f4 | 10228 | || ! safe_from_p (subtarget, inner, 1)) |
b93a436e | 10229 | subtarget = 0; |
bbf6f052 | 10230 | |
b93a436e | 10231 | op0 = expand_expr (inner, subtarget, VOIDmode, 0); |
bbf6f052 | 10232 | |
b93a436e JL |
10233 | if (bitnum != 0) |
10234 | op0 = expand_shift (RSHIFT_EXPR, GET_MODE (op0), op0, | |
10235 | size_int (bitnum), subtarget, ops_unsignedp); | |
bbf6f052 | 10236 | |
b93a436e JL |
10237 | if (GET_MODE (op0) != mode) |
10238 | op0 = convert_to_mode (mode, op0, ops_unsignedp); | |
bbf6f052 | 10239 | |
b93a436e JL |
10240 | if ((code == EQ && ! invert) || (code == NE && invert)) |
10241 | op0 = expand_binop (mode, xor_optab, op0, const1_rtx, subtarget, | |
10242 | ops_unsignedp, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN); | |
bbf6f052 | 10243 | |
b93a436e JL |
10244 | /* Put the AND last so it can combine with more things. */ |
10245 | if (bitnum != TYPE_PRECISION (type) - 1) | |
10246 | op0 = expand_and (op0, const1_rtx, subtarget); | |
bbf6f052 | 10247 | |
b93a436e JL |
10248 | return op0; |
10249 | } | |
bbf6f052 | 10250 | |
b93a436e | 10251 | /* Now see if we are likely to be able to do this. Return if not. */ |
1eb8759b | 10252 | if (! can_compare_p (code, operand_mode, ccp_store_flag)) |
b93a436e | 10253 | return 0; |
1eb8759b | 10254 | |
b93a436e JL |
10255 | icode = setcc_gen_code[(int) code]; |
10256 | if (icode == CODE_FOR_nothing | |
a995e389 | 10257 | || (only_cheap && insn_data[(int) icode].operand[0].mode != mode)) |
ca695ac9 | 10258 | { |
b93a436e JL |
10259 | /* We can only do this if it is one of the special cases that |
10260 | can be handled without an scc insn. */ | |
10261 | if ((code == LT && integer_zerop (arg1)) | |
10262 | || (! only_cheap && code == GE && integer_zerop (arg1))) | |
10263 | ; | |
10264 | else if (BRANCH_COST >= 0 | |
10265 | && ! only_cheap && (code == NE || code == EQ) | |
10266 | && TREE_CODE (type) != REAL_TYPE | |
10267 | && ((abs_optab->handlers[(int) operand_mode].insn_code | |
10268 | != CODE_FOR_nothing) | |
10269 | || (ffs_optab->handlers[(int) operand_mode].insn_code | |
10270 | != CODE_FOR_nothing))) | |
10271 | ; | |
10272 | else | |
10273 | return 0; | |
ca695ac9 | 10274 | } |
b93a436e JL |
10275 | |
10276 | preexpand_calls (exp); | |
10277 | if (subtarget == 0 || GET_CODE (subtarget) != REG | |
10278 | || GET_MODE (subtarget) != operand_mode | |
e5e809f4 | 10279 | || ! safe_from_p (subtarget, arg1, 1)) |
b93a436e JL |
10280 | subtarget = 0; |
10281 | ||
10282 | op0 = expand_expr (arg0, subtarget, VOIDmode, 0); | |
10283 | op1 = expand_expr (arg1, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); | |
10284 | ||
10285 | if (target == 0) | |
10286 | target = gen_reg_rtx (mode); | |
10287 | ||
10288 | /* Pass copies of OP0 and OP1 in case they contain a QUEUED. This is safe | |
10289 | because, if the emit_store_flag does anything it will succeed and | |
10290 | OP0 and OP1 will not be used subsequently. */ | |
ca695ac9 | 10291 | |
b93a436e JL |
10292 | result = emit_store_flag (target, code, |
10293 | queued_subexp_p (op0) ? copy_rtx (op0) : op0, | |
10294 | queued_subexp_p (op1) ? copy_rtx (op1) : op1, | |
10295 | operand_mode, unsignedp, 1); | |
ca695ac9 | 10296 | |
b93a436e JL |
10297 | if (result) |
10298 | { | |
10299 | if (invert) | |
10300 | result = expand_binop (mode, xor_optab, result, const1_rtx, | |
10301 | result, 0, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN); | |
10302 | return result; | |
ca695ac9 | 10303 | } |
bbf6f052 | 10304 | |
b93a436e JL |
10305 | /* If this failed, we have to do this with set/compare/jump/set code. */ |
10306 | if (GET_CODE (target) != REG | |
10307 | || reg_mentioned_p (target, op0) || reg_mentioned_p (target, op1)) | |
10308 | target = gen_reg_rtx (GET_MODE (target)); | |
10309 | ||
10310 | emit_move_insn (target, invert ? const0_rtx : const1_rtx); | |
10311 | result = compare_from_rtx (op0, op1, code, unsignedp, | |
10312 | operand_mode, NULL_RTX, 0); | |
10313 | if (GET_CODE (result) == CONST_INT) | |
10314 | return (((result == const0_rtx && ! invert) | |
10315 | || (result != const0_rtx && invert)) | |
10316 | ? const0_rtx : const1_rtx); | |
ca695ac9 | 10317 | |
b93a436e JL |
10318 | label = gen_label_rtx (); |
10319 | if (bcc_gen_fctn[(int) code] == 0) | |
10320 | abort (); | |
0f41302f | 10321 | |
b93a436e JL |
10322 | emit_jump_insn ((*bcc_gen_fctn[(int) code]) (label)); |
10323 | emit_move_insn (target, invert ? const1_rtx : const0_rtx); | |
10324 | emit_label (label); | |
bbf6f052 | 10325 | |
b93a436e | 10326 | return target; |
ca695ac9 | 10327 | } |
b93a436e JL |
10328 | \f |
10329 | /* Generate a tablejump instruction (used for switch statements). */ | |
10330 | ||
10331 | #ifdef HAVE_tablejump | |
e87b4f3f | 10332 | |
b93a436e JL |
10333 | /* INDEX is the value being switched on, with the lowest value |
10334 | in the table already subtracted. | |
10335 | MODE is its expected mode (needed if INDEX is constant). | |
10336 | RANGE is the length of the jump table. | |
10337 | TABLE_LABEL is a CODE_LABEL rtx for the table itself. | |
88d3b7f0 | 10338 | |
b93a436e JL |
10339 | DEFAULT_LABEL is a CODE_LABEL rtx to jump to if the |
10340 | index value is out of range. */ | |
0f41302f | 10341 | |
ca695ac9 | 10342 | void |
b93a436e JL |
10343 | do_tablejump (index, mode, range, table_label, default_label) |
10344 | rtx index, range, table_label, default_label; | |
10345 | enum machine_mode mode; | |
ca695ac9 | 10346 | { |
b93a436e | 10347 | register rtx temp, vector; |
88d3b7f0 | 10348 | |
b93a436e JL |
10349 | /* Do an unsigned comparison (in the proper mode) between the index |
10350 | expression and the value which represents the length of the range. | |
10351 | Since we just finished subtracting the lower bound of the range | |
10352 | from the index expression, this comparison allows us to simultaneously | |
10353 | check that the original index expression value is both greater than | |
10354 | or equal to the minimum value of the range and less than or equal to | |
10355 | the maximum value of the range. */ | |
709f5be1 | 10356 | |
c5d5d461 JL |
10357 | emit_cmp_and_jump_insns (index, range, GTU, NULL_RTX, mode, 1, |
10358 | 0, default_label); | |
bbf6f052 | 10359 | |
b93a436e JL |
10360 | /* If index is in range, it must fit in Pmode. |
10361 | Convert to Pmode so we can index with it. */ | |
10362 | if (mode != Pmode) | |
10363 | index = convert_to_mode (Pmode, index, 1); | |
bbf6f052 | 10364 | |
b93a436e JL |
10365 | /* Don't let a MEM slip thru, because then INDEX that comes |
10366 | out of PIC_CASE_VECTOR_ADDRESS won't be a valid address, | |
10367 | and break_out_memory_refs will go to work on it and mess it up. */ | |
10368 | #ifdef PIC_CASE_VECTOR_ADDRESS | |
10369 | if (flag_pic && GET_CODE (index) != REG) | |
10370 | index = copy_to_mode_reg (Pmode, index); | |
10371 | #endif | |
ca695ac9 | 10372 | |
b93a436e JL |
10373 | /* If flag_force_addr were to affect this address |
10374 | it could interfere with the tricky assumptions made | |
10375 | about addresses that contain label-refs, | |
10376 | which may be valid only very near the tablejump itself. */ | |
10377 | /* ??? The only correct use of CASE_VECTOR_MODE is the one inside the | |
10378 | GET_MODE_SIZE, because this indicates how large insns are. The other | |
10379 | uses should all be Pmode, because they are addresses. This code | |
10380 | could fail if addresses and insns are not the same size. */ | |
10381 | index = gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode, | |
10382 | gen_rtx_MULT (Pmode, index, | |
10383 | GEN_INT (GET_MODE_SIZE (CASE_VECTOR_MODE))), | |
10384 | gen_rtx_LABEL_REF (Pmode, table_label)); | |
10385 | #ifdef PIC_CASE_VECTOR_ADDRESS | |
10386 | if (flag_pic) | |
10387 | index = PIC_CASE_VECTOR_ADDRESS (index); | |
10388 | else | |
bbf6f052 | 10389 | #endif |
b93a436e JL |
10390 | index = memory_address_noforce (CASE_VECTOR_MODE, index); |
10391 | temp = gen_reg_rtx (CASE_VECTOR_MODE); | |
10392 | vector = gen_rtx_MEM (CASE_VECTOR_MODE, index); | |
10393 | RTX_UNCHANGING_P (vector) = 1; | |
10394 | convert_move (temp, vector, 0); | |
10395 | ||
10396 | emit_jump_insn (gen_tablejump (temp, table_label)); | |
10397 | ||
10398 | /* If we are generating PIC code or if the table is PC-relative, the | |
10399 | table and JUMP_INSN must be adjacent, so don't output a BARRIER. */ | |
10400 | if (! CASE_VECTOR_PC_RELATIVE && ! flag_pic) | |
10401 | emit_barrier (); | |
bbf6f052 | 10402 | } |
b93a436e JL |
10403 | |
10404 | #endif /* HAVE_tablejump */ |